Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

_________________________

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

x	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2026

o	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission file number 814-00704

_________________________

GLADSTONE INVESTMENT CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	83-0423116
(State or other jurisdiction of<br>incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer<br>Identification No.)
1521 WESTBRANCH DRIVE, SUITE 100	22102
MCLEAN, VA	(Zip Code)
(Address of principal executive offices)

(703) 287-5800

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class	Trading Symbol(s)	Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share	GAIN	The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
4.875% Notes due 2028	GAINZ	The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
7.875% Notes due 2030	GAINI	The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
7.125% Notes due 2031	GAING	The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o No x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer	o	Accelerated filer	o
Non-accelerated filer	x	Smaller reporting company	o
Emerging growth company	o

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b).

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). YES NO

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant on September 30, 2025, based on the closing price on that date of $13.82 on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, was $534,159,363. For the purposes of calculating this amount only, all directors and executive officers of the Registrant have been treated as affiliates. There were 39,821,967 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock, $0.001 par value, outstanding as of May 11, 2026.

Documents Incorporated by Reference. Portions of the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement relating to the Registrant’s 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K as indicated herein. Such proxy statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days following the end of the Registrant’s fiscal year ended March 31, 2026.

Table of Contents

GLADSTONE INVESTMENT CORPORATION

FORM 10-K FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED

MARCH 31, 2026

PART I	ITEM 1	Business	3
	ITEM 1A	Risk Factors	22
	ITEM 1B	Unresolved Staff Comments	42
	ITEM 1C	Cybersecurity	42
	ITEM 2	Properties	43
	ITEM 3	Legal Proceedings	44
	ITEM4	Mine Safety Disclosures	44
PART II	ITEM 5	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	45
	ITEM 6	Reserved	52
	ITEM 7	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	53
	ITEM 7A	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	70
	ITEM 8	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	72
	ITEM 9	Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	122
	ITEM 9A	Controls and Procedures	122
	ITEM 9B	Other Information	122
	ITEM 9C	Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections	122
PART III	ITEM 10	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	123
	ITEM 11	Executive Compensation	123
	ITEM 12	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	123
	ITEM 13	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	123
	ITEM 14	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	123
PART IV	ITEM 15	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	124
	ITEM 16	Form 10-K Summary	127
SIGNATURES			128

Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

All statements contained herein, other than historical facts, may constitute “forward-looking statements.” These statements may relate to, among other things, our future operating results, our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies, actual and potential conflicts of interest with Gladstone Management Corporation (the “Adviser”), our investment adviser, and its affiliates, the use of borrowed money to finance our investments, the adequacy of our financing sources and working capital, and our ability to co-invest. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “estimate,” “may,” “might,” “believe,” “will,” “provided,” “anticipate,” “future,” “could,” “growth,” “plan,” “project,” “intend,” “expect,” “should,” “would,” “if,” “seek,” “possible,” “potential,” “likely” or the negative or variations of such terms or comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Such factors include: (1) changes in the economy and the capital markets, including stock price volatility, inflation, changing interest rates, geopolitical conflicts, tariffs and trade wars and risks of recession; (2) risks associated with negotiation and consummation of pending and future transactions; (3) the loss of one or more of our executive officers, in particular David Dullum, Erika Highland and Christopher Lee; (4) changes in our investment objectives and strategy; (5) availability, terms (including the possibility of interest rate volatility) and deployment of capital; (6) changes in our industry, interest rates, exchange rates, or the general economy, including inflation; (7) our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies; (8) the degree and nature of our competition; (9) changes in governmental regulation, tax rates and similar matters; (10) our ability to exit investments in a timely manner and/or at fair value; (11) our ability to maintain our qualification as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) and as a business development company (“BDC”); and (12) those factors described in Item 1A. “Risk Factors” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Annual Report”). We caution readers not to place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in our forward-looking statements and future results could differ materially from our historical performance. Except as required by the federal securities laws, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Although we undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise, you are advised to consult any additional disclosures that we may make directly to you or through reports that we have filed, or in the future may file, with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), including subsequent annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K. The forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").

In this Annual Report, the terms the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to Gladstone Investment Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries unless the context otherwise indicates. Dollar amounts in tables, except per share amounts, are in thousands unless otherwise indicated.

Table of Contents

PART I

The information contained in this section should be read in conjunction with our accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Overview

Organization

We were incorporated under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware on February 18, 2005. On June 22, 2005, we completed our initial public offering and commenced operations. We operate as an externally managed, closed-end, non-diversified management investment company and have elected to be treated as a BDC under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we have elected to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). To continue to qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes and obtain favorable RIC tax treatment, we must meet certain requirements, including certain minimum distribution requirements.

As of March 31, 2026, shares of our common stock, our 5.00% Notes due 2026 (“5.00% 2026 Notes”), our 4.875% Notes due 2028 (“4.875% 2028 Notes”), our 7.875% Notes due 2030 ("7.875% 2030 Notes") and our 7.125% Notes due 2031 ("7.125% 2031 Notes") are traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market (“Nasdaq”) under the trading symbols “GAIN,” “GAINN,” “GAINZ,” "GAINI," and "GAING," respectively. Our 6.875% Notes due 2028 ("6.875% 2028 Notes") are not listed.

Investment Adviser and Administrator

We are externally managed by the Adviser, an affiliate of ours and an SEC-registered investment adviser, pursuant to an investment advisory and management agreement, as amended and/or restated from time to time (the “Advisory Agreement”). We have also entered into an administration agreement (the “Administration Agreement”) with Gladstone Administration, LLC (the “Administrator”), an affiliate of ours and the Adviser. Each of the Adviser and the Administrator are privately-held companies that are indirectly owned by David Gladstone, our chairman. David Dullum, our chief executive officer and president, also serves as the executive vice president of private equity of the Adviser. Erika Highland and Christopher Lee, both of whom are executive vice presidents, also serve as senior managing directors of the Adviser. Michael LiCalsi, our chief administrative officer, co-general counsel and co-secretary, also serves as the Administrator’s president, co-general counsel, and co-secretary, as well as the executive vice president of administration of the Adviser. Erich Hellmold, our co-general counsel and co-secretary, also serves in the same roles for the Administrator and Adviser. John Sateri, our chief investment officer, also serves in the same role for the Adviser. Mr. Gladstone also serves on the board of directors of the Adviser, the board of managers of the Administrator, and as an executive officer of the Adviser and the Administrator. The Administrator employs, among others, our chief financial officer and treasurer, chief valuation officer, chief compliance officer, chief administrative officer, co-general counsels and co-secretaries (one of whom also serves as the president of the Administrator) and their respective staffs. The Adviser and Administrator have extensive experience in our lines of business and also provide investment advisory and administrative services, respectively, to our affiliates, including: Gladstone Commercial Corporation (“Gladstone Commercial”), a publicly-traded real estate investment trust; Gladstone Capital Corporation (“Gladstone Capital”), a publicly-traded BDC and RIC; Gladstone Land Corporation (“Gladstone Land”), a publicly-traded real estate investment trust; and Gladstone Alternative Income Fund ("Gladstone Alternative"), a registered, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that operates as an interval fund (together with “Gladstone Commercial,” “Gladstone Capital,” and "Gladstone Land," collectively the “Affiliated Public Funds”). In the future, the Adviser and Administrator may provide investment advisory and administrative services, respectively, to other funds and companies, both public and private.

The Adviser was organized as a corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware on July 2, 2002, and is a SEC-registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The Administrator was organized as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware on March 18, 2005. The Adviser and Administrator are headquartered in McLean, Virginia, a suburb of Washington, D.C. The Adviser also has offices in several other states.

Table of Contents

Investment Objectives and Strategy

We were established for the purpose of investing in debt and equity securities of established private businesses operating in the United States ("U.S."). Our investment objectives are to: (i) achieve and grow current income by investing in debt securities of established businesses that we believe will provide stable earnings and cash flow to pay expenses, make principal and interest payments on our outstanding indebtedness and make distributions to stockholders that grow over time; and (ii) provide our stockholders with long-term capital appreciation in the value of our assets by investing in equity securities of established businesses, generally in combination with the aforementioned debt securities, that we believe can grow over time to permit us to sell our equity investments for capital gains. To achieve our investment objectives, our investment strategy is to invest in several categories of debt and equity securities, with individual investments in a particular portfolio company generally totaling up to $75 million, although investment size may vary, depending upon our total assets or available capital at the time of investment. We expect that our investment portfolio over time will consist of approximately 70% in debt investments and 30% in equity investments, at cost. As of March 31, 2026, our investment portfolio was comprised of 70.8% in debt investments and 29.2% in equity investments, at cost.

We focus on investing in lower middle market private businesses (which we generally define as private companies with annual earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) of $5 million to $25 million) (“Lower Middle Market”) in the U.S. that meet certain criteria, including: the sustainability of the business’ free cash flow and its ability to grow it over time, adequate assets for loan collateral, experienced management teams with a significant ownership interest in the portfolio company, reasonable capitalization of the portfolio company, including an ample equity contribution or cushion based on prevailing enterprise valuation multiples, and the potential to realize appreciation and gain liquidity in our equity position, if any. We anticipate that liquidity in our equity position will be achieved through a merger, acquisition, or recapitalization of the portfolio company, a public offering of the portfolio company’s stock, or, to a lesser extent, by exercising our right to require the portfolio company to repurchase our warrants, as applicable, though there can be no assurance that we will always have these rights. We invest in portfolio companies that seek funds for management buyouts and/or growth capital to finance acquisitions, recapitalize or, to a lesser extent, refinance their existing debt facilities. We seek to avoid investing in high-risk, early-stage enterprises. Our targeted portfolio companies are generally considered too small for the larger capital marketplace.

We invest by ourselves or jointly with other funds and/or management of the portfolio company, depending on the opportunity. In July 2012, the SEC granted us an exemptive order (the “Co-Investment Order”) that expanded our ability to co-invest, under certain circumstances, with certain of our affiliates, including Gladstone Capital and Gladstone Alternative and any future BDC or registered closed-end management investment company that is advised (or sub-advised if it controls the fund) by the Adviser, or any combination of the foregoing, subject to the conditions in the Co-Investment Order. In September 2025, the SEC granted us our current Co-Investment Order that contains a more flexible requirement that allocations be “fair and equitable” to us and that the Adviser consider the interests of us in allocations and which minimizes certain board approval requirements from the prior Co-Investment Order. We believe the Co-Investment Order has enhanced and will continue to enhance our ability to further our investment objectives and strategies. If we are participating in an investment with one or more co-investors, whether or not an affiliate of ours, our investment is likely to be smaller than if we were investing alone.

In general, our investments in debt securities have a term of five years, accrue interest at variable rates based on the 30 day Secured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR") and, to a lesser extent, at fixed rates. As of March 31, 2026, our loan portfolio consisted of 100.0% variable rate loans with floors.

We seek debt instruments that pay interest monthly or, at a minimum, quarterly, and which may include a yield enhancement such as a success fee or, to a lesser extent, deferred interest provision and are primarily interest only, with all principal and any accrued but unpaid interest due at maturity. Generally, success fees accrue at a set rate and are contractually due upon a change of control of the portfolio company. Some debt securities may have deferred interest whereby some portion of the interest payment is added to the principal balance so that the interest is paid, together with the principal, at maturity. This form of deferred interest is often called “paid-in-kind” (“PIK”) interest. As of March 31, 2026, we did not have any securities with a PIK feature.

Typically, our investments in equity securities take the form of common stock, preferred stock, limited liability company interests, warrants or options to purchase any of the foregoing. Often, these equity investments occur in connection with our original investment, buyouts and recapitalizations of a business, or refinancing existing debt. From our initial public offering in 2005 through March 31, 2026, we have invested in 66 companies, excluding investments in syndicated loans.

Table of Contents

We expect that our investment portfolio will continue to primarily include the following three categories of investments in private companies in the U.S.:

•Secured First Lien Debt Securities: We seek to invest a portion of our assets in secured first lien debt securities also known as senior loans, senior term loans, lines of credit and senior notes. Using its assets as collateral, the borrower typically uses secured first lien debt to cover a substantial portion of the funding needs of the business. These debt securities usually take the form of first priority liens on all, or substantially all, of the assets of the business.

•Secured Second Lien Debt Securities: We seek to invest a portion of our assets in secured second lien debt securities, which may also be referred to as subordinated loans, subordinated notes and mezzanine loans. These secured second lien debt securities rank junior to the borrower’s secured first lien debt securities and may be secured by second priority liens on all or a portion of the assets of the business. Additionally, we may receive other yield enhancements in addition to or in lieu of success fees, such as warrants to buy common and preferred stock or limited liability interests, in connection with these secured second lien debt securities.

•Preferred and Common Equity/Equivalents: We seek to invest a portion of our assets in equity securities, which consist of preferred and common equity, limited liability company interests, warrants or options to acquire such securities, and are generally in combination with our debt investment in a business. Additionally, we may receive equity investments derived from restructurings on some of our existing debt investments. In many cases, we will own a significant portion of the equity of the businesses in which we invest.

We expect that most, if not all, of the debt securities we acquire will not be rated by a rating agency. Investors should assume that these loans would be rated below what is considered “investment grade” quality. Investments rated below investment grade are often referred to as high yield securities or junk bonds and may be considered higher risk as compared to investment grade debt instruments.

Investment Policies

We seek to achieve a high level of current income and capital gains through investments in secured debt securities and preferred and common stock that we generally acquire in connection with buyouts and other recapitalizations. The following investment policies, along with the investment objectives, may not be changed without the approval of our board of directors (our “Board of Directors”), a majority of whom are not “interested persons” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act:

•We will at all times conduct our business so as to retain our status as a BDC. See “—Regulation as a BDC — Qualifying Assets.”

•We will at all times endeavor to conduct our business so as to retain our status as a RIC under the Code. See "—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations."

With the exception of our policy to conduct our business as a BDC, these investment policies are not fundamental and may be changed without stockholder approval.

Investment Concentrations

As of March 31, 2026, our investment portfolio consisted of investments in 29 portfolio companies located in 20 states and Canada across 16 different industries with an aggregate fair value of $1.3 billion. Our investments in SFEG Holdings, Inc. ("SFEG"), The E3 Company, LLC ("E3"), Schylling, Inc. ("Schylling"), Brunswick Bowling Products, Inc. ("Brunswick"), and Detroit Defense, Inc. ("Detroit Defense") represented our five largest portfolio investments at fair value and collectively comprised $582.6 million, or 44.5%, of our total investment portfolio at fair value as of March 31, 2026.

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our investments by security type as of March 31, 2026 and 2025:

	March 31, 2026								March 31, 2025
	Cost				Fair Value				Cost				Fair Value
Secured first lien debt	$	593,008	56.3	%	$	570,602	43.6	%	$	584,026	62.2	%	$	514,334	52.5	%
Secured second lien debt	152,840		14.5	%	99,197		7.6	%	103,956		11.1	%	103,580		10.6	%
Total debt	745,848		70.8	%	669,799		51.2	%	687,982		73.3	%	617,914		63.1	%
Preferred equity	257,403		24.5	%	426,949		32.6	%	201,487		21.5	%	302,163		30.9	%
Common equity/equivalents	49,597		4.7	%	212,500		16.2	%	49,597		5.2	%	59,243		6.0	%
Total equity/equivalents	307,000		29.2	%	639,449		48.8	%	251,084		26.7	%	361,406		36.9	%
Total investments	$	1,052,848	100.0	%	$	1,309,248	100.0	%	$	939,066	100.0	%	$	979,320	100.0	%

Our investments at fair value consisted of the following industry classifications as of March 31, 2026 and 2025:

	March 31, 2026				March 31, 2025
	Fair Value		Percentage of<br><br>Total Investments		Fair Value		Percentage of <br>Total Investments
Machinery (Non-Agriculture, Non-Construction, and Non-Electronic)	$	258,692	19.8	%	$	105,432	10.8	%
Diversified/Conglomerate Services	189,148		14.4	%	170,360		17.4	%
Aerospace and Defense	174,542		13.4	%	107,869		10.9	%
Home and Office Furnishings, Housewares, and Durable Consumer Products	166,553		12.7	%	159,236		16.3	%
Oil and Gas	125,605		9.6	%	69,589		7.1	%
Leisure, Amusement, Motion Pictures, and Entertainment	105,339		8.0	%	78,460		8.0	%
Buildings and Real Estate	68,987		5.3	%	69,320		7.1	%
Electronics	62,723		4.8	%	71,573		7.2	%
Chemicals, Plastics, and Rubber	49,715		3.8	%	11,612		1.2	%
Healthcare, Education, and Childcare	41,630		3.2	%	51,501		5.3	%
Mining, Steel, Iron and Non-Precious Metals	37,713		2.9	%	41,010		4.2	%
Printing and Publishing	8,379		0.6	%	11,681		1.2	%
Telecommunications	7,942		0.6	%	7,585		0.8	%
Diversified/Conglomerate Manufacturing	6,763		0.5	%	6,493		0.7	%
Other < 2.0%	5,517		0.4	%	17,599		1.8	%
Total investments	$	1,309,248	100.0	%	$	979,320	100.0	%

Our investments at fair value were included in the following geographic regions of the U.S. and Canada as of March 31, 2026 and 2025:

	March 31, 2026				March 31, 2025
Location	Fair Value		Percentage of <br>Total Investments		Fair Value		Percentage of<br>Total Investments
United States
South	$	649,436	49.6	%	$	317,294	32.4	%
West	227,294		17.3	%	222,062		22.7	%
Midwest	216,726		16.6	%	227,415		23.2	%
Northeast	193,837		14.8	%	182,669		18.7	%
Canada	21,955		1.7	%	29,880		3.0	%
Total investments	$	1,309,248	100.0	%	$	979,320	100.0	%

The geographic region indicates the location of the headquarters for our portfolio companies. A portfolio company may have additional business locations in other geographic regions.

Table of Contents

Investment Process

Overview of Investment and Approval Process

To originate investments, the Adviser’s investment professionals use an extensive referral network comprised primarily of private equity sponsors, venture capitalists, leveraged buyout funds, investment bankers, attorneys, accountants, commercial bankers and business brokers. The Adviser’s investment professionals review information received from these and other sources in search of potential financing opportunities. If a potential opportunity matches our investment objectives, the investment professionals will seek an initial screening of the opportunity with our chief executive officer and president, David Dullum, to authorize the submission of an indication of interest (“IOI”) to the prospective portfolio company. If the prospective portfolio company passes this initial screening and the IOI is accepted by the prospective company, the investment professionals will seek approval to issue a letter of intent (“LOI”) from the Adviser’s investment committee, which currently is composed of Messrs. Gladstone, Dullum and John Sateri, as well as Laura Gladstone. If this LOI is issued, then the Adviser and Gladstone Securities, LLC (“Gladstone Securities”) (collectively, the “Due Diligence Team”) will conduct a due diligence investigation and create a detailed profile summarizing the prospective portfolio company’s historical financial statements, industry, competitive position and management team and analyzing its conformity to our general investment criteria. The investment professionals then present this profile to the Adviser’s investment committee, which must approve each investment.

Prospective Portfolio Company Characteristics

We have identified certain characteristics that we believe are important in identifying and investing in prospective portfolio companies. The criteria listed below provide general guidelines for our investment decisions, although not all of these criteria may be met by each portfolio company.

•Experienced Management: We typically require that the companies in which we invest have experienced management teams or a hiring plan in place to install an experienced management team. We also require the companies to have in place proper incentives to induce management to succeed and act in concert with our interests as an investor, including having significant equity or other interests in the financial performance of their companies.

•Value- and Income-Orientation and Positive Cash Flow: Our investment philosophy places a premium on fundamental analysis from an investor’s perspective and has a distinct value- and income-orientation. In seeking value, we focus on established companies in which we can invest at relatively low multiples of EBITDA, and that have positive operating cash flow at the time of investment. In seeking income, we typically invest in companies that generate relatively stable to growing sales, cash flows, and EBITDA to fixed charges coverage, which provides some assurance that the companies will be able to service their debt. We do not expect to invest in high-risk early stage companies or companies with what we believe to be speculative business plans.

•Strong Competitive Position in an Industry: We seek to invest in companies that have developed strong market positions and significant relative market share within their respective markets and that we believe are well-positioned to capitalize on growth opportunities. We seek companies that demonstrate significant competitive advantages versus their competitors, which we believe will help to protect their market positions and profitability.

•Enterprise Collateral Value: The projected enterprise valuation of the business, based on market based comparable cash flow multiples, is an important factor in our investment analysis in determining the collateral coverage of our debt securities.

Extensive Due Diligence

The Due Diligence Team conducts what we believe are extensive evaluation and due diligence investigations of our prospective portfolio companies and investment opportunities. The due diligence investigation typically begins with a review of publicly available information followed by in-depth business analysis, including some or all of the following:

•review of the prospective portfolio company’s historical and projected financial information, including a quality of earnings analysis;

•visits to the prospective portfolio company’s business site(s) and evaluation of potential environmental issues;

Table of Contents

•interviews with the prospective portfolio company’s management, employees, customers and vendors;

•review of loan documents and material contracts;

•background checks and a management capabilities assessment on the prospective portfolio company’s management team; and

•research, including market analyses, on the prospective portfolio company’s products, services or particular industry and its competitive position therein.

Upon completion of a due diligence investigation and a decision to proceed with an investment, the Adviser’s investment professionals, who have primary responsibility for the investment, present the investment opportunity to the Adviser’s investment committee. The investment committee then determines whether to pursue the potential investment. Prior to the closing of an investment, additional due diligence may be conducted on our behalf by attorneys, independent accountants, and other outside advisers, as appropriate.

We also rely on the long-term relationships that the Adviser’s investment professionals have with leveraged buyout funds, investment bankers, commercial bankers, private equity sponsors, attorneys, accountants, and business brokers. In addition, the extensive direct experiences of our executive officers and managing directors in the operations of Lower Middle Market companies and providing debt and equity capital to Lower Middle Market companies plays a significant role in our investment evaluation and assessment of risk.

Investment Structure

Once the Adviser has determined that an investment meets our standards and investment criteria, the Adviser works with the management of that company and other capital providers to structure the transaction in a way that we believe will provide us with the greatest opportunity to maximize our return on the investment, while providing appropriate incentives to management of the company. As discussed above, the capital classes through which we typically structure a deal include secured first lien debt, secured second lien debt, and preferred and common equity or equivalents. Through its risk management process, the Adviser seeks to limit the downside risk of our investments by:

•making investments with an expected total return (including interest, yield enhancements and potential equity appreciation) that it believes compensates us for the credit risk of the investment;

•seeking collateral or superior positions in the portfolio company’s capital structure where possible;

•incorporating put and call protection rights into the investment where possible;

•negotiating covenants in connection with our investments that afford our portfolio companies as much flexibility as possible in managing their businesses, while also preserving our capital; and

•holding board seats or securing board observation rights at the portfolio company.

We expect to hold most of our debt investments until maturity or repayment, but we may sell our investments (including our equity investments) earlier if a liquidity event takes place, such as a recapitalization of a portfolio company, an initial public offering, or a sale to a third party, including strategic buyers, private equity funds, or existing investors in the portfolio company, and which may be privately negotiated transactions.

Table of Contents

Competitive Advantages

A large number of entities compete with us and make the types of investments that we seek to make in Lower Middle Market companies. Such competitors include private equity funds, leveraged buyout funds, other BDCs, other equity and non-equity based investment funds, and other financing sources, including commercial banks. Many of our competitors are substantially larger than we are and have considerably greater funding sources or are able to access capital more cost effectively. In addition, certain of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish a larger portfolio of investments. Furthermore, many of these competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a BDC. However, we believe that we have the following competitive advantages over many other providers of financing to Lower Middle Market companies.

Management Expertise

Our Adviser has a separate investment committee for the Company and each of the Affiliated Public Funds. The Adviser's investment committee for the Company is comprised of Messrs. Gladstone, Dullum and Sateri and Ms. Gladstone, each of whom have a wealth of experience in our area of operation. Ms. Gladstone and Messrs. Gladstone and Sateri also serve on the Adviser’s investment committee for the other Affiliated Public Funds. Ms. Gladstone has over 20 years of experience in investing in middle market companies and is a managing director of the Adviser. Each of Messrs. Gladstone, Dullum and Sateri have over 30 years of experience in investing in middle market companies and with operating in the BDC marketplace in general. Mr. Gladstone also has principal management responsibility for the Adviser as an executive officer, and has worked at the Gladstone companies for more than 20 years. These four individuals dedicate a significant portion of their time to managing our investment portfolio. Our senior management has extensive experience providing capital to Lower Middle Market companies. In addition, we have access to the resources and expertise of the Adviser’s investment professionals and support staff who possess a broad range of transactional, financial, managerial, and investment skills.

Increased Access to Investment Opportunities Developed Through Extensive Research Capability and Network of Contacts

The Adviser seeks to identify potential investments through active origination and due diligence and through its dialogue with numerous management teams, members of the financial community and potential corporate partners with whom the Adviser’s investment professionals have long-term relationships. We believe that the Adviser’s investment professionals have developed a broad network of contacts within the investment, commercial banking, private equity and investment management communities, and that their reputation, experience, and focus on investing in Lower Middle Market companies enables us to source and identify well-positioned prospective portfolio companies, which provide attractive investment opportunities. Additionally, the Adviser expects to generate information from its professionals’ network of accountants, consultants, lawyers and management teams of portfolio companies and other contacts to support the Adviser’s investment activities.

Disciplined, Value- and Income-Oriented Investment Philosophy with a Focus on Preservation of Capital

In making its investment decisions, the Adviser focuses on the risk and reward profile of each prospective portfolio company, seeking to minimize the risk of capital loss without foregoing the potential for capital appreciation. We expect the Adviser to use the same investment philosophy that its professionals use in the management of the other Affiliated Public Funds and to commit resources to manage downside exposure. The Adviser’s approach seeks to reduce our risk in investments by using some or all of the following approaches:

•focusing on companies with attractive and sustainable market positions and cash flow;

•investing in companies with experienced and established management teams;

•engaging in extensive due diligence from the perspective of a long-term investor;

•investing at low price-to-cash flow multiples; and

•adopting flexible transaction structures by drawing on the experience of the investment professionals of the Adviser and its affiliates.

Table of Contents

Longer Investment Horizon

Unlike private equity and other funds that are typically organized as finite-life partnerships (generally seven to ten years), we are not subject to standard periodic capital return requirements. These structures often force private equity and other funds to seek returns on their investments by causing their portfolio companies to pursue mergers, public equity offerings, or other liquidity events more quickly than might otherwise be optimal or desirable, potentially resulting in a lower overall return to investors and/or an adverse impact on their portfolio companies. In contrast, we are an exchange-traded corporation of perpetual duration. We believe that our flexibility to make investments with a long-term view and without the capital return requirements of traditional private investment vehicles provides us with the opportunity to achieve greater long-term returns on invested capital.

Flexible Transaction Structuring

We believe the Adviser’s and our management team’s broad expertise and years of combined experience enable the Adviser to identify, assess, and structure investments successfully across all levels of a company’s capital structure and manage potential risk and return at all stages of the economic cycle. We are not subject to many of the regulatory limitations that govern traditional lending institutions, such as banks. As a result, we are flexible in selecting and structuring investments, adjusting investment criteria and transaction structures and, in some cases, the types of securities in which we invest, thereby affording us a competitive advantage of providing both, equity and debt financing, which may limit uncertainty related to the close of the transaction and the risk of refinancing during periods of market yield compression. We believe that this approach enables the Adviser to craft a financing structure which best fits the investment and growth profile of the underlying business and yields attractive investment opportunities that will continue to generate current income and capital gain potential throughout the economic cycle, including during turbulent periods in the capital markets.

Ongoing Management of Investments and Portfolio Company Relationships

The Adviser’s investment professionals actively oversee each investment by continuously evaluating the portfolio company’s performance and typically working collaboratively with the portfolio company’s management to identify and incorporate best resources and practices that help us achieve our projected investment performance.

Monitoring

The Adviser’s investment professionals monitor the financial performance, trends, and changing risks of each portfolio company on an ongoing basis to determine if each portfolio company is performing within expectations and to guide the portfolio company’s management in taking the appropriate courses of action. The Adviser employs various methods of evaluating and monitoring the performance of our investments in portfolio companies, which can include the following:

•monthly analysis of financial and operating performance;

•frequent assessment of the portfolio company’s performance against its business plan and our investment expectations;

•attendance at and/or participation in the portfolio company’s board of directors or management meetings;

•assessment of portfolio company management, governance and strategic direction;

•assessment of the portfolio company’s industry and competitive environment; and

•review and assessment of the portfolio company’s operating outlook and financial projections.

Relationship Management

The Adviser’s investment professionals interact with various parties involved with a portfolio company, or investment, by actively engaging with internal and external constituents, including:

•management;

Table of Contents

•boards of directors;

•financial sponsors;

•capital partners;

•auditors; and

•advisers and consultants.

Managerial Assistance and Services

As a BDC, we make available significant managerial assistance, as defined in the 1940 Act, to our portfolio companies and provide other services (other than such managerial assistance) to such portfolio companies. Neither we, nor the Adviser, currently receive fees in connection with the managerial assistance we make available. At times, the Adviser may also provide other services to our portfolio companies under certain agreements and may receive fees for services other than managerial assistance. Such services may include: (i) assistance obtaining, sourcing or structuring credit facilities, long term loans or additional equity from unaffiliated third parties; (ii) negotiating important contractual financial relationships; (iii) consulting services regarding restructuring of the portfolio company and financial modeling as it relates to raising additional debt and equity capital from unaffiliated third parties; and (iv) a primary role in interviewing, vetting and negotiating employment contracts with candidates in connection with adding and retaining key portfolio company management team members. The Adviser non-contractually, unconditionally, and irrevocably credits 100% of any fees received for such services against the base management fee that we would otherwise be required to pay to the Adviser, as discussed below in “—Transactions with Related Parties – Investment Advisory and Management Agreement – Base Management Fee;” however, pursuant to the terms of the Advisory Agreement, a small percentage of certain of such fees is retained by the Adviser in the form of reimbursement, at cost, for tasks completed by personnel of the Adviser, primarily related to the valuation of portfolio companies.

Gladstone Securities also provides other services (such as investment banking and due diligence services) to certain of our portfolio companies and receives fees for the provision of such services, see “—Transactions with Related Parties – Other Transactions” below.

Valuation Process

Our Board of Directors has approved investment valuation policies and procedures pursuant to Rule 2a-5 (the “Policy”) and designated the Adviser to serve as the Board of Directors’ valuation designee (“Valuation Designee”) under the 1940 Act.

The following is a general description of the Policy that the professionals of the Adviser and Administrator, with oversight and direction from our chief valuation officer, an employee of the Administrator that reports directly to our Board of Directors (collectively, the “Valuation Team”), use each quarter to determine the fair value of our investment portfolio. In accordance with the 1940 Act, our Board of Directors has the ultimate responsibility for reviewing the good faith fair value determination of our investments for which market quotations are not readily available based on our Policy and for overseeing the Valuation Designee. The Adviser values our investments in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act and accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“GAAP”). There is no single standard for determining fair value (especially for privately-held businesses), as fair value depends upon the specific facts and circumstances of each individual investment. Each quarter, our Board of Directors reviews the Policy to determine if changes thereto are advisable and whether the Valuation Team has applied the Policy consistently. With respect to the valuation of our investment portfolio, the Valuation Team performs the following steps each quarter:

•Each investment is initially assessed by the Valuation Team using the Policy, which may include:

•obtaining fair value quotes or utilizing valuation inputs from third party valuation firms; and

•using techniques, such as total enterprise value, yield analysis, market quotes and other factors, including but not limited to: the nature and realizable value of the collateral, including external parties’ guaranties; any relevant offers or letters of intent to acquire the portfolio company; and the markets in which the portfolio company operates.

Table of Contents

•Preliminary valuation conclusions are then discussed amongst the Valuation Team and with our management and documented for review by our Board of Directors. Fair value determinations and supporting material are sent to the Board of Directors in advance of its quarterly meetings.

•The Valuation Committee of the Board of Directors (comprised entirely of independent directors) meets to review the valuation determinations and supporting materials, discusses the information provided by the Valuation Team, determines whether the Valuation Team has followed the Policy and reviews other facts and circumstances, including current valuation risks, conflicts of interest, material valuation matters, appropriateness of valuation methodologies, back-testing results, price challenges/overrides, and ongoing monitoring and oversight of pricing services. After the Valuation Committee concludes its meeting, it and the chief valuation officer, representing the Valuation Designee, present the Valuation Committee’s findings on the Valuation Designee's determinations to the entire Board of Directors so that the full Board of Directors may review the Valuation Designee's determined fair values of such investments in accordance with the Policy.

Fair value measurements of our investments may involve subjective judgments and estimates and, due to the uncertainty inherent in valuing these securities, the determinations of fair value may fluctuate from period to period and may differ materially from the values that could be obtained if a ready market for these securities existed. Our net asset value (“NAV”) could be materially affected if the determinations regarding the fair value of our investments are materially different from the values that we ultimately realize upon our disposal of such securities. Our valuation policies, procedures and processes are more fully described in Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in our accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Transactions with Related Parties

Investment Advisory and Management Agreement

Pursuant to our Advisory Agreement, which was most recently amended and restated in January 2025, we pay the Adviser certain fees as compensation for its services, consisting of a base management fee and an incentive fee, each as described below. On July 10, 2025, our Board of Directors, including a majority of the directors who are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or interested persons of either party, unanimously approved the renewal of the Advisory Agreement through August 31, 2026. Our Board of Directors considered the following factors as the basis for its decision to approve the Advisory Agreement: (1) the nature, extent and quality of services provided by the Adviser to our stockholders, (2) the investment performance of the Company and the Adviser, (3) the costs of the services to be provided and profits to be realized by the Adviser and its affiliates from the relationship with the Company, (4) the extent to which economies of scale will be realized as the Company and the Affiliated Public Funds grow and whether the fee level under the Advisory Agreement reflects the economies of scale for the Company’s investors, (5) the fee structure of the advisory and administrative agreements of comparable funds, (6) indirect profits to the Adviser created through the Company and (7) in light of the foregoing considerations, the overall fairness of the advisory fees paid under the Advisory Agreement.

Based on the information reviewed and the considerations detailed above, our Board of Directors, including all of the directors who are not “interested persons” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act, concluded that the investment advisory fee rates and terms are fair and reasonable in relation to the services provided and approved the Advisory Agreement, as being in the best interests of our stockholders.

Base Management Fee

The base management fee is payable quarterly to the Adviser pursuant to our Advisory Agreement and is assessed at an annual rate of 2.0%, computed on the basis of the value of our average gross assets at the end of the two most recently completed quarters (inclusive of the current quarter), which are total assets, including investments made with proceeds of borrowings, less any uninvested cash or cash equivalents resulting from borrowings, valued at the end of the applicable quarters within the respective period, and adjusted appropriately for any share issuances or repurchases during the period.

Additionally, as stated above, pursuant to the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Adviser makes available significant managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. The Adviser may also provide other services to our portfolio companies under certain agreements and may receive fees for services other than managerial assistance. Such services may include: (i) assistance obtaining, sourcing or structuring credit facilities, long term loans or additional equity from unaffiliated third parties; (ii) negotiating important contractual financial relationships; (iii) consulting services regarding restructuring of the portfolio company and financial modeling as it relates to raising additional debt and equity capital from unaffiliated third

Table of Contents

parties; and (iv) a primary role in interviewing, vetting and negotiating employment contracts with candidates in connection with adding and retaining key portfolio company management team members. The Adviser non-contractually, unconditionally, and irrevocably credits 100% of any fees received for such services against the base management fee that we would otherwise be required to pay to the Adviser; however, pursuant to the terms of the Advisory Agreement, a small percentage of certain of such fees is retained by the Adviser in the form of reimbursement, at cost, for tasks completed by personnel of the Adviser, primarily related to the valuation of portfolio companies. Loan servicing fees that are payable to the Adviser pursuant to our Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, as amended (the “Credit Facility”), are also 100% credited against the base management fee as discussed below “—Loan Servicing Fee Pursuant to Credit Facility.”

Incentive Fee

The incentive fee payable to the Adviser under our Advisory Agreement consists of two parts: an income-based incentive fee and a capital gains-based incentive fee.

The income-based incentive fee rewards the Adviser if our quarterly net investment income (before giving effect to any incentive fee) exceeds 1.75% of our net assets, which we define as total assets less indebtedness and before taking into account any incentive fees payable or contractually due but not payable during the period, at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, adjusted appropriately for any share issuances or repurchases during the period (the “Hurdle Rate”). The income-based incentive fee with respect to our pre-incentive fee net investment income is payable quarterly to the Adviser and is computed as follows:

•No incentive fee in any calendar quarter in which our pre-incentive fee net investment income does not exceed the Hurdle Rate;

•100.0% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income with respect to that portion of such pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds the Hurdle Rate but is less than 2.1875% of our net assets, adjusted appropriately for any share issuances or repurchases during the period, in any calendar quarter; and

•20.0% of the amount of our pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds 2.1875% of our net assets, adjusted appropriately for any share issuances or repurchases during the period, in any calendar quarter.

For this purpose, pre-incentive fee net investment income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence, consulting fees that we receive from portfolio companies, but excluding fees for providing managerial assistance) accrued by us during the calendar quarter, minus our operating expenses for the quarter. Pre-incentive fee net investment income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with payment-in-kind interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that we have not yet received in cash. Pre-incentive fee net investment income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation.

Quarterly Incentive Fee Based on Net Investment Income

Pre-incentive fee net investment income

(expressed as a percentage of the value of net assets)

Percentage of pre-incentive fee net investment income

allocated to income-related portion of incentive fee

Table of Contents

in all prior years. For calculation purposes, cumulative aggregate realized capital gains, if any, equals the sum of the excess between the net sales price of each investment, when sold, and the original cost of such investment since our inception. Cumulative aggregate realized capital losses equals the sum of the deficit between the net sales price of each investment, when sold, and the original cost of such investment since our inception. The entire portfolio’s aggregate unrealized capital depreciation, if any, equals the sum of the deficit between the fair value of each investment security as of the applicable calculation date and the original cost of such investment security. For the year ended March 31, 2026, no capital gains-based incentive fees were contractually due and paid to the Adviser. For the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, capital gains-based incentive fees of $4.9 million and $1.1 million, respectively, were contractually due and paid to the Adviser.

In accordance with GAAP, accrual of the capital gains-based incentive fee is determined as if our investments had been liquidated at their fair values as of the end of the reporting period. Therefore, GAAP requires that the capital gains-based incentive fee accrual consider the aggregate unrealized capital appreciation in the calculation, as a capital gains-based incentive fee would be payable if such unrealized capital appreciation were realized. There can be no assurance that any such unrealized capital appreciation will be realized in the future. Accordingly, a GAAP accrual is calculated at the end of the reporting period based on (i) cumulative aggregate realized capital gains since our inception, plus (ii) the entire portfolio’s aggregate unrealized capital appreciation, if any, less (iii) cumulative aggregate realized capital losses since our inception, less (iv) the entire portfolio’s aggregate unrealized capital depreciation, if any. If such amount is positive at the end of a reporting period, a capital gains-based incentive fee equal to 20.0% of such amount, less the aggregate amount of capital gains-based incentive fees accrued in all prior years, is recorded, regardless of whether such amount is contractually due under the terms of the Advisory Agreement. If such amount is negative, then there is no accrual for such period and prior period accruals are reversed, as appropriate. For the years ended March 31, 2026, 2025 and 2024, we recorded capital gains-based incentive fees of $38.0 million, $7.4 million and $12.7 million, respectively.

Loan Servicing Fee Pursuant to Credit Facility

The Adviser also services the loans held by our wholly-owned subsidiary, Gladstone Business Investment, LLC (“Business Investment”) (the borrower under our Credit Facility), in return for which the Adviser receives a 2.0% annual fee based on the monthly aggregate outstanding balance of loans pledged under our Credit Facility. Since Business Investment is a consolidated subsidiary of ours, coupled with the fact that the total base management fee paid to the Adviser pursuant to the Advisory Agreement cannot exceed 2.0% of total assets (less any uninvested cash or cash equivalents resulting from borrowings) during any given calendar year, we treat the payment of the loan servicing fee pursuant to our Credit Facility as a pre-payment of the base management fee under the Advisory Agreement. Accordingly, these loan servicing fees are 100% non-contractually, unconditionally, and irrevocably credited back to us by the Adviser.

Administration Agreement

Our allocable portion of the Administrator’s expenses is generally derived by multiplying the Administrator’s total expenses by the approximate percentage of time during the current quarter that the Administrator’s employees performed services for us in relation to their time spent performing services for all companies serviced by the Administrator. On July 10, 2025, our Board of Directors, including a majority of the directors who are not parties to the Administration Agreement or interested persons of either party, approved the annual renewal of the Administration Agreement through August 31, 2026. For the years ended March 31, 2026, 2025 and 2024, administration fees were $2.0 million, $1.9 million and $1.8 million, respectively.

Table of Contents

Other Transactions

Mr. Gladstone also serves on the board of managers of our affiliate Gladstone Securities, a privately-held broker-dealer registered with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and insured by the Securities Investor Protection Corporation. Gladstone Securities is 100% indirectly owned and controlled by Mr. Gladstone and has provided other services, such as investment banking and due diligence services, to certain of our portfolio companies, for which Gladstone Securities receives a fee. Any such fees paid by portfolio companies to Gladstone Securities do not impact the fees we pay to the Adviser or the non-contractual, unconditional, and irrevocable credits against the base management fee. For additional information, refer to Note 4 — Related Party Transactions in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

This is a general summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us, to our qualification and taxation as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Subchapter M of the Code and to the ownership and disposition of our shares. This summary does not purport to be a complete description of all of the tax considerations relating thereto. In particular, we have not described certain considerations that may be relevant to certain types of stockholders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws. This summary does not discuss any aspect of state, local or foreign tax laws, or the U.S. estate or gift tax. Stockholders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their particular situations and the possible applicability of federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other tax laws, and any proposed tax law changes.

For purposes of this summary, a “U.S. stockholder” is a beneficial owner of stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

•an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

•a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof of the District of Columbia;

•a trust, if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons (as defined in the Code) have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions, or if the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a domestic trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes; or

•an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source.

RIC Status

To qualify for treatment as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, we must generally distribute to our stockholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of our taxable ordinary income plus the excess of our realized net short-term capital gains over our realized net long-term capital losses (“Investment Company Taxable Income”). We refer to this as the “annual distribution requirement.” We must also meet several additional requirements, including:

•Business Development Company status: At all times during the taxable year, we must maintain our status as a BDC.

•Income source requirements: At least 90% of our gross income for each taxable year must be from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities, loans, gains from sales or other dispositions of securities or other income (including certain deemed inclusions) derived with respect to our business of investing in securities, and net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly-traded partnership.

•Asset diversification requirements: As of the close of each quarter of our taxable year: (1) at least 50% of the value of our assets must consist of cash, cash items, U.S. government securities, the securities of other regulated investment companies and other securities to the extent that (a) we do not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of an issuer of such other securities and (b) such other securities of any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of our total assets (the “50% threshold”), and (2) no more than 25% of the value of our total assets may be invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or the securities of other

Table of Contents

regulated investment companies) of (i) one issuer, (ii) two or more issuers that are controlled by us and are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses, and (iii) one or more qualified publicly-traded partnerships.

Our qualification and taxation as a RIC depends upon our ability to satisfy on a continuing basis, through actual, annual operating results, distribution, income and asset, and other requirements imposed under the Code. However, no assurance can be given that we will be able to meet the complex and varied tests required to qualify as a RIC or to avoid corporate level tax. In addition, because the relevant laws may change, compliance with one or more of the RIC requirements may be impossible or impracticable.

Failure to Qualify as a RIC

If we were to fail to meet the income, diversification, or distribution tests described above, we could in some cases cure such failure, including by paying a fund-level tax, paying interest, making additional distributions, or disposing of certain assets. If we were ineligible to or otherwise did not cure such failure, or were otherwise unable to qualify for treatment as a RIC, we would be subject to U.S. federal income tax on all of our taxable income at the regular corporate income tax rate and would be subject to any applicable state and local taxes, even if we distributed all of our Investment Company Taxable Income to our stockholders. We would not be able to deduct distributions to our stockholders, nor would we be required to make such distributions. Distributions would be taxable to our stockholders as ordinary dividend income to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits. Subject to certain limitations under the Code, corporate distributees would be eligible for the dividends received deduction, if applicable. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s adjusted tax basis, and then as capital gain. If we fail to meet the RIC requirements for more than two consecutive years and then seek to requalify as a RIC, we generally would be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on any unrealized appreciation with respect to our assets unless we make a special election to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on any such unrealized appreciation during the succeeding five-year period.

Qualification as a RIC

If we qualify as a RIC and meet the annual distribution requirement, we will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of our Investment Company Taxable Income and net capital gain (realized net long-term capital gain in excess of realized net short-term capital loss) that we timely distribute (or are deemed to distribute) to our stockholders. We would, however, be subject to a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax if we do not distribute, actually or on a deemed basis, an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of our ordinary income for the calendar year, (ii) 98.2% of our net capital gains for the one-year period ending on October 31 of the calendar year (or November 30 or December 31 of that year if we are permitted to elect and so elect) and (iii) any income realized, but not distributed, in the preceding period (to the extent that income tax was not imposed on such amounts), less certain reductions, as applicable. For the calendar years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, we incurred $0.3 million, $1.2 million and $1.2 million, respectively, in excise taxes. As of March 31, 2026, there was a capital loss carryforward of $17.3 million.

Taxation of Our U.S. Stockholders

The following summary generally describes certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our shares beneficially owned by U.S. stockholders. If you are not a U.S. stockholder this section does not apply to you. Whether an investment is appropriate for a U.S. stockholder will depend upon that person's particular circumstances. An investment by a U.S. stockholder may have adverse tax consequences. U.S. stockholders are urged to consult their tax advisors about the U.S. tax consequences of investing in the fund.

Distributions

For any period during which we qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions to our stockholders attributable to our Investment Company Taxable Income generally will be taxable as ordinary income to our stockholders to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits. Any distributions in excess of our earnings and profits will first be treated as a return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s adjusted basis in his or her shares of stock and thereafter as capital gain. Distributions of our long-term capital gains, reported by us as such, will be taxable to our stockholders as long-term capital gains regardless of the stockholder’s holding period of the stock and whether the distributions are paid in cash or invested in additional stock. Corporate U.S. stockholders generally are eligible for the 50% dividends received deduction with respect to dividends received from us, but only to the extent such amount is attributable to dividends received by us from taxable domestic corporations.

Table of Contents

Any distribution declared by us in October, November or December of any calendar year, payable to our stockholders of record on a specified date in such a month and actually paid during January of the following year, will be treated as if it were paid by us and received by our stockholders on December 31 of the previous year. In addition, we may elect (in accordance with Section 855(a) of the Code) to relate a distribution back to the prior taxable year if we (1) declare such distribution prior to the later of the extended due date for filing our return for that taxable year or the 15th day of the ninth month following the close of the taxable year, (2) make the election in that return, and (3) distribute the amount in the 12-month period following the close of the taxable year but not later than the first regular distribution payment of the same type following the declaration. Any such election will not alter the general rule that a stockholder will be treated as receiving a distribution in the taxable year in which the distribution is made, subject to the October, November, December rule described above. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2026, Investment Company Taxable Income exceeded distributions declared and paid, and, in accordance with Section 855(a) of the Code, we elected to treat $21.3 million of the first distributions paid to common stockholders in the fiscal year ending March 31, 2027 as having been paid in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2026. In addition, for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2026, the net capital loss carryforward balance was $17.3 million and no distributions paid in the fiscal year ending March 31, 2027 will be treated as having been paid in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2026.

If a common stockholder participates in our “opt in” dividend reinvestment plan, then the common stockholder will have their cash dividends and distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock, rather than receiving cash dividends and distributions. Any distributions reinvested under the plan will be taxable to the common stockholder to the same extent, and with the same character, as if the common stockholder had received the distribution in cash. The common stockholder will have an adjusted basis in the additional common shares purchased through the plan equal to the dollar amount that would have been received if the U.S. stockholder had received the dividend or distribution in cash. The additional common shares will have a new holding period commencing on the day following the day on which the shares are credited to the common stockholder’s account. The plan agent purchases shares in the open market in connection with the obligations under the plan.

We may distribute our net long-term capital gains, if any, in cash or elect to retain some or all of such gains, pay taxes at the U.S. federal corporate-level income tax rate on the amount retained, and designate the retained amount as a “deemed distribution.” If we elect to retain net long-term capital gains and deem them distributed, each U.S. common stockholder will be treated as if they received a distribution of their pro-rata share of the retained net long-term capital gain and the U.S. federal income tax paid. As a result, each U.S. common stockholder will (i) be required to report their pro-rata share of the retained gain on their tax return as long-term capital gain, (ii) receive a refundable tax credit for their pro-rata share of federal income tax paid by us on the retained gain, and (iii) increase the tax basis of their shares of common stock by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit. To use the deemed distribution approach, we must provide written notice to our common stockholders prior to the expiration of 60 days after the close of the relevant taxable year. For the years ended March 31, 2026, 2025 and 2024, we did not elect to retain long-term capital gains and to treat them as deemed distributions to common stockholders.

Sale of Our Shares

A U.S. stockholder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss if the U.S. stockholder sells or otherwise disposes of the shares of our common or preferred stock. Any gain arising from such sale or disposition generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. stockholder has held the shares for more than one year. Otherwise, it will be classified as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any capital loss arising from the sale or disposition of shares of our stock held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of capital gain dividends received, or undistributed capital gain deemed received, with respect to such shares. All or a portion of any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares will be disallowed under the Code’s “wash sale” rule if other substantially identical shares are purchased within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Under the tax laws in effect as of the date of this filing, individual U.S. stockholders are subject to a maximum federal income tax rate of 20% on their net capital gain (i.e. the excess of realized net long-term capital gain over realized net short-term capital loss for a taxable year) including any long-term capital gain derived from an investment in our shares. Such rate is lower than the maximum rate on ordinary income currently payable by individuals. Corporate U.S. stockholders currently are subject to federal income tax on net capital gain at the same rates applied to their ordinary income. Capital losses are subject to limitations on use for both corporate and non-corporate stockholders. Certain U.S. stockholders who are individuals, estates or trusts generally are also subject to a 3.8% Medicare tax on, among other things, dividends on and capital gain from the sale or other disposition of shares of our stock.

Table of Contents

Backup Withholding and Other Required Withholding

We may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax, or backup withholding, from all taxable distributions to any non-corporate U.S. stockholder (i) who fails to furnish us with a correct taxpayer identification number or a certificate that such stockholder is exempt from backup withholding, or (ii) with respect to whom the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) notifies us that such stockholder has failed to properly report certain interest and dividend income to the IRS and to respond to notices to that effect. An individual’s taxpayer identification number is generally his or her social security number. Any amount withheld under backup withholding is allowed as a credit against the U.S. stockholder’s federal income tax liability, provided that proper information is provided to the IRS.

Sections 1471-1474 of the Code and the U.S. Treasury and IRS guidance issued thereunder or, collectively, FATCA, generally require that we obtain information sufficient to identify the status of each shareholder under FATCA or under an applicable intergovernmental agreement, or IGA, between the United States and a foreign government. If a shareholder fails to provide the requested information or otherwise fails to comply with FATCA or an IGA, we may be required to withhold under FATCA at a rate of 30% with respect to that shareholder on ordinary dividends it pays. The IRS and the Department of Treasury have issued proposed regulations providing that these withholding rules will not apply to the gross proceeds of share redemptions or capital gain dividends we pay. If a payment is subject to FATCA withholding, we are required to withhold even if such payment would otherwise be exempt from withholding under the rules applicable to foreign shareholders described above (e.g., interest-related dividends). In addition, subject to certain exceptions, this legislation also imposes a 30% withholding on payments to foreign entities that are not financial institutions unless the foreign entity certifies that it does not have a greater than 10% U.S. owner or provides the withholding agent with identifying information on each greater than 10% U.S. owner. Depending on the status of a non-U.S. stockholder and the status of the intermediaries through which they hold their shares, non-U.S. stockholders could be subject to this 30% withholding tax with respect to distributions on their shares and proceeds from the sale of their shares. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. stockholder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.

Information Reporting

We will send to each of our U.S. stockholders, after the end of each calendar year, a notice providing the amounts includible in the U.S. stockholder’s taxable income for such year as ordinary income and as long-term capital gain for cash distributions received. In addition, the U.S. federal tax status of each year’s distributions will generally be reported to the IRS (including the amount of dividends, if any, eligible for the preferential rates applicable to long-term capital gains).

Regulation as a BDC

We are a closed-end, non-diversified management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a BDC under Section 54 of the 1940 Act. As such, we are subject to regulation under the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act contains prohibitions and restrictions relating to transactions between BDCs and their affiliates, principal underwriters and affiliates of those affiliates or underwriters and requires that a majority of the directors be persons other than “interested persons,” as defined in the 1940 Act. In addition, the 1940 Act provides that we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw our election as, a BDC unless approved by a "vote of a majority of outstanding voting securities,” as defined in the 1940 Act.

In general, a BDC must have been organized and have its principal place of business in the U.S. and must be operated for the purpose of making investments in qualifying assets, as described in Sections 55(a)(1) through (a)(3) of the 1940 Act.

Qualifying Assets

Under the 1940 Act, a BDC may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, which are referred to as qualifying assets, unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets, other than certain interests in furniture, equipment, real estate, or leasehold improvements (“Operating Assets”), represent at least 70% of

Table of Contents

total assets, exclusive of Operating Assets. The types of qualifying assets in which we may invest under the 1940 Act include the following:

(1)Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer is an eligible portfolio company. An eligible portfolio company is generally defined in the 1940 Act as any issuer which:

(a)is organized under the laws of, and has its principal place of business in, any state or states in the U.S.;

(b)is not an investment company (other than a small business investment company wholly owned by the BDC or otherwise excluded from the definition of investment company); and

(c)satisfies one of the following:

(i)it does not have any class of securities with respect to which a broker or dealer may extend margin credit;

(ii)it is controlled by the BDC and for which an affiliate of the BDC serves as a director;

(iii)it has total assets of not more than $4 million and capital and surplus of not less than $2 million;

(iv)it does not have any class of securities listed on a national securities exchange; or

(v)it has a class of securities listed on a national securities exchange, with an aggregate market value of outstanding voting and non-voting equity of less than $250 million.

(2)Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described in (1) above, or pursuant to the exercise of options, warrants or rights relating to such securities.

(3)Cash, cash items, government securities or high quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment.

As of March 31, 2026, 97.8% of our assets were qualifying assets.

Asset Coverage

Pursuant to Section 61(a)(3) of the 1940 Act, we are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of senior securities representing indebtedness. However, pursuant to Section 18(c) of the 1940 Act, we are permitted to issue only one class of senior securities that is stock. In either case, we may only issue such senior securities if such class of senior securities, after such issuance, has an asset coverage, as defined in Section 18(h) of the 1940 Act, of at least 150%. As of March 31, 2026, our asset coverage on our senior securities representing indebtedness was 213.8%.

In addition, our ability to pay dividends or distributions (other than dividends payable in our common stock) to holders of any class of our capital stock would be restricted if our "senior securities representing indebtedness" fail to have an asset coverage of at least 150% (measured at the time of declaration of such distribution and accounting for such distribution). The 1940 Act does not apply this limitation to privately arranged debt that is not intended to be publicly distributed, unless this limitation is specifically negotiated by the lender. In addition, our ability to pay dividends or distributions (other than dividends payable in our common stock) to our common stockholders would be restricted if our "senior securities that are stock" fail to have an asset coverage of at least 150% (measured at the time of declaration of such distribution and accounting for such distribution). When the value of our assets declines, we might be unable to satisfy these asset coverage requirements. To satisfy the 150% asset coverage requirement in the event that we are seeking to pay a distribution, we might either have to (i) liquidate a portion of our portfolio to repay a portion of our indebtedness or (ii) issue common stock. This may occur at a time when a sale of a portfolio asset may be disadvantageous, or when we have limited access to capital markets on agreeable terms. In addition, any amounts that we use to service our indebtedness or for offering costs will not be available for distributions to our stockholders. If we are unable to regain the requisite asset coverage through these methods, we may be forced to suspend the payment of such dividends or distributions.

Table of Contents

Significant Managerial Assistance

A BDC generally must make available significant managerial assistance to issuers of certain of its portfolio securities that the BDC counts as a qualifying asset for the 70% test described above. Making available significant managerial assistance means, among other things, any arrangement whereby the BDC, through its directors, officers or employees, offers to provide, and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company. Significant managerial assistance also includes the exercise of a controlling influence over the management and policies of the portfolio company. However, with respect to certain, but not all such securities, where the BDC purchases such securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, one of the other persons in the group may make available such managerial assistance, or the BDC may exercise such control jointly.

Summary Risk Factors

Below is a summary of the principal risk factors associated with an investment in our securities. In addition to the below, you should carefully consider the information included in Item 1A. “Risk Factors” of this Annual Report, together with all of the other information included in this Annual Report and the other reports and documents filed or furnished by us with the SEC for a more detailed discussion of the principal risks, as well as certain other risks that you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our securities.

•Market conditions could negatively impact our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

•Volatility in the capital markets may make it more difficult to raise capital and may adversely affect the valuations of our investments.

•We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly and annual results based on the impact of inflation in the U.S.

•Changes in interest rates may negatively impact our investments and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

•The lack of liquidity of our privately held investments may adversely affect our business.

•Our investments in Lower Middle Market companies are extremely risky and could cause you to lose all or a part of your investment.

•Our investments are typically long-term and will require several years to realize liquidation events.

•We typically invest in transactions involving acquisitions, buyouts and recapitalizations of companies, which will subject us to the risks associated with change in control transactions.

•Our portfolio is concentrated in a limited number of companies and industries, which subjects us to an increased risk of significant loss if any one of these companies does not repay us or if the industries experience downturns.

•Any inability to renew, extend or replace our Credit Facility on terms favorable to us, or at all, could adversely impact our liquidity and ability to fund new investments or maintain distributions to our stockholders.

•Changes in laws or regulations governing our operations, or changes in the interpretation thereof, and any failure by us to comply with laws or regulations governing our operations may adversely affect our business.

•There are significant potential conflicts of interest, including with the Adviser, which could impact our investment returns.

•Our success depends on the Adviser’s ability to attract and retain qualified personnel in a competitive environment.

•Our incentive fee may induce the Adviser to make certain investments, including speculative investments.

•We may be obligated to pay the Adviser incentive compensation even if we incur a loss.

Table of Contents

•The Adviser is not obligated to provide a credit of the base management fee or incentive fee, which could negatively impact our earnings and our ability to maintain our current level of distributions to our stockholders.

•There is a risk that you may not receive distributions or that distributions may not grow over time.

•Investing in our securities may involve an above average degree of risk.

•Common shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount to the NAV per share.

•The indentures under which our unsecured notes were issued contain limited protection for holders of such notes.

•Cybersecurity risks and cyber incidents may adversely affect our business by causing a disruption to our operations, or the operations of businesses in which we invest, a compromise or corruption of our confidential information and/or damage to our business relationships, all of which could negatively impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

Code of Ethics

We, and all of the Gladstone family of companies, have adopted a code of ethics and business conduct applicable to all of the officers, directors and personnel of such companies that complies with the guidelines set forth in Item 406 of Regulation S-K and Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. As required by the 1940 Act, this code establishes procedures for personal investments, restricts certain transactions by such personnel and requires the reporting of certain transactions and holdings by such personnel. This code of ethics and business conduct is publicly available on the Investors section of our website under “Governance – Governance Documents” at www.GladstoneInvestment.com. Appendix A to the code of ethics and business conduct is our insider trading policy. We intend to provide any required disclosure of any amendments to or waivers of the provisions of this code by posting information regarding any such amendment or waiver to our website or in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

Compliance Policies and Procedures

We and the Adviser have adopted and implemented written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the federal securities laws, and our Board of Directors is required to review these compliance policies and procedures annually to assess their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation. We have designated a chief compliance officer, John Dellafiora, Jr., who also serves as chief compliance officer for all of the Gladstone companies.

Staffing

We do not currently have any employees and do not expect to have any employees in the foreseeable future. Currently, services necessary for our business are provided by individuals who are employees of the Adviser and the Administrator pursuant to the terms of the Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement, respectively. No employee of the Adviser or the Administrator dedicates all of his or her time to us. However, we expect that 25 to 30 full-time employees of the Adviser and the Administrator will spend substantial time on our matters during the remainder of calendar year 2026 and all of calendar year 2027.

As of March 31, 2026, the Adviser and Administrator collectively had 78 full-time employees. A breakdown of these employees is summarized by functional area in the table below:

Number of Individuals	Functional Area
16	Executive management
22	Accounting, administration, compliance, human resources, legal, and treasury
40	Investment management, portfolio management, and due diligence

The Adviser and the Administrator aim to attract and retain capable advisory and administrative personnel, respectively, by offering competitive base salaries and bonus structure, and by providing employees with appropriate opportunities for professional growth.

Table of Contents

Available Information

We file with or furnish to the SEC copies of our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, proxy statements and other information meeting the information requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and make such reports and any amendments thereto available free of charge through the “Investors – SEC Filings” section of our website at www.GladstoneInvestment.com as soon as reasonably practicable after such materials are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this Annual Report and the other reports and documents filed by us with the SEC. The risks set out below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us, or not presently deemed material by us, may also impair our operations and performance. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected. If that happens, the trading price of our securities and the NAV of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. The risk factors described below are the principal risk factors associated with an investment in our securities as well as those factors generally associated with an investment company with investment objectives, investment policies, capital structure or trading markets similar to ours.

Risks Related to the Economy

Market conditions could negatively impact our business, results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.

The market in which we operate is affected by a number of factors that are largely beyond our control but can nonetheless have a potentially significant, negative impact on us. These factors include, among other things:

•changes in interest rates and credit spreads and the effects of inflation on us and our portfolio companies;

•the availability of credit, including the price, terms and conditions under which it can be obtained;

•the quality, pricing, and availability of suitable investments and credit losses with respect to our investments;

•the ability to obtain accurate market-based valuations;

•investment values relative to the value of the underlying assets;

•default rates on the loans underlying our investments and the amount of related losses;

•prepayment rates, delinquency rates and the timing and amount of servicer advances;

•competition;

•the actual and perceived state of the economy and capital markets generally;

•amendments or repeals of legislation, or changes in regulations or regulatory interpretations thereof, and transitions of government, including uncertainty regarding any of the foregoing;

•the national and global political environment, including government shutdowns, war, armed conflicts, foreign relations and trading policies;

•the impact of potential changes to the Code; and

•the attractiveness of other types of investments relative to investments in Lower Middle Market companies generally.

Table of Contents

Changes in these factors are difficult to predict, and a change in one factor could affect other factors, which could result in adverse effects to our business, results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.

Volatility in the capital markets could make it more difficult to raise capital and may adversely affect the valuations of our investments.

Given the volatility and dislocation that the capital markets have experienced from time to time, many BDCs have faced, and may in the future face, a challenging environment in which to raise capital. We may have difficulty accessing debt and equity capital, and a severe disruption in U.S. or global financial markets or deterioration in credit and financing conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. In addition, significant changes in the capital markets have had, and may in the future have, a negative effect on the valuations of our investments and on the potential for liquidity events involving our investments. An inability to raise capital, and any required sale of our investments for liquidity purposes or failure of our portfolio companies to realize liquidity events, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Tariffs may adversely affect us or our portfolio companies.

Existing or new tariffs imposed on foreign goods imported by the United States or on U.S. goods imported by foreign countries could subject us or our portfolio companies to additional risks. Among other effects, tariffs or threat of tariffs could increase the cost of production for certain of our portfolio companies or reduce demand for their products or create uncertainty about either of the foregoing, which could affect their results of operations. We cannot predict whether, or to what extent, any tariff or other trade protections may affect us or our portfolio companies.

We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly and annual results based on the impact of inflation in the U.S.

Certain of our portfolio companies are in industries that have been and, in the future, may be impacted by inflation, such as consumer goods and services and manufacturing. Our portfolio companies may not be able to pass on to customers increases in their costs of operations which could greatly affect their operating results, impacting their ability to repay our loans. In addition, any projected future decreases in our portfolio companies’ operating results due to inflation could adversely impact the fair value of those investments. Any decreases in the fair value of our investments could result in future realized or unrealized losses and therefore reduce our net assets resulting from operations.

Risks Related to Interest Rates

Market interest rates may have an effect on the value of our securities.

One of the factors that influences the price of our securities is the distribution yield on our securities (as a percentage of the price of our securities) relative to market interest rates. An increase in market interest rates may lead prospective purchasers of our securities to expect a higher distribution yield. In addition, higher interest rates increase our borrowing costs. As a result, higher market interest rates could cause the market price of our securities to decrease.

Changes in interest rates may negatively impact our investments and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

Generally, interest rate fluctuations and changes in credit spreads on floating rate loans may have a negative impact on our investments and investment opportunities and, accordingly, may have a material adverse effect on our rate of return on invested capital, our net investment income, our NAV and the market price of our securities. As interest rates increase, generally, the cost of borrowing under our Credit Facility increases, which may affect our ability to make new investments on favorable terms or at all. As of March 31, 2026, all of our debt investments have variable interest rates that reset periodically and are generally based on SOFR. If interest rates increase, the operating performance of certain of our portfolio companies may be affected by increasing debt service obligations and, therefore, may affect our results of operations. In addition, to the extent that increases in interest rates make it difficult or impossible to make payments on outstanding indebtedness to us or other financial sponsors or refinance debt that is maturing in the near term, some of our portfolio companies may be unable to repay such debt at maturity and may be forced to sell assets, undergo a recapitalization or seek bankruptcy protection. Elevated interest rates could also cause borrowers to shift cash from other productive uses to the payment of interest, which may have a material adverse effect on their business and operations and could, over time, lead to increased defaults. Additionally, as interest rates increase and the corresponding risk of a default by borrowers increases, the liquidity of higher interest rate loans may decrease as fewer investors may be willing to purchase such loans in the secondary market in light of the increased risk of a default by the borrower and the heightened

Table of Contents

risk of a loss of an investment in such loans. Decreases in credit spreads on debt that pays a floating rate of return would have an impact on the income generation of our floating rate assets. Trading prices for debt that pays a fixed rate of return tend to fall as interest rates rise. Trading prices tend to fluctuate more for fixed rate securities that have longer maturities. If interest rates remain elevated or rise again in the future, it could have a negative effect on our investments, which could negatively impact our operating results, financial condition, and cash flows.

Conversely, reduced interest rates, including recent rate decreases, will result in a decrease in our total investment income unless offset by interest rate floors or an increase in the spread of our debt investments with variable interest rates. In addition, our net investment income could decrease if there is no reduction or credit to the base management or incentive fees that we pay to the Adviser or if we are unable to refinance our fixed rate debt obligations or issue new fixed rate debt at lower rates. In addition, when interest rates decline, borrowers may refinance their loans at lower interest rates, which could shorten the average life of the loans and reduce the associated returns on the investment, as well as require the Adviser and its investment professionals to incur management time and expense to re-deploy such proceeds, including on terms that may not be as favorable as our existing loans.

A change in interest rates may adversely affect our profitability and any hedging strategy may expose us to additional risks.

We use combination of equity and long-term and short-term borrowings to finance our investment activities. As a result, a portion of our income depends upon the spread between the rate at which we borrow funds and the rate at which we loan these funds. An increase or decrease in interest rates could reduce the spread between the rate at which we invest and the rate at which we borrow, and thus, adversely affect our profitability if we have not appropriately hedged against such event. Alternatively, interest rate hedging arrangements may limit our ability to participate in the benefits of lower interest rates with respect to the hedged portfolio.

Ultimately, we expect approximately 90% of the loans in our portfolio to be at variable rates determined on the basis of the SOFR and approximately up to 10% to be at fixed rates. As of March 31, 2026, our portfolio consisted of 100.0% of loans at variable rates with floors.

As of March 31, 2026, we did not have any hedging arrangements, such as interest rate hedges, in place. While hedging arrangements may insulate us against adverse fluctuations in interest rates, they may also limit our ability to participate in the benefits of lower interest rates with respect to the hedged portfolio. Adverse developments resulting from changes in interest rates or any future hedging transactions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. Our ability to receive payments pursuant to a hedging arrangement is linked to the ability of the counter-party to that hedging arrangement to make the required payments. To the extent that the counter-party to the hedging arrangement is unable to pay pursuant to the terms of the agreement, we may lose the hedging protection of the arrangement.

Also, the fair value of certain of our debt investments is based, in part, on the current market yields or interest rates of similar securities. A change in interest rates could have a significant impact on our determination of the fair value of these debt investments. In addition, a change in interest rates could also have an impact on the fair value of any hedging arrangements then in effect that could result in the recording of unrealized appreciation or depreciation in future periods. Therefore, adverse developments resulting from changes in interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. Refer to “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” for additional information on interest rate fluctuations.

Risks Related to Our Investments

We operate in a highly competitive market for investment opportunities.

There is competitive pressure in the BDC and investment company marketplace for first and second lien secured debt, which can result in reduced yields on investment. A large number of entities compete with us to make the types of investments we seek to make in Lower Middle Market companies. We compete with public and private buyout funds, commercial and investment banks, commercial financing companies, and, to the extent that they provide an alternative form of financing, hedge funds, mutual funds, and private equity. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a lower cost of funds and access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which would allow them to consider a wider variety of

Table of Contents

investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a BDC. The competitive pressures we face could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Also, as a result of this competition, we may not be able to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities from time to time and we can offer no assurance that we will be able to identify and make investments that are consistent with our investment objectives. We do not seek to compete based on the interest rates we offer, and we believe that some of our competitors may make loans with interest rates that will be comparable to or lower than the rates we offer. We may lose investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors’ pricing, terms, and structure. However, if we match our competitors’ pricing, terms, and structure, we may experience decreased net interest income and increased risk of credit loss.

Our investments in Lower Middle Market portfolio companies are extremely risky and could cause you to lose all or a part of your investment.

Investments in Lower Middle Market portfolio companies are subject to a number of significant risks including the following:

•Lower Middle Market businesses are likely to have greater exposure to economic downturns than larger businesses. Our portfolio companies may have fewer resources than larger businesses, and any economic downturns or recessions are more likely to have a material adverse effect on them. When the economy contracts, the financial results of Lower Middle Market businesses, like those in which we invest, could experience deterioration or limited growth from current levels, which could ultimately lead to difficulty in meeting their debt service requirements and an increase in defaults. Consequently, for any portfolio company that is adversely impacted by an economic downturn or recession, its ability to repay our loan(s) or engage in a liquidity event, such as a sale, recapitalization or initial public offering would be diminished.

•Lower Middle Market businesses may have limited financial resources and may not be able to repay the loans we make to them. Our strategy includes providing financing to portfolio companies that typically do not have readily available access to financing. While we believe that this provides an attractive opportunity for us to generate profits, this may make it difficult for the portfolio companies to repay their loans to us upon maturity. A borrower’s ability to repay its loan(s) may be adversely affected by numerous factors, including the failure to meet its business plan, a downturn in its industry or negative economic conditions. Deterioration in a borrower’s financial condition and prospects usually will be accompanied by deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of realizing on any guaranties we may have obtained from the borrower’s management. As of March 31, 2026, loans to three portfolio companies were on non-accrual status with an aggregate debt cost basis of $40.3 million, or 5.4% of the cost basis of all debt investments in our portfolio. We cannot assure you that our efforts to improve profitability and cash flows of these companies will prove successful. In some of our loans we expect to be subordinated to a senior lender and our security interest in any collateral would, accordingly, likely be second lien and subordinate to another lender’s security interest.

•Lower Middle Market businesses typically have narrower product lines and smaller market shares than large businesses. Our target portfolio companies tend to be more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and market conditions, as well as general economic downturns. In addition, our portfolio companies may face intense competition, including competition from companies with greater financial resources, more extensive development, manufacturing, marketing and other capabilities and a larger number of qualified managerial and technical personnel.

•There is generally little or no publicly available information about these businesses. Because we seek to invest in privately owned businesses, there is generally little or no publicly available operating and financial information about our potential portfolio companies. As a result, we rely on our officers, the Adviser and its employees, Gladstone Securities and consultants to perform due diligence investigations of these portfolio companies, their operations, and their prospects. We may not learn all of the material information we need to know regarding these businesses through our investigations to make a well-informed investment decision.

•Lower Middle Market businesses generally have less predictable operating results. We expect that our portfolio companies may have significant variations in their operating results, may from time to time be exposed to litigation, may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence, may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, to finance expansion or to maintain their competitive position, may otherwise have a weak financial position or may be adversely affected by

Table of Contents

changes in the business cycle. Our portfolio companies may not meet net income, cash flow and other coverage tests typically imposed by their senior lenders. A borrower’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by senior lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, foreclosure on its senior credit facility, which could additionally trigger cross-defaults in other agreements. If this were to occur, it is possible that the borrower’s ability to repay our loan(s) would be jeopardized.

•Lower Middle Market businesses are more likely to be dependent on one or two persons. Typically, the success of a Lower Middle Market business also depends on the management talents and efforts of one or two persons or a small group of persons. The death, disability or resignation of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on our portfolio company and, in turn, on us.

•Lower Middle Market businesses may have limited operating histories. While we intend to continue to target stable companies with proven track records, we may invest in newly established companies that meet our other investment criteria. Portfolio companies with limited operating histories will be exposed to all of the operating risks that new businesses face and may be particularly susceptible to, among other risks, market downturns, competitive pressures and the departure of key executive officers.

•Debt securities of Lower Middle Market companies typically are not rated by a credit rating agency. Typically, a Lower Middle Market business cannot or will not expend the resources to have their debt securities rated by a credit rating agency. We expect that most, if not all, of the debt securities we acquire will be unrated. Investors should assume that these loans would be at rates below what is considered “investment grade” quality. Investments rated below investment grade are often referred to as high yield securities or junk bonds and may be considered high risk as compared to investment grade debt instruments.

•Lower Middle Market companies may be highly leveraged. Some of our portfolio companies are highly leveraged, which could have adverse consequences to these companies and to us as an investor. These companies may be subject to restrictive financial and operating covenants and the leverage could impair these companies’ ability to finance their future operations and capital needs. As a result, these companies’ flexibility to respond to changing business and economic conditions and to take advantage of business opportunities may be limited. Further, a leveraged company’s income and net assets will tend to increase or decrease at a greater rate than if borrowed money were not used.

•Lower Middle Market companies may operate in regulated industries or provide services to governments. Some of our portfolio companies may operate in regulated industries and/or provide services to federal, state or local governments, or operate in industries that provide services to regulated industries or federal, state or local governments, any of which could lead to delayed payments for services or subject the company to changing payment and reimbursement rates or other terms.

Because the majority of the loans we make and equity securities we invest in are not publicly traded, there is uncertainty regarding the value of our privately-held securities.

Substantially all of our portfolio investments are, and we expect will continue to be, in the form of securities that are not publicly traded. The fair value of securities and other investments that are not publicly traded may not be readily determinable. In valuing our investment portfolio, several techniques are used, including, a total enterprise value approach, a yield analysis, and market quotes. A third-party valuation firm provides estimates of fair value on generally all of our debt investments that are not valued using total enterprise value (“TEV”) and we use another independent valuation firm to provide valuation inputs for our significant equity investments, which are generally valued using TEV, including earnings multiple ranges, as well as other information. In addition to these techniques, inputs and information, other factors are considered when determining fair value of our investments, including: the nature and realizable value of the collateral, including external parties’ guaranties; any relevant offers or letters of intent to acquire the portfolio company; timing of expected loan repayments; and the markets in which the portfolio company operates.

Table of Contents

Our NAV would be adversely affected if the fair value of our investments is higher than the values that we ultimately realize upon the disposal of such securities.

The valuation process for certain of our portfolio holdings creates a conflict of interest.

A substantial portion of our portfolio investments are securities for which market quotations are not readily available. In connection with the determination of the fair value of these securities, our Valuation Team prepares portfolio company valuations based upon the most recent portfolio company financial statements available and projected financial results of each portfolio company. The participation of our Adviser’s investment professionals in our valuation process and Mr. Gladstone’s pecuniary interest in our Adviser may result in a conflict of interest, as the management fees that we pay our Adviser are based on our average gross assets, less uninvested cash or cash equivalents from borrowings, and adjusted appropriately for any share issuances or repurchases during the period.

The lack of liquidity of our privately-held investments may adversely affect our business.

We generally make investments in private companies whose securities are not traded in any public market. Substantially all of the investments we presently hold and the investments we expect to acquire in the future are, and will be, subject to legal and other restrictions on resale and will otherwise be less liquid than publicly-traded securities. The illiquidity of our investments may make it difficult for us to quickly obtain cash equal to the value at which we record our investments if the need arises. This could cause us to miss important investment opportunities to the extent we do not have other sources of capital available. In addition, if we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we may record substantial realized losses upon liquidation. We may also face other restrictions on our ability to liquidate an investment in a portfolio company to the extent that we, the Adviser, the Administrator, or our respective officers, or affiliates have material non-public information regarding such portfolio company.

Due to the uncertainty inherent in valuing these securities, the Adviser’s determinations of fair value may differ materially from the values that could be obtained if a ready market for these securities existed. Our NAV could be materially affected if the Adviser’s determinations regarding the fair value of our investments are materially different from the values that we ultimately realize upon our disposal of such securities.

Our financial results could be negatively affected if a significant portfolio investment fails to perform as expected.

Our total investment in one or more companies may be significant individually or in the aggregate. As a result, if a significant investment in one or more companies fails to perform as expected, our financial results could be more negatively affected and the magnitude of the loss could be more significant than if we had made smaller investments in more companies. Our five largest investments represented 44.5% and 41.0% of the fair value of our total portfolio as of March 31, 2026 and 2025, respectively. Any disposition of a significant investment in one or more portfolio companies may negatively impact our net investment income and limit our ability to pay distributions.

We typically invest in transactions involving acquisitions, buyouts and recapitalizations of companies, which subjects us to the risks associated with change in control transactions.

Our strategy, in part, includes making debt and equity investments in companies in connection with acquisitions, buyouts and recapitalizations, which subjects us to the risks associated with change in control transactions. Change in control transactions often present a number of uncertainties. Companies undergoing change in control transactions often face challenges retaining key employees and maintaining relationships with customers and suppliers. While we hope to avoid many of these difficulties by participating in transactions where the management team is retained and by conducting thorough due diligence in advance of our decision to invest, if our portfolio companies experience one or more of these problems, we may not realize the value that we expect in connection with our investments, which would likely harm our operating results, financial condition, and cash flows.

Our portfolio companies may incur debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, our investments in such companies and/or we could be subject to lender liability claims.

We primarily invest in secured first and second lien debt securities issued by our portfolio companies. In some cases, portfolio companies will be permitted to have other debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, the debt securities in which we invest. By their terms, such debt securities may provide that the holders thereof are entitled to receive payment of interest and principal on or before the dates on which we are entitled to receive payments in respect of the debt securities in

Table of Contents

which we invest. Also, in the event of insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization, or bankruptcy of a portfolio company, holders of debt instruments ranking senior to our investment in that portfolio company would typically be entitled to receive payment in full before we receive any distribution in respect of our investment. Additionally, depending on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which we provide managerial assistance to any portfolio company subject to bankruptcy, a bankruptcy court might re-characterize our debt investments and subordinate all or a portion of our claims to that of other creditors. After repaying such senior creditors, such portfolio company may not have any remaining assets to use for repaying its obligation to us. We may also be subject to lender liability claims for actions taken by us with respect to a borrower’s business or in instances in which we exercised control over the borrower as a result of actions taken in rendering any managerial assistance. Furthermore, in the case of debt ranking equally with debt securities in which we invest, we would have to share on an equal basis any distributions with other creditors holding such debt in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization, or bankruptcy of a portfolio company.

Our portfolio is concentrated in a limited number of companies and industries, which subjects us to an increased risk of significant loss if any one of these companies does not repay us or if the industries experience downturns.

As of March 31, 2026, we had investments in 29 portfolio companies, the five largest of which included SFEG, E3, Schylling, Brunswick and Detroit Defense and comprised $582.6 million, or 44.5%, of our total investment portfolio, at fair value. A consequence of a limited number of investments is that the aggregate returns we realize may be substantially adversely affected by the unfavorable performance of a small number of such investments or a substantial write-down of any one investment. Beyond our regulatory and income tax diversification requirements, as well as Credit Facility requirements, we do not have fixed guidelines for industry concentration and our investments could potentially be concentrated in relatively few industries. In addition, while we do not intend to invest 25% or more of our total assets in a particular industry or group of industries at the time of investment, it is possible that as the values of our portfolio companies change, one industry or a group of industries may comprise in excess of 25% of the value of our total assets. A downturn in a particular industry in which we have invested a significant portion of our total assets could have a materially adverse effect on us. As of March 31, 2026, our largest industry concentration was in Machinery (Non-Agriculture, Non-Construction, and Non-Electronic), representing 19.8% of our total investments, at fair value.

Volatility of oil and natural gas prices could impair certain of our portfolio companies’ operations and ability to satisfy obligations to their respective lenders and investors, including us, which could negatively impact our financial condition.

Our portfolio includes companies related to the oil and gas industry with the fair value of these investments representing approximately $125.6 million, or 9.6% of our total portfolio at fair value, as of March 31, 2026. These businesses provide services to oil and gas companies and are indirectly impacted by the prices of, and demand for, oil and natural gas, which have from time to time experienced volatility, including recent rapid and significant changes in prices resulting from geopolitical conflict in the Middle East, and such volatility could continue or increase in the future. A substantial decline in oil and natural gas demand or prices may adversely affect the business, financial condition, cash flows, liquidity or results of operations of these portfolio companies and might impair their ability to meet capital expenditure obligations and financial commitments. Any decline in oil prices, especially for a prolonged period, could therefore have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our investments are typically long-term and will require several years to realize liquidation events.

Since we generally make five year term loans and hold our loans and equity positions until the loans mature and/or we exit the investment, investors should not expect realization events, if any, to occur over the near term following the making of a new investment. In addition, we expect that any equity investments may require several years to appreciate in value and we cannot give any assurance that such appreciation will occur or ultimately be realized.

The disposition of our investments may result in contingent liabilities.

Currently, all but one of our investments involve private securities. In connection with the disposition of an investment in private securities, we may be required to make representations about the business and financial affairs of the underlying portfolio company typical of those made in connection with the sale of a business. We may also be required to indemnify the purchasers of such investment to the extent that any such representations turn out to be inaccurate or with respect to certain potential liabilities. These arrangements may result in contingent liabilities that may ultimately yield funding obligations that must be satisfied through our return of certain distributions previously made to us.

Table of Contents

Portfolio company litigation or other litigation or claims against us or our personnel could result in additional costs and the diversion of management time and resources.

In the course of investing in and often providing significant managerial assistance to certain of our portfolio companies, certain persons employed by the Adviser sometimes serve as directors on the boards of such companies. To the extent that litigation arises out of our investments in these companies or otherwise, even if meritless, we or such employees may be named as defendants in such litigation, which could result in additional costs, including defense costs, and the diversion of management time and resources. We may be unable to accurately estimate our exposure to litigation risk if we record balance sheet reserves for probable loss contingencies. As a result, any reserves we establish to cover any settlements or judgments may not be sufficient to cover our actual financial exposure, which may have a material impact on our results of operations, financial condition, or cash flows.

While we believe we would have valid defenses to potential claims brought due to our investment in any portfolio company, and will defend any such claims vigorously, we may nevertheless expend significant amounts of money in defense costs and expenses. Further, if we enter into settlements or suffer an adverse outcome in any litigation, we could be required to pay significant amounts. In addition, if any of our portfolio companies become subject to direct or indirect claims or other obligations, such as defense costs or damages in litigation or settlement, our investment in such companies could diminish in value and we could suffer indirect losses. Further, these matters could cause us to expend significant management time and effort in connection with assessment and defense of any claims.

Any unrealized depreciation we experience on our investment portfolio may be an indication of future realized losses, which could reduce any gains available for distribution.

As a BDC, we are required to carry our investments at market value or, if no market value is ascertainable, at fair value. We will record decreases in the market values or fair values of our investments as unrealized depreciation. Since our inception, we have, at times, incurred a cumulative net unrealized depreciation of our portfolio. Any unrealized depreciation in our investment portfolio could result in realized losses in the future and ultimately in reductions of any gains available for distribution to stockholders in future periods.

Risks Related to Our External Financing

In addition to regulatory limitations on our ability to raise capital, our Credit Facility contains various covenants which, if not complied with, could accelerate our repayment obligations under the facility, thereby materially and adversely affecting our liquidity, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and ability to pay distributions.

We will have a continuing need for capital to finance our investments. As of March 31, 2026, we, through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Business Investment, had $23.9 million outstanding under our Credit Facility, which provides for maximum borrowings of $300.0 million, with a revolving period end date of October 30, 2026 (the “Revolving Period End Date”). Our Credit Facility permits us to fund additional loans and investments as long as we are within the conditions and covenants set forth in the credit agreement. Among other things, our Credit Facility contains covenants that require Business Investment to maintain its status as a separate legal entity, prohibit certain significant corporate transactions (such as mergers, consolidations, liquidations or dissolutions) and restrict certain material changes to our credit and collection policy without the lenders’ consent. Our Credit Facility also generally seeks to restrict distributions to stockholders to the sum of (i) our net investment income, (ii) net capital gains, and (iii) amounts deemed by the Company to be considered as having been paid during the prior fiscal year in accordance with Section 855(a) of the Code. Loans eligible to be pledged as collateral are subject to certain limitations, including, among other things, restrictions on geographic concentrations, industry concentrations, loan size, payment frequency and status, average life, portfolio company leverage, and lien property. Our Credit Facility also requires Business Investment to comply with other financial and operational covenants, which obligate Business Investment to, among other things, maintain certain financial ratios, including asset and interest coverage and a minimum number of obligors in the borrowing base. Additionally, our Credit Facility contains a performance guarantee that requires the Company to maintain (i) a minimum net worth of the greater of $210.0 million or $210.0 million plus 50% of all equity and subordinated debt raised minus 50% of any equity or subordinated debt redeemed or retired after November 16, 2016, which equated to $476.6 million as of March 31, 2026; (ii) asset coverage with respect to senior securities representing indebtedness of at least 150% (or such percentage as may be set forth in Section 18 of the 1940 Act, as modified by Section 61 of the 1940 Act); and (iii) our status as a BDC under the 1940 Act and as a RIC under the Code. As of March 31, 2026, and as defined in the performance guaranty of our Credit Facility, we had a net worth of $1.2 billion, asset coverage on our senior securities representing indebtedness of 213.8%, calculated in accordance with the requirements of Sections 18 and 61 of the 1940 Act, and an active status as a BDC and RIC. As of

Table of Contents

March 31, 2026, we were in compliance with all covenants under our Credit Facility; however, our continued compliance depends on many factors, some of which are beyond our control.

Any unrealized depreciation in our portfolio may increase in future periods and threaten our ability to comply with the minimum net worth covenant and other covenants under our Credit Facility. Our failure to satisfy these covenants could result in foreclosure by our lenders, which would accelerate our repayment obligations under the facility and thereby have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and ability to pay distributions to our stockholders.

Any inability to renew, extend or replace our Credit Facility on terms favorable to us, or at all, could adversely impact our liquidity and ability to fund new investments or maintain distributions to our stockholders.

If our Credit Facility is not renewed or extended by the Revolving Period End Date, all principal and interest will be due and payable on October 30, 2028 (two years after the Revolving Period End Date). There can be no guaranty that we will be able to renew, extend or replace our Credit Facility upon its Revolving Period End Date on terms that are favorable to us, if at all. Our ability to expand our Credit Facility, and to obtain replacement financing at or before the time of its Revolving Period End Date, will be constrained by then current economic conditions affecting the credit markets. In the event that we are not able to expand our Credit Facility, or to renew, extend or refinance our Credit Facility by the Revolving Period End Date, this could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and ability to fund new investments, our ability to make distributions to our stockholders and our ability to qualify as a RIC under the Code.

If we are unable to secure replacement financing, we may be forced to sell certain assets on disadvantageous terms, which may result in realized losses, and such realized losses could materially exceed the amount of any unrealized depreciation on these assets as of our most recent balance sheet date, which would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition to selling assets, or as an alternative, we may issue common equity to repay amounts outstanding under our Credit Facility. Depending upon the trading prices of our common stock (and with the approval of our independent directors and stockholders), such an equity offering may have a dilutive impact on our existing stockholders’ interest in our earnings, assets and voting interest in us. If we are able to renew, extend or refinance our Credit Facility prior to maturity, renewal, extension or refinancing, it could potentially result in significantly higher interest rates and related charges and may impose significant restrictions on the use of borrowed funds to fund investments or maintain distributions to stockholders.

Because we expect to distribute substantially all of our Investment Company Taxable Income, at least 90%, on an annual basis, our business plan is dependent upon external financing, which is constrained by the limitations of the 1940 Act.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to raise capital through issuing equity in the near future. Our business requires a substantial amount of cash to operate and grow. We may acquire such additional capital from the following sources:

•Senior Securities: We have in the past, and may in the future issue "senior securities representing indebtedness" (including borrowings under our Credit Facility, our 4.875% 2028 Notes, our 6.875% 2028 Notes, our 7.875% 2030 Notes and our 7.125% 2031 Notes) and "senior securities that are stock", up to the maximum amount permitted by the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act currently permits us, as a BDC, to issue senior securities representing indebtedness and senior securities which are stock, in amounts such that our asset coverage, as defined in Section 18(h) of the 1940 Act, is at least 150% on each such senior security immediately after each issuance of each such senior security. As a result of issuing senior securities (in whatever form), we will be exposed to the risks associated with leverage. Although borrowing money for investments increases the potential for gain, it also increases the risk of a loss. A decrease in the value of our investments will have a greater impact on the value of our common stock to the extent that we have borrowed money to make investments. There is a possibility that the costs of borrowing could exceed the income we receive on the investments we make with such borrowed funds. In addition, our ability to pay distributions, issue senior securities or repurchase shares of our common stock would be restricted if the asset coverage on each of our senior securities is not at least 150%. If the aggregate fair value of our assets declines, we might be unable to satisfy that 150% requirement. To satisfy the 150% asset coverage requirement in the event that we are seeking to pay a distribution, we might either have to (i) liquidate a portion of our loan portfolio to repay a portion of our indebtedness or (ii) issue common stock. This may occur at a time when a sale of a portfolio asset may be disadvantageous, or when we have limited access to capital markets on agreeable terms. In addition, any amounts that we use to service our indebtedness, pay dividends on our preferred stock or for offering costs will not be available for distributions to common

Table of Contents

stockholders. Pursuant to Section 61(a)(3) of the 1940 Act, we are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of "senior securities representing indebtedness." However, pursuant to Section 18(c) of the 1940 Act, we are permitted to issue only one class of "senior securities that are stock."

•Common and Convertible Preferred Stock: Because we are constrained in our ability to issue debt or senior securities for the reasons given above, we may at times be dependent on the issuance of equity as a financing source. If we raise additional funds by issuing more common stock, the percentage ownership of our common stockholders at the time of the issuance would decrease and our existing common stockholders may experience dilution. In addition, under the 1940 Act, we will generally not be able to issue additional shares of our common stock at a price below NAV per common share to purchasers, other than to our existing common stockholders through a rights offering, without first obtaining the approval of our stockholders and our independent directors. If we were to sell shares of our common stock below our then current NAV per common share, such sales would result in an immediate dilution to the NAV per common share. This dilution would occur as a result of the sale of common shares at a price below the then current NAV per share of our common stock and a proportionately greater decrease in a common stockholder’s interest in our earnings and assets and voting percentage than the increase in our assets resulting from such issuance. For example, if we issue and sell an additional 10% of our common stock at a 5% discount from NAV, a common stockholder who does not participate in that offering for its proportionate interest will suffer NAV dilution of up to 0.5% or $5 per $1,000 of NAV. This imposes constraints on our ability to raise capital when our common stock is trading below NAV per common share. As noted above, the 1940 Act prohibits the issuance of multiple classes of "senior securities that are stock."

We financed certain of our investments with borrowed money and capital from the issuance of senior securities, which will magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and may increase the risk of investing in us.

The use of leverage, including through the issuance of senior securities that are debt or stock, magnifies the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and, if we incur additional leverage, this potential will be further magnified. We have incurred leverage in the past and currently incur leverage through the Credit Facility, the 4.875% 2028 Notes, 6.875% 2028 Notes, 7.875% 2030 Notes and 7.125% 2031 Notes and, from time to time, may incur additional leverage to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act. The use of leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique and increases the risks associated with investing in our securities. In the future, we may borrow from, and issue senior securities to, banks and other lenders. Holders of these senior securities will have fixed dollar claims on our assets that are superior to the claims of our common stockholders, and we would expect such holders to seek recovery against our assets in the event of a default.

The following table illustrates the effect of leverage on returns from an investment in our common stock assuming various annual returns on our portfolio, net of expenses. The calculations in the table below are hypothetical and actual returns may be higher or lower than those appearing in the table below.

	Assumed Return on Our Portfolio (Net of Expenses)
	(10)%	(5)%	0%	5%	10%
Corresponding return to common stockholder(A)	(25.16)%	(15.26)%	(5.36)%	4.53%	14.43%

(A)The hypothetical return to common stockholders is calculated by multiplying our total assets as of March 31, 2026 by the assumed rates of return and subtracting all interest on our debt expected to be paid during the twelve months following March 31, 2026, and then dividing the resulting difference by our total net assets attributable to common stock as of March 31, 2026. Based on $1.3 billion in total assets, $23.9 million of borrowings outstanding on our Credit Facility, $127.9 million of 5.00% 2026 Notes, at cost, $134.6 million of 4.875% 2028 Notes, at cost, $60.0 million of 6.875% 2028 Notes, at cost, $126.5 million of 7.875% 2030 Notes, at cost, and $100.0 million of 7.125% 2031 Notes, at cost, and $668.2 million in net assets as of March 31, 2026.

Based on an aggregate outstanding indebtedness of $572.9 million, at cost, as of March 31, 2026, the effective annual cash interest rate of 6.3% as of that date, our investment portfolio at fair value would have to produce an annual return of at least 3.0% to cover annual interest payments on the outstanding debt.

Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Regulation and Structure

We will be subject to corporate-level tax if we are unable to satisfy the Code requirements for RIC qualification.

To maintain our qualification as a RIC, we must maintain our status as a BDC and meet annual distribution, income source, and asset diversification requirements. The annual distribution requirement is satisfied if we distribute at least 90% of our Investment Company Taxable Income to our stockholders on an annual basis. Because we use leverage, we are subject to certain asset coverage ratio requirements under the 1940 Act and could, under certain circumstances, be restricted from making distributions necessary to qualify as a RIC. Warrants we may receive with respect to debt investments generally create original issue discount (“OID”), which we must recognize as ordinary income over the term of the debt investment. Similarly, PIK interest which is accrued generally over the term of the debt investment but not paid in cash, is recognized as ordinary income. Both OID and PIK interest will increase the amounts we are required to distribute to maintain our RIC status. Because such OIDs and PIK interest will not produce distributable cash for us at the same time as we are required to make distributions, we will need to use cash from other sources to satisfy such distribution requirements. As of March 31, 2026, we did not have investments with OID or a PIK feature. Additionally, we must meet asset diversification and income source requirements at the end of each calendar quarter. If we fail to meet these tests, we may need to quickly dispose of certain investments to prevent the loss of RIC status. Since most of our investments will be illiquid, such dispositions, if even possible, may not be made at prices advantageous to us and may result in substantial losses. If we fail to qualify as a RIC as of a calendar quarter or annually for any reason and become fully subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distribution, and the actual amount distributed. Such a failure would have a material adverse effect on us and our common stock.

Some of our debt investments may include success fees that would generally generate payments to us upon a change of control. Because the satisfaction of these success fees, and the ultimate payment of these fees, is uncertain and highly contingent, we generally only recognize them as income when the payment is received. Success fee amounts are characterized as ordinary income for tax purposes and, as a result, we are required to distribute such amounts to our stockholders to maintain our RIC status.

If we do not invest a sufficient portion of our assets in “qualifying assets,” we could fail to qualify as a BDC under the 1940 Act or be precluded from investing according to our current business strategy.

As a BDC, we may not acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such acquisition, at least 70% of our total assets, exclusive of Operating Assets, are qualifying assets, as defined in Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act.

We believe that most of the investments that we may acquire in the future will constitute qualifying assets. However, we may be precluded from investing in what we believe to be attractive investments if such investments are not qualifying assets for purposes of the 1940 Act. If we do not invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could violate the 1940 Act provisions applicable to BDCs. As a result of such violation, specific rules under the 1940 Act could prevent us, for example, from making follow-on investments in existing portfolio companies (which could result in the dilution of our position) or could require us to dispose of investments at inappropriate times to come into compliance with the 1940 Act. If we need to dispose of such investments quickly, it could be difficult to dispose of such investments on favorable terms. We may not be able to find a buyer for such investments and, even if we do find a buyer, we may have to sell the investments at a substantial loss. Any such outcomes would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

If we do not maintain our status as a BDC, we would be subject to regulation as a registered closed-end investment company under the 1940 Act. As a registered closed-end investment company, we would be subject to substantially more regulatory restrictions under the 1940 Act, which would significantly decrease our operating flexibility. Refer to “Business — Regulation as a BDC — Qualifying Assets” for additional information regarding qualifying assets.

Provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law and of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could restrict a change in control and have an adverse impact on the price of our common stock.

We are subject to provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law that, in general, prohibit any business combination with a beneficial owner of 15% or more of our common stock for three years unless the holder’s acquisition of our stock was either approved in advance by our Board of Directors or ratified by our Board of Directors and stockholders owning two-thirds of our outstanding stock not owned by the acquiring holder. Although we believe these provisions collectively

Table of Contents

provide for an opportunity to receive higher bids by requiring potential acquirers to negotiate with our Board of Directors, they would apply even if the offer may be considered beneficial by some stockholders.

We have also adopted other measures that may make it difficult for a third party to obtain control of us, including provisions of our certificate of incorporation classifying our Board of Directors in three classes serving staggered three-year terms, and provisions of our certificate of incorporation authorizing our Board of Directors to induce the issuance of additional shares of our stock. These provisions, as well as other provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, may delay, defer, or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders.

We may not be permitted to declare a dividend or make any distribution to stockholders or repurchase shares until such time as we satisfy the asset coverage tests under the provisions of the 1940 Act that apply to BDCs.

Regulations governing our operation as a BDC and RIC will affect our ability to raise, and the way in which we raise, additional capital or borrow for investment purposes, which may have a negative effect on our growth. As a result of the annual distribution requirement to qualify as a RIC, we may need to periodically access the capital markets to raise cash to fund new investments. We may issue senior securities representing indebtedness, including borrowing money from banks or other financial institutions, or senior securities that are stock, only in amounts such that our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 150% after each such incurrence or issuance. Further, we may not be permitted to declare a dividend or make any distribution to our outstanding stockholders or repurchase shares until such time as we satisfy this test. Our ability to issue different types of securities is also limited. Compliance with these requirements may unfavorably limit our investment opportunities and reduce our ability in comparison to other companies to profit from favorable spreads between the rates at which we can borrow and the rates at which we can lend. As a BDC, therefore, we may issue equity at a rate more frequent than our privately owned competitors, which may lead to greater stockholder dilution. We have incurred leverage to generate capital to make additional investments. If the value of our assets declines, we may be unable to satisfy the asset coverage test under the 1940 Act, which could prohibit us from paying distributions and could prevent us from qualifying as a RIC. If we cannot satisfy the asset coverage test, we may be required to sell a portion of our investments and, depending on the nature of our debt financing, repay a portion of our indebtedness at a time when such sales and repayments may be disadvantageous. Such events, if they were to occur, could have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

Risks Related to Our External Management

We are dependent upon our key management personnel and the key management personnel of the Adviser, particularly David Dullum, Erika Highland and Christopher Lee, and on the continued operations of the Adviser, for our future success.

We have no employees. Our chief executive officer, chief operating officer, chief financial officer and treasurer, chief valuation officer, chief investment officer and the officers and employees of the Adviser do not spend all of their time managing our activities and our investment portfolio. We are particularly dependent upon David Dullum and Erika Highland for their experience, skills, and networks. Our executive officers and the employees of the Adviser allocate some, and in some cases a material portion, of their time to businesses and activities that are not related to our business. We have no separate facilities and are completely reliant on the Adviser, which has significant discretion as to the implementation and execution of our business strategies and risk management practices. We are subject to the risk of discontinuation of the Adviser’s operations or termination of the Advisory Agreement and the risk that, upon such event, no suitable replacement will be found. We believe that our success depends to a significant extent upon the Adviser and that discontinuation of its operations or the loss of its key management personnel could have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve our investment objectives.

Our success depends on the Adviser’s ability to attract and retain qualified personnel in a competitive environment.

The Adviser experiences competition in attracting and retaining qualified personnel, particularly investment professionals and senior executives, and we may be unable to maintain or grow our business if we cannot attract and retain such personnel. The Adviser’s ability to attract and retain personnel with the requisite credentials, experience and skills depends on several factors including, its ability to offer competitive wages, benefits and professional growth opportunities. The Adviser competes with investment funds (such as private equity funds and mezzanine funds) and traditional financial services companies for qualified personnel, many of which have greater resources than us. Searches for qualified personnel may divert management’s time from the operation of our business. Strain on the existing personnel resources of the

Table of Contents

Adviser, in the event that it is unable to attract experienced investment professionals and senior executives, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

The Adviser can resign on 60 days’ notice, and we may not be able to find a suitable replacement within that time, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.

The Adviser has the right to resign under the Advisory Agreement at any time upon not less than 60 days’ written notice, whether we have found a replacement or not. If the Adviser resigns, we may not be able to find a new investment adviser or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms within 60 days, or at all. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a disruption, our financial condition, business and results of operations as well as our ability to pay distributions are likely to be adversely affected and the market price of our common stock may decline. In addition, the coordination of our internal management and investment activities is likely to suffer if we are unable to identify and reach an agreement with a single institution or group of executives having the expertise possessed by the Adviser and its affiliates. Even if we are able to retain comparable management, whether internal or external, the integration of such management and their lack of familiarity with our investment objectives may result in additional costs and time delays that may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The Adviser’s liability is limited under the Advisory Agreement, and we are required to indemnify our investment adviser against certain liabilities, which may lead the Adviser to act in a riskier manner on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.

The Adviser has not assumed any responsibility to us other than to render the services described in the Advisory Agreement, and it will not be responsible for any action of our Board of Directors in declining to follow the Adviser’s advice or recommendations. Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with the Adviser will not be liable to us for their acts under the Advisory Agreement, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of their duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of their duties and obligations under the Advisory Agreement. We have agreed to indemnify, defend and protect the Adviser and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with the Adviser with respect to all damages, liabilities, costs and expenses arising out of or otherwise based upon the performance of any of the Adviser’s duties or obligations under the Advisory Agreement or otherwise as an investment adviser for us, and not arising out of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of their duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of their duties and obligations under the Advisory Agreement. These protections may lead the Adviser to act in a riskier manner when acting on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.

Our incentive fee may induce the Adviser to make certain investments, including speculative investments.

The management compensation structure that has been implemented under the Advisory Agreement may cause the Adviser to invest in high-risk investments or take other investment risks. In addition to its management fee, the Adviser is entitled under the Advisory Agreement to receive incentive compensation based in part upon our achievement of specified levels of income. In evaluating investments and other management strategies, the opportunity to earn incentive compensation based on net investment income may lead the Adviser to place undue emphasis on the maximization of net investment income at the expense of other criteria, such as preservation of capital, maintaining sufficient liquidity, or management of credit risk or market risk, to achieve higher incentive compensation. Investments with higher yield potential are generally riskier or more speculative. This could result in increased risk to the value of our investment portfolio.

In addition, the Adviser will receive a capital gains incentive fee based, in part, upon net capital gains realized on our investments. Unlike the portion of the incentive fee based on income, there is no hurdle rate applicable to the incentive fee based on capital gains. As a result, the Adviser may seek to invest more capital in investments that are likely to result in capital gains as compared to income producing securities. This practice could result in us investing in more speculative securities than would otherwise be the case, which could result in higher investment losses, particularly during economic downturns.

Table of Contents

We may be obligated to pay the Adviser incentive compensation even if we incur a net decrease in net assets.

The Advisory Agreement entitles the Adviser to incentive compensation for each fiscal quarter in an amount equal to a percentage of the excess of our net investment income for that quarter (before deducting the incentive fee) above a threshold return of 1.75% of our net assets, as adjusted, for that quarter. When calculating our incentive fee, our pre-incentive fee net investment income excludes realized losses and unrealized depreciation that we may incur in the fiscal quarter, even if such losses or depreciation result in a net decrease in net assets on our statement of operations for that quarter. Thus, we may be required to pay the Adviser incentive compensation for a fiscal quarter even if there is a decline in the value of our portfolio or we incur a net realized or unrealized loss for that quarter. For additional information on incentive compensation under the Advisory Agreement with the Adviser, see “Business — Investment Advisory and Management Agreement.”

We may be required to pay the Adviser incentive compensation on income accrued, but not yet received in cash.

The part of the incentive fee payable by us that relates to our net investment income is computed and paid on income that may include income that has been accrued but not yet received in cash, such as debt instruments with PIK interest. If a portfolio company defaults on a loan, it is possible that such accrued interest previously used in the calculation of the incentive fee will become uncollectible. Consequently, we may make incentive fee payments on income accruals that we may not collect in the future and with respect to which we do not have a clawback right against the Adviser.

The Adviser’s failure to identify and invest in securities that meet our investment criteria or perform its responsibilities under the Advisory Agreement would likely adversely affect our ability for future growth.

Our ability to achieve our investment objectives will depend on our ability to grow, which in turn will depend on the Adviser’s ability to identify and invest in securities that meet our investment criteria. Accomplishing this result on a cost-effective basis will be largely a function of the Adviser’s structuring of the investment process, its ability to provide competent and efficient services to us, and our access to financing on acceptable terms. The Adviser’s senior management team has substantial responsibilities under the Advisory Agreement. To grow, the Adviser will need to hire, train, supervise, and manage new employees successfully. Any failure to manage our future growth effectively would likely have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

There are significant potential conflicts of interest, including with the Adviser, which could impact our investment returns.

Our executive officers and directors, and the officers and directors of the Adviser, serve or may serve as officers, directors, or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business as we do or of investment funds managed by our affiliates. Accordingly, they may have obligations to investors in those entities, the fulfillment of which might not be in our or our stockholders’ best interests. For example, Mr. Gladstone, our chairman, is the chairman of the board of all of the Affiliated Public Funds, chairman of the board and chief executive officer of the Adviser, the Administrator, Gladstone Land and Gladstone Alternative, in addition to serving as the president of the Adviser and Gladstone Land. Mr. Dullum, our chief executive officer and president, is also an executive vice president of the Adviser. While portfolio managers and the officers and other employees of the Adviser devote as much time to the management of us as appropriate to enable the Adviser to perform its duties in accordance with the Advisory Agreement, the portfolio managers and other of the Adviser's officers may have conflicts in allocating their time and services among us, on the one hand, and other investment vehicles managed by the Adviser, on the other hand. These activities could be viewed as creating a conflict of interest insofar as the time and effort of the portfolio managers and the officers and employees of the Adviser will not be devoted exclusively to our business but will instead be allocated between our business and the management of these other investment vehicles. Moreover, the Adviser may establish or sponsor other investment vehicles which from time to time may have potentially overlapping investment objectives with ours and accordingly may invest in, whether principally or secondarily, asset classes we target. While the Adviser generally has broad authority to make investments on behalf of the investment vehicles that it advises, the Adviser has adopted investment allocation procedures to address these potential conflicts and intends to direct investment opportunities to the Company or the Affiliated Public Funds with the investment strategy that most closely fits the investment opportunity. Nevertheless, the management of the Adviser may face conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities to other entities it manages. As a result, it is possible that we may not be given the opportunity to participate in certain investments made by other funds managed by the Adviser.

Table of Contents

In certain circumstances, we may make investments in a portfolio company in which one of our affiliates has or will have an investment, subject to satisfaction of any regulatory restrictions and, where required, the prior approval of our Board of Directors. As of March 31, 2026, our Board of Directors has approved the following types of transactions:

•Our affiliate, Gladstone Commercial, may, under certain circumstances, lease property to portfolio companies that we do not control. We may pursue such transactions only if (i) the portfolio company is not controlled by us or any of our affiliates, (ii) the portfolio company satisfies the tenant underwriting criteria of Gladstone Commercial, and (iii) the transaction is approved by a majority of our independent directors and a majority of the independent directors of Gladstone Commercial. We expect that any such negotiations between Gladstone Commercial and our portfolio companies would result in lease terms consistent with the terms that the portfolio companies would be likely to receive were they not portfolio companies of ours.

•Pursuant to the Co-Investment Order, we may co-invest, under certain circumstances, with certain of our affiliates, including Gladstone Capital, Gladstone Alternative and any future BDC or closed-end management investment company that is advised (or sub-advised if it controls the fund) by the Adviser, or any combination of the foregoing subject to the conditions in the Co-Investment Order.

Certain of our officers, who are also officers of the Adviser, may from time to time serve as directors of certain of our portfolio companies. If an officer serves in such capacity for one of our portfolio companies, such officer will owe fiduciary duties to stockholders of the portfolio company, which duties may from time to time conflict with the interests of our stockholders.

In the course of our investing activities, we will pay management and incentive fees to the Adviser and will reimburse the Administrator for certain expenses it incurs. As a result, investors in our common stock will invest on a “gross” basis and receive distributions on a “net” basis after expenses, resulting in, among other things, a lower rate of return than one might achieve through our investors themselves making direct investments. As a result of this arrangement, there may be times when the management team of the Adviser has interests that differ from those of our stockholders, giving rise to a conflict. In addition, as a BDC, we make available significant managerial assistance to our portfolio companies and provide other services to such portfolio companies. While neither we nor the Adviser currently receive fees in connection with managerial assistance, the Adviser and Gladstone Securities have, at various times, provided other services to certain of our portfolio companies and received fees for these other services.

The Adviser is not obligated to provide credits of the base management fee or incentive fees, which could negatively impact our earnings and our ability to maintain our current level of distributions to our stockholders.

The Advisory Agreement provides for a base management fee, based on our gross assets, and an incentive fee, that is based on our income and capital gains. Our Board of Directors has accepted in the past and may accept in the future non-contractual, unconditional, and irrevocable credits to reduce the annual 2.0% base management fee or the incentive fee, on a quarterly or annual basis. Any fees credited may not be recouped by the Adviser in the future. However, the Adviser is not required to issue these or other credits of fees under the Advisory Agreement. If the Adviser does not issue these credits in the future, it could negatively impact our earnings and may compromise our ability to maintain our current level of distributions to our stockholders, which could have a material adverse impact on our common stock price.

Our business model is dependent upon developing and sustaining strong referral relationships with investment bankers, business brokers and other intermediaries and any change in our referral relationships may impact our business plan.

We are dependent upon informal relationships with investment bankers, business brokers and traditional lending institutions to provide us with deal flow. If we fail to maintain our relationship with such funds or institutions, or if we fail to establish strong referral relationships with other funds, we will not be able to grow our portfolio of investments and fully execute our business plan.

Our base management fee may induce the Adviser to incur leverage.

The fact that our base management fee is payable based upon our gross assets, which would include any investments made with proceeds of borrowings, may encourage the Adviser to use leverage to make additional investments. Under certain circumstances, the use of increased leverage may increase the likelihood of default, which would disfavor holders of our securities. Given the subjective nature of the investment decisions made by the Adviser on our behalf, we will not be able to monitor this potential conflict of interest.

Table of Contents

Risks Related to an Investment in Our Securities

There is a risk that you may not receive distributions or that distributions may not grow over time.

Our current intention is to distribute up to 100% of our Investment Company Taxable Income to our stockholders by paying monthly distributions. We may retain some or all of our net realized long-term capital gains, if any, and designate them as deemed distributions to supplement our equity capital and support the growth of our portfolio, although our Board of Directors may determine to distribute these net realized long-term capital gains to our stockholders in cash. In addition, our Credit Facility restricts the amount of distributions we are permitted to make annually. We cannot assure investors that we will achieve investment results or maintain a tax status that will allow or require any specified level of cash distributions.

Investing in our securities may involve an above average degree of risk.

The investments we make in accordance with our investment objectives may result in a higher amount of risk than alternative investment options and a higher risk of volatility or loss of principal. Our investments in portfolio companies may be highly speculative, and therefore, an investment in our securities may not be suitable for someone with lower risk tolerance.

Distributions to our common stockholders have included and may in the future include a return of capital.

Our Board of Directors declares monthly common distributions each quarter based on estimates of Investment Company Taxable Income and capital gains for each fiscal year, which may differ, and in the past have differed, from actual results. Because our common distributions are based on estimates of Investment Company Taxable Income and capital gains that may differ from actual results, future common distributions payable to our common stockholders may include a return of capital. To the extent that we distribute amounts that exceed our accumulated earnings and profits, these distributions constitute a return of capital to the extent of the common stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares of our common stock. A return of capital represents a return of a common stockholder’s original investment in shares of our common stock and should not be confused with a distribution from earnings and profits. Although return of capital distributions may not be taxable, such distributions may increase an investor’s tax liability for capital gains upon the sale of our common stock by reducing the investor’s tax basis in its shares of our common stock. Such returns of capital reduce our asset base and also adversely impact our ability to raise debt capital as a result of the leverage restrictions under the 1940 Act, which could have a material adverse impact on our ability to make new investments.

Common stockholders may incur dilution if we sell shares of our common stock in one or more offerings at prices below the then current NAV per share.

Absent stockholder approval, we are not able to access the capital markets in an offering of our securities at prices below the then-current NAV per share, due to restrictions applicable to BDCs under the 1940 Act. Should we decide to issue shares of common stock at a price below NAV per share in the future, we will seek the requisite approval of our stockholders at such time.

If we were to sell shares of our common stock below NAV per share, such sales would result in an immediate dilution to the NAV per share. This dilution would occur as a result of the sale of shares at a price below the then current NAV per share of our common stock and a proportionately greater decrease in a common stockholder’s interest in our earnings and assets and voting interest in us than the increase in our assets resulting from such issuance. The greater the difference between the sale price and the NAV per share at the time of the offering, the more significant the dilutive impact would be. Because the number of shares of common stock that could be so issued and the timing of any issuance is not currently known, the actual dilutive effect, if any, cannot be currently predicted. However, if, for example, we sold an additional 10% of our common stock at a 5% discount from NAV, an existing common stockholder who did not participate in that offering for its proportionate interest would suffer NAV dilution of up to 0.5% or $5 per $1,000 of NAV.

Table of Contents

Risks Related to the 4.875% 2028 Notes, 6.875% 2028 Notes, 7.875% 2030 Notes and 7.125% 2031 Notes (collectively, the "Notes")

The Notes are unsecured and therefore are effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness we may incur in the future and will rank pari passu with, or equal to, all outstanding and future unsecured indebtedness issued by us and our general liabilities (total liabilities, less debt).

The Notes are not secured by any of our assets or any of the assets of our subsidiaries. As a result, the Notes are effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness we may incur in the future (or any indebtedness that is initially unsecured to which we subsequently grant security) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. In any liquidation, dissolution, bankruptcy or other similar proceeding, the holders of any of our existing or future secured indebtedness and the secured indebtedness of our subsidiaries may assert rights against the assets pledged to secure that indebtedness to receive full payment of their indebtedness before the assets may be used to pay other creditors, including the holders of the Notes. In addition, the Notes will rank pari passu with, or equal to, all outstanding and future unsecured indebtedness issued by us and our general liabilities (total liabilities, less debt).

The Notes are structurally subordinated to the indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries.

The Notes are obligations exclusively of the Company and not of any of our subsidiaries. None of our subsidiaries is a guarantor of the Notes and the Notes are not required to be guaranteed by any subsidiaries we may acquire or create in the future. Except to the extent we are a creditor with recognized claims against our subsidiaries, all claims of creditors of our subsidiaries will have priority over our equity interests in such subsidiaries (and therefore the claims of our creditors, including holders of the Notes) with respect to the assets of such subsidiaries. Even if we are recognized as a creditor of one or more of our subsidiaries, our claims would still be effectively subordinated to any security interests in the assets of any such subsidiary and to any indebtedness or other liabilities of any such subsidiary senior to our claims. Consequently, the Notes are structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and other liabilities of any of our subsidiaries and any subsidiaries that we may in the future acquire or establish. Our wholly-owned subsidiary, Business Investment, is the obligor under our Credit Facility, which is structurally senior to the Notes. In addition, our subsidiaries may incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, all of which would be structurally senior to the Notes.

The indenture under which the Notes were issued contains limited protection for holders of the Notes.

The indenture under which the Notes were issued offers limited protection to holders of the Notes. The terms of the indenture and the Notes do not restrict our or any of our subsidiaries’ ability to engage in, or otherwise be a party to, a variety of corporate transactions, circumstances or events that could have an adverse impact on your investment in the Notes. In particular, the terms of the indenture and the Notes do not place any restrictions on our or our subsidiaries’ ability to:

•issue securities or otherwise incur additional indebtedness or other obligations, including (1) any indebtedness or other obligations that would be equal in right of payment to the Notes, (2) any indebtedness or other obligations that would be secured and therefore rank effectively senior in right of payment to the Notes to the extent of the values of the assets securing such debt, (3) indebtedness of ours that is guaranteed by one or more of our subsidiaries and which therefore is structurally senior to the Notes and (4) securities, indebtedness or obligations issued or incurred by our subsidiaries that would be senior to our equity interests in our subsidiaries and therefore rank structurally senior to the Notes with respect to the assets of our subsidiaries, in each case other than an incurrence of indebtedness or other obligation that would cause a violation of Section 18(a)(1)(A) as modified by Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act or any successor provisions, whether or not we continue to be subject to such provisions of the 1940 Act, which generally prohibit us incurring additional debt or issuing additional debt or preferred securities, unless our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 150% after such incurrence or issuance;

•pay dividends on, or purchase or redeem or make any payments in respect of, capital stock or other securities ranking junior in right of payment to the Notes, including preferred stock and any subordinated indebtedness, in each case other than dividends, purchases, redemptions or payments that would cause our asset coverage to fall below the threshold specified in Section 18(a)(1)(B) as modified by Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act or any successor provisions thereto, whether or not we are subject to such provisions of the 1940 Act, giving effect to any no-action relief granted by the SEC to another BDC and upon which we may reasonably rely (or to us if we determine to seek such similar SEC no-action or other relief) permitting the BDC to declare any cash dividend or

Table of Contents

distribution notwithstanding the prohibition contained in Section 18(a)(1)(B) as modified by Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act to maintain the BDC’s status as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code;

•sell assets (other than certain limited restrictions on our ability to consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets);

•enter into transactions with affiliates;

•create liens (including liens on the shares of our subsidiaries) or enter into sale and leaseback transactions;

•make investments; or

•create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to us from our subsidiaries.

In addition, the indenture and the Notes do not require us to make an offer to purchase the Notes in connection with a change of control or any other event.

Furthermore, the terms of the indenture and the Notes do not protect holders of the Notes in the event that we experience changes (including significant adverse changes) in our financial condition, results of operations or credit ratings, if any, as they do not require that we or our subsidiaries adhere to any financial tests or ratios or specified levels of net worth, revenues, income, cash flow, or liquidity.

Our ability to recapitalize, incur additional debt (including additional debt that matures prior to the maturity of the Notes) and take a number of other actions that are not limited by the terms of the Notes may have important consequences for you as a holder of the Notes, including making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the Notes or negatively affecting the trading value of the Notes.

Other debt we issue or incur in the future could contain more protections for its holders than the indenture and the Notes, including additional covenants and events of default. The issuance or incurrence of any such debt with incremental protections could affect the market for, trading levels, and prices of the Notes.

An active trading market for the Notes may not exist, which could limit your ability to sell the Notes or affect the market price of the Notes.

An active trading market for the Notes may not exist in the future and holders may not be able to sell their Notes. Even if an active trading market does exist, the Notes may trade at a discount from their initial offering price depending on prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities, our credit ratings, if any, general economic conditions, our financial condition, performance and prospects and other factors. To the extent an active trading market does not exist, the liquidity and trading price for the Notes may be harmed. Accordingly, holders of the Notes may be required to bear the financial risk of an investment in the Notes for an indefinite period of time.

If we default on our obligations to pay our other indebtedness, we may not be able to make payments on the Notes.

Any default under the agreements governing our indebtedness, including a default under the Credit Facility or other indebtedness to which we may be a party, that is not waived by the required lenders or holders, and the remedies sought by the holders of such indebtedness could make us unable to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and substantially decrease the market value of the Notes. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow and are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, or if we otherwise fail to comply with the various covenants, including financial and operating covenants, in the instruments governing our indebtedness, we could be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such indebtedness, including the Notes. In the event of such default, the holders of such indebtedness could elect to declare all the funds borrowed thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest, the lenders under the Credit Facility or other debt we may incur in the future could elect to terminate their commitments, cease making further loans and institute foreclosure proceedings against our assets, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. If our operating performance declines, we may in the future need to refinance or restructure our debt, including the Notes, sell assets, reduce or delay capital investments, seek to raise additional capital or seek to obtain waivers from the required lenders under the Credit Facility or other debt that we may incur in the future to avoid being in default. If we are unable to implement one or more of these alternatives, we may not be able to meet our payment obligations under the Notes or our

Table of Contents

other debt. If we breach our covenants under the Credit Facility or other debt and seek a waiver, we may not be able to obtain a waiver from the required lenders or holders. If this occurs, we would be in default under the Credit Facility or other debt, the lenders or holders could exercise their rights as described above, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. If we are unable to repay debt, lenders having secured obligations, including the lenders under the Credit Facility, could proceed against the collateral securing the debt. Because the Credit Facility has, and any future credit facilities will likely have, customary cross-default provisions, if the indebtedness under the Notes or the Credit Facility or under any future credit facility is accelerated, we may be unable to repay or finance the amounts due.

We may choose to redeem the Notes when prevailing interest rates are relatively low.

Each series of Notes is, or will in the future be, subject to redemption at our option. We may choose to redeem such Notes from time to time, especially if prevailing interest rates are lower than the rate borne by the Notes. If prevailing rates are lower at the time of redemption, and we redeem the Notes, you likely would not be able to reinvest the redemption proceeds in a comparable security at an effective interest rate as high as the interest rate on the Notes being redeemed. Our redemption right also may adversely impact your ability to sell the Notes as the optional redemption date or period approaches.

A downgrade, suspension or withdrawal of any credit rating assigned by a rating agency to us or the Notes could cause the liquidity or market value of the Notes to decline significantly.

Any credit rating is an assessment by the assigning rating agency of our ability to pay our debts when due. Consequently, real or anticipated changes in any credit ratings will generally affect the market value of the Notes. These credit ratings may not reflect the potential impact of risks relating to the structure or marketing of the Notes. Credit ratings are not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold any security, and may be revised or withdrawn at any time by the issuing organization in its sole discretion. There can be no assurance that any credit ratings will remain for any given period of time or that such credit ratings will not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by the rating agencies if in their judgment future circumstances relating to the basis of the credit ratings, such as adverse changes in our Company, so warrant.

General Risk Factors

Cybersecurity risks and cyber incidents may adversely affect our business by causing a disruption to our operations, or the operations of businesses in which we invest, a compromise or corruption of our confidential information and/or damage to our business relationships, all of which could negatively impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

Maintaining our network security is of critical importance because our systems store highly confidential financial models and portfolio company information. Although we have implemented, and will continue to implement, security measures, our technology platform may be vulnerable to intrusion, computer viruses or similar disruptive problems caused by cyber-attacks, including those employing artificial intelligence. A cyber incident is considered to be any adverse event that threatens the confidentiality, integrity or availability of our information resources or those of our portfolio companies. These incidents may be an intentional attack or an unintentional event and could involve gaining unauthorized access to our information systems or those of our portfolio companies for purposes of misappropriating assets, stealing confidential information, corrupting data or causing operational disruption. The result of these incidents may include disrupted operations, misstated or unreliable financial data, liability for stolen assets or information, increased cybersecurity protection and insurance costs, litigation and damage to our business relationships or those of our portfolio companies. As our and our portfolio companies’ reliance on technology has increased, so have the risks posed to our information systems, both internal and those provided to us by third-party service providers, and the information systems of our portfolio companies. We have implemented processes, procedures and internal controls to help mitigate cybersecurity risks and cyber intrusions, but these measures, as well as our increased awareness of the nature and extent of a risk of a cyber incident, do not guarantee that a cyber incident will not occur and/or that our financial results, operations or confidential information will not be negatively impacted by such an incident. In addition, any such incident, disruption or other loss of information could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability under laws that protect the privacy of personal information, and regulatory penalties, disrupt our operations, and damage our and our Adviser’s reputations, resulting in a loss of confidence in our services and our Adviser’s services, which could adversely affect our business.

We are subject to risks associated with artificial intelligence and machine learning technology.

Recent technological advances in artificial intelligence and machine learning technology pose risks to our Company and our portfolio companies. We and our portfolio companies could be exposed to the risks of artificial intelligence and

Table of Contents

machine learning technology if third-party service providers or any counterparties, whether or not known to us, also use artificial intelligence and machine learning technology in their business activities. We and our portfolio companies may not be in a position to control the use of artificial intelligence and machine learning technology in third-party products or services.

Use of artificial intelligence and machine learning technology could include the input of confidential information in contravention of applicable policies, contractual or other obligations or restrictions, resulting in such confidential information becoming partly accessible by other third-party artificial intelligence and machine learning technology applications and users.

Independent of its context of use, artificial intelligence and machine learning technology is generally highly reliant on the collection and analysis of large amounts of data, and it is not possible or practicable to incorporate all relevant data into the model that artificial intelligence and machine learning technology utilizes to operate. Certain data in such models will inevitably contain a degree of inaccuracy and error—potentially materially so—and could otherwise be inadequate or flawed, which would be likely to degrade the effectiveness of artificial intelligence and machine learning technology. To the extent that we or our portfolio companies are exposed to the risks of artificial intelligence and machine learning technology use, any such inaccuracies or errors could have adverse impacts on our Company or our investments.

Artificial intelligence and machine learning technology and its applications, including in the private investment and financial sectors, continue to develop rapidly, and it is impossible to predict the future risks that may arise from such developments.

We are dependent on information systems and systems failures could significantly disrupt our business, which may, in turn, negatively affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to pay dividends.

Our business is dependent on our and third parties’ communications and information systems. Any failure or interruption of those systems, including as a result of the termination of an agreement with any third-party service providers, could cause delays or other problems in our activities. Our financial, accounting, data processing, backup or other operating systems and facilities may fail to operate properly or become disabled or damaged as a result of a number of factors including events that are wholly or partially beyond our control and adversely affect our business. There could be:

•sudden electrical or telecommunications outages;

•natural disasters such as earthquakes, tornadoes and hurricanes;

•disease pandemics;

•events arising from local or larger scale political or social matters, including terrorist acts; and

•cyber-attacks.

These events, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and negatively affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders.

Changes in laws or regulations governing our operations, or changes in the interpretation thereof, and any failure by us to comply with laws or regulations governing our operations may adversely affect our business.

We, and our portfolio companies, are subject to regulation by laws at the local, state and federal levels. These laws and regulations, as well as their interpretation, may be changed from time to time. Accordingly, any change in these laws or regulations, or their interpretation, or any failure by us or our portfolio companies to comply with these laws or regulations may adversely affect our business.

We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly and annual operating results.

We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly and annual operating results due to a number of factors, including, among others, variations in our investment income, the level of our expenses, variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized and unrealized gains or losses, rapidly changing valuation of our portfolio companies, placing and removing investments on non-accrual status, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets, the ability to sell investments at attractive terms, the ability to fund and close suitable investments, and general economic conditions, including the impacts of inflation and elevated interest rates. The majority of our portfolio companies are in industries that

Table of Contents

are directly impacted by inflation, such as manufacturing and consumer goods and services. Our portfolio companies may not be able to pass on to customers increases in their costs of production which could greatly affect their operating results, impacting their ability to service and repay our loans. In addition, any potential future decreases in our portfolio companies’ operating results due to inflation could adversely impact the fair value of those investments. Any decreases in the fair value of our investments could result in future realized and unrealized losses and therefore reduce our net assets. As a result of these factors, results for any period should not be relied upon as being indicative of performance in future periods.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY

Risk Management and Strategy

Our Adviser and Administrator have implemented ongoing processes that are designed to continually identify, assess, manage, monitor and mitigate the dynamic and evolving material risks to us from cybersecurity threats. Our Adviser’s and Administrator’s resource management, information technology ("IT") and compliance departments work in conjunction with an independent third-party information technology service provider (“ISP”) engaged by our Adviser to manage our information technology strategy. The ISP regularly performs cyber assessments and assists our Adviser and Administrator in monitoring our cyber and information security programs. The ISP proposes recommendations for improvements to our Adviser’s Head of Resource Management, Director of IT and Chief Compliance Officer ("CCO"), which then are considered by other relevant officers of our Adviser and Administrator before improvements are implemented to our information technology strategy, cybersecurity, and incident response policies, processes and procedures.

In addition, regular ongoing cybersecurity threat risk assessments, which also cover third-party business applications, are performed throughout the year and reported to our officers and Board of Directors by our CCO no less than quarterly. Cybersecurity risks are assessed in general as part of the overall enterprise risk management for us, but also specifically between the ISP and our Adviser and Administrator in monitoring and determining not only the risks but also in assessing corresponding processes and procedures to mitigate those risks appropriately.

Our ISP constantly monitors information technology risk and cybersecurity threats globally. When risks are detected the Director of IT, Head of Resource Management and CCO consult with the ISP to assess if the risk is a cybersecurity threat to our information technology systems or data. If a risk to our information systems or data is identified, we, through our Adviser and Administrator, work in conjunction with the ISP to implement recommended processes, improvements, or safeguards to our systems or processes to address the risks as needed. Relevant examples of such efforts include but are not limited to:

•implementation of industry leading Cloud solutions and business applications which possess integrated cybersecurity safeguards;

•restrict access to known devices only;

•anti-malware, antivirus and threat detection software;

•ransomware containment and isolation software;

•enhanced password requirements and multifactor authentication requirements;

•endpoint encryption;

•intrusion detection and response system conduct file integrity monitoring;

•email archiving, firewalls, and quarantine capabilities;

•mobile device management of business applications;

•frequent systems backups with recovery capabilities; and

Table of Contents

•regular vulnerability scans and penetration testing.

Contractually, we require the ISP to annually provide a third-party report on its systems and on the suitability of the design and operating effectiveness of its controls relevant to information and cyber security. In addition to the ongoing dialogue and technology interaction between the Director of IT, our Adviser and Administrator and the ISP, any significant findings in these reports are shared with us, including our Board of Directors and other officers, to enhance ongoing monitoring and assessment of our information technology and cybersecurity risk management.

While our ISP works to create a hardened information technology systems environment, our Adviser and Administrator also regularly train employees working on our behalf on the evolving threats and educates them on cybersecurity risks. Whether it is communicating information about the latest cybersecurity threats, assessing employees’ awareness through mock fraud exercises, social engineering and phishing campaigns, or providing access to a library of educational material about past and newly evolving cybersecurity attacks, our Adviser and Administrator work in concert with the ISP, on our behalf, to keep employees servicing us informed so as to provide an additional protection barrier through end-user knowledge.

Notwithstanding our risk management and strategy described above, we may not be successful in preventing or mitigating a cybersecurity incident that could have a material adverse effect on us. We are not currently aware of any known cybersecurity risks that may materially impact our operations and we may not be able to determine the likelihood of such risks. See “Risk Factors - Cybersecurity risks and cyber incidents may adversely affect our business by causing a disruption to our operations, or the operations of businesses in which we invest, a compromise or corruption of our confidential information and/or damage to our business relationships, all of which could negatively impact our business, financial condition and operating results.” for a discussion of risks related to cybersecurity and cyber incidents.

Governance

Our Board of Directors is actively engaged in overseeing our cybersecurity and information security program. Our Board of Directors receives regular reports during board meetings from our CCO on our and our Adviser’s and Administrator’s efforts concerning information security and addressing information technology and cybersecurity risks, no less than quarterly, and regularly receives updates from third parties on various business risks, which include cybersecurity matters. The reports are distributed to our Board of Directors, and our CCO engages in detailed discussions with the independent board members during the independent members’ session. The reports cover potentially material cybersecurity threats facing us, as well as key risks and mitigation efforts undertaken by us and our Adviser and Administrator. As significant threats or events are identified by management or the ISP between regular reporting periods, our CCO will inform our Board of Directors immediately and keep it informed as to the developments of assessing the risks, mitigating efforts, and potential disclosure. Appropriate members of management and third party providers will be involved as deemed necessary based on the potential impact.

Our Head of Resources Management, who is also a member of our Board of Directors, and our CCO lead our cybersecurity program. Our Head of Resources Management has more than 30 years of overall experience and more than 20 years directly assessing and managing our cyber information technology and human resources systems, and the associated security concerns. Our CCO has more than 30 years of overall experience as a CPA, with more than 15 years managing information technology systems and databases, and more than 15 years supporting our Adviser’s and Administrator’s resource management department. This includes identifying, assessing, mitigating, and monitoring cyber information security risks. Our Director of IT has over 20 years of experience in IT, with a focus in the implementation of information security projects to enhance organizations' resilience against emerging threats and has collaborated closely with security vendors/partners to contain and address cybersecurity incidents. These managers, as well as other management personnel, attend various professional continuing education programs, which include cybersecurity matters. Certain members of our Board of Directors have, or previously held, positions with other companies, including other public companies, that involved managing risks associated with their cyber and information technology systems. Our Board of Directors regularly receives updates from third parties on various business risks, which include cybersecurity matters.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

We do not own any real estate or other physical properties material to our operations. The Adviser is the current leaseholder of all properties in which we operate. We occupy these premises pursuant to our Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement with the Adviser and Administrator, respectively.

Table of Contents

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are not currently subject to any material legal proceedings, nor, to our knowledge, is any material legal proceeding threatened against us.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not Applicable.

Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock is traded on Nasdaq under the symbol “GAIN.” The following table reflects, by quarter, the high and low intraday sales prices per share of our common stock on Nasdaq, the high and low intraday sales prices as a percentage of NAV per share and quarterly distributions declared per common share for each fiscal quarter during the last two completed fiscal years and the current fiscal year through May 11, 2026.

Quarter Ended/Ending	NAV(A)			Sales Prices					Premium /<br><br>(Discount) of High to NAV(B)		Premium<br><br>(Discount)<br><br>of Low to NAV(B)		Declared<br><br>Common Stock<br><br>Distributions
			High			Low
Fiscal Year ended March 31, 2025:
6/30/2024	$	13.01		$	14.55		$	13.66	12	%	5	%	$	0.2400
9/30/2024	$	12.49		$	14.58		$	12.46	17	%	—	%	$	0.2400
12/31/2024	$	13.30		$	14.85		$	12.81	12	%	(4)	%	$	0.9400	(C)
3/31/2025	$	13.55		$	14.01		$	12.54	3	%	(7)	%	$	0.2400
Fiscal Year ended March 31, 2026:
6/30/2025	$	12.99		$	15.34		$	11.42	18	%	(12)	%	$	0.7800	(D)
9/30/2025	$	13.53		$	14.57		$	13.66	8	%	1	%	$	0.2400
12/31/2025	$	14.95		$	14.15		$	13.16	(5)	%	(12)	%	$	0.2400
3/31/2026	$	16.78		$	14.54		$	13.11	(13)	%	(22)	%	$	0.2400
Fiscal Year ending March 31, 2027:
6/30/2026<br><br>(through May 11, 2026)	*			$	17.14		$	13.99	*		*		$	0.2400

(A)NAV per share is determined as of the last day in the relevant quarter and therefore may not reflect the NAV per share on the date of the high and low intraday sales prices. The NAVs per share shown are based on outstanding shares at the end of each period.

(B)The premiums (discounts) set forth in these columns represent the high or low, as applicable, intraday sale prices per share for the relevant quarter minus the NAV per share as of the end of such quarter, and therefore may not reflect the premium (discount) to NAV per share on the date of the high and low intraday sales prices.

(C)Includes a $0.70 per common share supplemental distribution paid in October 2024.

(D)Includes a $0.54 per common share supplemental distribution paid in June 2025.

* Not yet available, as the NAV per share as of the end of this quarter has not yet been finalized.

As of May 11, 2026, there were 19 record owners of our common stock. This number does not include stockholders for whom shares are held in “street name.”

Distributions

We generally intend to distribute, in the form of cash distributions, up to 100% of our Investment Company Taxable Income, if any, to our stockholders in the form of monthly distributions. We may retain some or all of our net realized long-term capital gains, if any, and designate them as a deemed distribution to supplement our equity capital and support the growth of our portfolio, but we may also distribute all or a portion of such gains to stockholders in cash. For the years ended March 31, 2026 and 2025, we did not elect to retain long-term capital gains and to treat them as deemed distributions to common stockholders. Our Credit Facility also generally restricts distributions on our common stock to the sum of certain amounts, including our net investment income, plus net capital gains, plus amounts elected by the Company to be considered as having been paid during the prior fiscal year in accordance with Section 855(a) of the Code.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

We did not sell any unregistered securities during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2026.

Table of Contents

Purchases of Equity Securities

We did not repurchase any shares of our stock during the fourth quarter ended March 31, 2026.

Stock Performance Graph

The following graph shows the total stockholder return on an investment of $100 in cash on March 31, 2021 for (i) our common stock, (ii) the Nasdaq’s 100 Total Return index (“Nasdaq 100 TR”), (iii) the Russell 1000 Total Return index (“Russell 1000 TR”) and (iv) the Standard and Poor’s BDC index (“S&P BDC”). The graph and other information furnished under the heading “Stock Performance Graph” shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference and shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C under, or to the liabilities of Section 18 of, the Exchange Act.

The returns on each investment assume reinvestment of dividends. This stock performance graph and the related textual information are not necessarily indicative of future performance.

GAIN 3.31.26 Performance Graph.jpg

	GAIN		Nasdaq 100 TR		Russell 1000 TR		S&P BDC
3/31/2021	$	100.00	$	100.00	$	100.00	$	100.00
3/31/2022	$	142.40	$	114.14	$	113.27	$	120.73
3/31/2023	$	119.74	$	102.32	$	103.76	$	111.22
3/31/2024	$	162.84	$	142.89	$	134.75	$	142.92
3/31/2025	$	172.05	$	152.09	$	145.29	$	158.61
3/31/2026	$	203.26	$	188.59	$	171.07	$	136.45

Table of Contents

Fees and Expenses

The following table is intended to assist stockholders in understanding the costs and expenses that common stockholders will bear directly or indirectly. The percentages indicated in the table below are estimates and may vary. Except where the context suggests otherwise, whenever this Annual Report contains a reference to fees or expenses paid by “us” or the “Company,” or that “we” will pay fees or expenses, common stockholders will indirectly bear such fees or expenses as investors in the Company. The following annualized percentages were calculated based on actual expenses, except with respect to capital gains-based incentive fees as discussed below, incurred in the quarter ended March 31, 2026 and average net assets for the quarter ended March 31, 2026. The table and examples below include all fees and expenses of our consolidated subsidiaries.

Stockholder Transaction Expenses:
Sales load or other commission (as a percentage of offering price)(1)	—
Offering expenses (as a percentage of offering price)(1)	—
Dividend reinvestment plan expenses (per sales transaction fee)(2)	Up to 25 Transaction fee
Total stockholder transaction expenses (as a percentage of offering price)(1)	—%
Annual expenses (as a percentage of net assets attributable to common stock)(3):
Base management fee(4)	4.11
Loan servicing fee(5)	2.01
Incentive fees(6)	11.97
Interest payments on borrowed funds(7)	6.85
Other expenses(8)	0.92
Total annual expenses(9)	25.86

All values are in US Dollars.

(1)The amounts set forth in the table above do not reflect the impact of any sales load or other commission or offering expenses borne by the Company and its common stockholders. If applicable, the prospectus or prospectus supplement relating to an offering of our common stock will disclose the offering price and the estimated offering expenses and total stockholder transaction expenses borne by the Company and its common stockholders as a percentage of the offering price. In the event that shares of our common stock are sold to or through underwriters, the applicable prospectus or prospectus supplement will also disclose the applicable sales load or other commission.

(2)The expenses of the dividend reinvestment plan, if any, are included in stock record expenses, a component of “Other expenses.” If a participant elects by written notice to the plan agent prior to termination of his or her account to have the plan agent sell part or all of the shares held by the plan agent in the participant’s account and remit the proceeds to the participant, the plan agent is authorized to deduct a transaction fee, plus per share brokerage commissions, from the proceeds. The participants in the dividend reinvestment plan will also bear a transaction fee, plus per share brokerage commissions incurred with respect to open market purchases, if any. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Distributions and Dividends to Stockholders—Dividend Reinvestment Plan” for information on the dividend reinvestment plan.

(3)The percentages presented in this table are gross of credits to any fees.

(4)The base management fee is payable quarterly to the Adviser pursuant to our Advisory Agreement and is assessed at an annual rate of 2% computed on the basis of the value of our average gross assets at the end of the two most recently completed quarters (inclusive of the current quarter), which are total assets, including investments made with proceeds of borrowings, less any uninvested cash or cash equivalents resulting from borrowings, valued at the end of the applicable quarters within the respective period and adjusted appropriately for any share issuances or repurchases during the period. In accordance with the requirements of the SEC, the table above shows our base management fee as a percentage of average net assets attributable to common stockholders. For purposes of the table, the annualized base management fee has been converted to 4.11% of the average net assets for the quarter ended March 31, 2026 by dividing the total annualized amount of the base management fee by our average net assets for the quarter ended March 31, 2026. The base management fee for the quarter ended March 31, 2026 before application of any credits was $6.4 million.

Pursuant to the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Adviser makes available significant managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. The Adviser may also provide other services to our portfolio companies under certain agreements and may receive fees for services other than managerial assistance. Such services may include: (i) assistance obtaining,

Table of Contents

sourcing or structuring credit facilities, long term loans or additional equity from unaffiliated third parties; (ii) negotiating important contractual financial relationships; (iii) consulting services regarding restructuring of the portfolio company and financial modeling as it relates to raising additional debt and equity capital from unaffiliated third parties; and (iv) primary role in interviewing, vetting, and negotiating employment contracts with candidates in connection with adding and retaining key portfolio company management team members. The Adviser non-contractually, unconditionally, and irrevocably credits 100% of any fees received for such services against the base management fee that we would otherwise be required to pay to the Adviser; however, pursuant to the terms of the Advisory Agreement, a small percentage of certain of such fees is retained by the Adviser in the form of reimbursement, at cost, for tasks completed by personnel of the Adviser and primarily related to the valuation of portfolio companies. For the quarter ended March 31, 2026, $1.1 million of these fees were non-contractually, unconditionally and irrevocably credited against the base management fee. See “Item 1. Business — Transactions with Related Parties — Investment Advisory and Management Agreement” for additional information.

(5)The Adviser services the loans held by Business Investment in return for which the Adviser receives a 2.0% annual loan servicing fee based on the monthly aggregate balance of loans pledged under the Credit Facility. Since Business Investment is a consolidated subsidiary of ours, coupled with the fact that the total base management fee paid to the Adviser pursuant to the Advisory Agreement cannot exceed 2.0% of total assets (less any uninvested cash or cash equivalents resulting from borrowings) during any given calendar year, we treat payment of the loan servicing fee pursuant to the Credit Facility as a pre-payment of the base management fee under the Advisory Agreement. Accordingly, these loan servicing fees are 100% non-contractually, unconditionally and irrevocably credited back to us by the Adviser. The loan servicing fee for the three months ended March 31, 2026 was $3.1 million. See “Item 1. Business—Transactions with Related Parties—Loan Servicing Fee Pursuant to Credit Facility” and footnote 4 above for additional information.

(6)The incentive fee payable to the Adviser under the Advisory Agreement consists of two parts: an income-based fee and a capital gains-based fee. The income-based incentive fee is payable quarterly in arrears, and equals 20% of the excess, if any, of our pre-incentive fee net investment income that exceeds a 1.75% quarterly hurdle rate of our net assets, which we define as total assets less indebtedness and before taking into account any incentive fees payable or contractually due but not payable during the period, at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, adjusted appropriately for any share issuances or repurchases during the period, subject to a “catch-up” provision measured as of the end of each calendar quarter. The “catch-up” provision requires us to pay 100% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income with respect to that portion of such income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 125% of the quarterly hurdle rate (or 2.1875%) in any calendar quarter. The catch-up provision is meant to provide our Adviser with 20% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income as if a hurdle rate did not apply when our pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds 125% of the quarterly hurdle rate in any calendar quarter. There was no income-based incentive fee for the three months ended March 31, 2026.

The capital gains-based incentive fee equals 20% of our net realized capital gains in excess of unrealized depreciation since our inception, if any, computed as all realized capital gains net of all realized capital losses and unrealized depreciation since our inception, less any prior payments, measured at the end of each calendar year and payable at the end of each fiscal year. During the three months ended March 31, 2026, we recorded capital gains-based incentive fees of $18.5 million in accordance with GAAP, which were not contractually due under the terms of the Advisory Agreement.

No credits were applied to incentive fees for the three months ended March 31, 2026; however, the Adviser may credit such fees in the future.

Examples of how the incentive fee would be calculated are as follows:

•Assuming pre-incentive fee net investment income of 0.55%, there would be no income-based incentive fee because such income would not exceed the hurdle rate of 1.75%.

•Assuming pre-incentive fee net investment income of 2.00%, the income-based incentive fee would be as follows:

= 100.0% × (2.00% - 1.75%)

= 0.25%

•Assuming pre-incentive fee net investment income of 2.30%, the income-based incentive fee would be as follows:

= (100.0% × (“catch-up”: 2.1875% - 1.75%)) + (20.0% × (2.30% - 2.1875%))

= (100.0% × 0.4375%) + (20.0% × 0.1125%)

= 0.4375% + 0.0225%

Table of Contents

= 0.46%

•Assuming net realized capital gains of 6% and realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation of 1%, the capital gains-based incentive fee would be as follows:

= 20.0% × (6.0% - 1.0%)

= 20.0% × 5.0%

= 1.0%

For a more detailed discussion of the calculation of the two-part incentive fee, including the capital gains-based incentive fee calculation under GAAP, see “Item 1. Business — Transactions with Related Parties — Investment Advisory and Management Agreement.”

(7)Includes amortization of deferred financing costs. As of March 31, 2026, we had $23.9 million of borrowings outstanding under our Credit Facility, $127.9 million of 5.00% 2026 Notes, at cost, $134.6 million of 4.875% 2028 Notes, at cost, $60.0 million of 6.875% 2028 Notes, at cost, $126.5 million of 7.875% 2030 Notes, at cost, and $100.0 million of 7.125% 2031 Notes, at cost. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Revolving Line of Credit” and “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Notes Payable” for additional information regarding our Credit Facility, our 5.00% 2026 Notes, our 4.875% 2028 Notes, our 6.875% 2028 Notes, our 7.875% 2030 Notes and our 7.125% 2031 Notes.

(8)Includes our overhead expenses, including payments under the Administration Agreement based on our projected allocable portion of overhead and other expenses estimated to be incurred by our Administrator for the current fiscal year. See “Item 1. Business—Transactions with Related Parties—Administration Agreement” for additional information.

(9)Total annualized gross expenses, based on actual amounts incurred for the three months ended March 31, 2026 (except as set forth in footnote 8), would be $160.2 million. After all non-contractual, unconditional, and irrevocable credits described in footnote 4 and footnote 5 above are applied to the base management fee and the loan servicing fee, total annualized expenses after fee credits, based on actual amounts incurred for the three months ended March 31, 2026, would be $143.2 million or 23.13% as a percentage of average net assets.

Example

The following example demonstrates the projected dollar amount of total cumulative expenses that would be incurred over various periods with respect to a hypothetical investment in our common stock. In calculating the following expense amounts, we have assumed that our annual operating expenses would remain at the levels set forth in the table above. The amounts set forth below do not reflect the impact of sales load or offering expenses to be borne by the Company or its stockholders. In the prospectus supplement relating to an offering of securities pursuant to the applicable prospectus, the examples below will be restated to reflect the impact of the estimated offering expenses borne by the Company and its stockholders and, if applicable, the impact of the applicable sales load. The example below and the expenses in the table above should not be considered a representation of our future expenses, and actual expenses may be greater or less than those shown. While the example assumes, as required by the SEC, a 5.0% annual return, our performance will vary and may result in a return greater or less than 5.0%. Dollar amounts in the table below are not in thousands.

		3 Years		5 Years		10 Years
Common stockholders would pay the following expenses on a 1,000 investment:
assuming a 5% annual return consisting entirely of ordinary income(1)(2)	146	$	397	$	603	$	966
assuming a 5% annual return consisting entirely of capital gains(2)(3)	155	$	417	$	627	$	988

All values are in US Dollars.

(1)For purposes of this example, we have assumed that the entire amount of the assumed 5.0% annual return would constitute ordinary income. Because the assumed 5.0% annual return is significantly below the hurdle rate of 7.0% (annualized) that we must achieve under the Advisory Agreement to trigger the payment of an income-based incentive fee, we have assumed, for purposes of this example, that no income-based incentive fee would be payable if we realized a 5.0% annual return.

(2)While the example assumes reinvestment of all distributions at NAV per share, participants in the dividend reinvestment plan will receive a number of shares of our common stock determined by dividing the total dollar amount

Table of Contents

of the distribution payable to a participant by the market price per share of our common stock at the close of trading on the valuation date for the distribution, and this price per share may differ from NAV per share. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Distributions and Dividends to Stockholders—Dividend Reinvestment Plan” for additional information regarding our dividend reinvestment plan.

(3)For purposes of this example, we have assumed that the entire amount of the assumed 5.0% annual return would constitute capital gains and that no accumulated capital losses or unrealized depreciation would have to be overcome first before a capital gains-based incentive fee is payable.

Senior Securities

Information about our senior securities is shown in the following table. The information as of and for the years ended March 31, 2026, 2025 2024, 2023 and 2022 is derived from our consolidated financial statements, which have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.

Class and Year	Total Amount<br>Outstanding <br>Exclusive of Treasury <br>Securities (1)		Asset Coverage Per Unit (2)		Involuntary<br>Liquidating<br>Preference Per<br>Unit (3)		Average Market Value<br>Per Unit (4)
6.75% Series B Cumulative Term Preferred Stock(5)
March 31, 2018	$	41,400,000	$	2,373	$	25.00	$	25.20
March 31, 2017	$	41,400,000	$	2,356	$	25.00	$	26.00
6.50% Series C Cumulative Term Preferred Stock due 2022(6)
March 31, 2018	$	40,250,000	$	2,373	$	25.00	$	25.33
March 31, 2017	$	40,250,000	$	2,356	$	25.00	$	25.64
6.25% Series D Cumulative Term Preferred Stock due 2023(7)
March 31, 2020	$	57,500,000	$	2,938	$	25.00	$	20.46
March 31, 2019	$	57,500,000	$	3,091	$	25.00	$	25.38
March 31, 2018	$	57,500,000	$	2,373	$	25.00	$	25.22
March 31, 2017	$	57,500,000	$	2,356	$	25.00	$	25.43
6.375% Series E Cumulative Term Preferred Stock due 2025(8)
March 31, 2021	$	94,371,325	$	2,486	$	25.00	$	25.44
March 31, 2020	$	74,750,000	$	2,938	$	25.00	$	19.52
March 31, 2019	$	74,750,000	$	3,091	$	25.00	$	25.55
Revolving credit facilities
March 31, 2026	$	23,900,000	$	2,138	—		N/A
March 31, 2025	$	—	$	2,044	—		N/A
March 31, 2024	$	67,000,000	$	2,190	—		N/A
March 31, 2023	$	35,200,000	$	2,447	—		N/A
March 31, 2022	$	—	$	2,529	—		N/A
March 31, 2021	$	22,400,000	$	3,980	—		N/A
March 31, 2020	$	49,200,000	$	9,935	—		N/A
March 31, 2019	$	53,000,000	$	9,976	—		N/A
March 31, 2018	$	107,000,000	$	5,257	—		N/A
March 31, 2017	$	69,700,000	$	6,613	—		N/A
5.00% 2026 Notes(9)
March 31, 2026	$	127,937,500	$	2,138	$	25.00	$	25.15
March 31, 2025	$	127,937,500	$	2,044	$	25.00	$	24.93
March 31, 2024	$	127,937,500	$	2,190	$	25.00	$	24.16
March 31, 2023	$	127,937,500	$	2,447	$	25.00	$	23.47
March 31, 2022	$	127,937,500	$	2,529	$	25.00	$	25.13
March 31, 2021	$	127,937,500	$	3,980	$	25.00	$	25.85

Table of Contents

Class and Year	Total Amount<br>Outstanding <br>Exclusive of Treasury <br>Securities (1)		Asset Coverage Per Unit (2)		Involuntary<br>Liquidating<br>Preference Per<br>Unit (3)		Average Market Value<br>Per Unit (4)
4.875% 2028 Notes(10)
March 31, 2026	$	134,550,000	$	2,138	$	25.00	$	23.96
March 31, 2025	$	134,550,000	$	2,044	$	25.00	$	23.33
March 31, 2024	$	134,550,000	$	2,190	$	25.00	$	22.95
March 31, 2023	$	134,550,000	$	2,447	$	25.00	$	23.00
March 31, 2022	$	134,550,000	$	2,529	$	25.00	$	25.07
8.00% 2028 Notes(11)
March 31, 2025	$	74,750,000	$	2,044	$	25.00	$	25.86
March 31, 2024	$	74,750,000	$	2,190	$	25.00	$	25.86
6.875% 2028 Notes(12)
March 31, 2026	$	60,000,000	$	2,138	$	1,000.00	N/A
7.875% 2030 Notes(13)
March 31, 2026	$	126,500,000	$	2,138	$	25.00	$	25.45
March 31, 2025	$	126,500,000	$	2,044	$	25.00	$	25.38
7.125% 2031 Notes(14)
March 31, 2026	$	100,000,000	$	2,138	$	25.00	$	25.31
Secured borrowings(15)
March 31, 2022	$	5,095,785	$	2,529	—		N/A
March 31, 2021	$	5,095,785	$	3,980	—		N/A
March 31, 2020	$	5,095,785	$	9,935	—		N/A
March 31, 2019	$	5,095,785	$	9,976	—		N/A
March 31, 2018	$	5,095,785	$	5,257	—		N/A
March 31, 2017	$	5,095,785	$	6,613	—		N/A

(1)Total amount of each class of senior securities outstanding as of the dates presented.

(2)Asset coverage is the ratio of the carrying value of our total consolidated assets, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, to the aggregate amount of senior securities representing indebtedness (including interest payable and guaranties). Asset coverage per unit is the asset coverage ratio expressed in terms of dollar amounts per one thousand dollars of indebtedness.

(3)The amount to which such class of senior security would be entitled upon the involuntary liquidation of the issuer in preference to any security junior to it.

(4)Only applicable to our Term Preferred Stock and the Notes, except for our 6.875% 2028 Notes which are not listed, because the other senior securities are not registered for public trading. Average market value per unit is the average of the closing price of the shares on Nasdaq during the last 10 trading days of the period.

(5)Our Series B Term Preferred Stock was issued in November 2014 and redeemed in August 2018.

(6)Our Series C Term Preferred Stock was issued in May 2015 and redeemed in August 2018.

(7)Our Series D Term Preferred Stock was issued in September 2016 and redeemed in March 2021.

(8)Our Series E Term Preferred Stock was issued in August 2018 and redeemed in August 2021.

(9)Our 5.00% 2026 Notes were issued in March 2021 and repaid on May 1, 2026.

(10)Our 4.875% 2028 Notes were issued in August 2021.

(11)Our 8.00% 2028 Notes were issued in May 2023 and redeemed on December 16, 2025.

(12)Our 6.875% 2028 Notes were issued in November 2025.

(13)Our 7.875% 2030 Notes were issued in December 2024.

(14)Our 7.125% 2031 Notes were issued in February 2026.

(15)In August 2012, we entered into a participation agreement with a third-party related to $5.0 million of our secured second lien term debt investment in Ginsey Home Solutions, Inc. (“Ginsey”). In May 2014, we amended the agreement with the third-party to include an additional $0.1 million. Accounting Standards Codification Topic 860, “Transfers and Servicing” requires us to treat the participation as a financing-type transaction. Specifically, the third-party has a senior claim to our remaining investment in the event of default by Ginsey which, in part, resulted in the loan participation bearing a rate of interest lower than the contractual rate established at origination. In conjunction with the August 2022 refinancing at Ginsey, the $5.1 million secured borrowing liability was extinguished.

Table of Contents

ITEM 6. RESERVED

Table of Contents

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements and the notes thereto contained elsewhere in this Annual Report. Historical financial condition and results of operations and percentage relationships among any amounts in the financial statements are not necessarily indicative of financial condition, results of operations or percentage relationships for any future periods. Except per share amounts, dollar amounts in tables included herein are in thousands unless otherwise indicated.

OVERVIEW

General

We were incorporated under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware on February 18, 2005. We operate as an externally managed, closed-end, non-diversified management investment company and have elected to be treated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we have elected to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. To continue to qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes and obtain favorable RIC tax treatment, we must meet certain requirements, including certain minimum distribution requirements.

We were established for the purpose of investing in debt and equity securities of established private businesses operating in the U.S. Our investment objectives are to: (i) achieve and grow current income by investing in debt securities of established businesses that we believe will provide stable earnings and cash flow to pay expenses, make principal and interest payments on our outstanding indebtedness, and make distributions to our stockholders that grow over time; and (ii) provide our stockholders with long-term capital appreciation in the value of our assets by investing in equity securities of established businesses, generally, in combination with the aforementioned debt securities, that we believe can grow over time to permit us to sell our equity investments for capital gains. To achieve our objectives, our investment strategy is to invest in several categories of debt and equity securities, with individual investments generally totaling up to $75 million, although investment size may vary, depending upon our total assets or available capital at the time of investment. We expect that our investment portfolio over time will consist of approximately 70% in debt investments and 30% in equity investments, at cost. As of March 31, 2026, our investment portfolio was comprised of 70.8% in debt investments and 29.2% in equity investments, at cost.

We focus on investing in Lower Middle Market businesses in the U.S. that meet certain criteria, including: the sustainability of the business’ free cash flow and its ability to grow it over time, adequate assets for loan collateral, experienced management teams with a significant ownership interest in the portfolio company, reasonable capitalization of the portfolio company, including an ample equity contribution or cushion based on prevailing enterprise valuation multiples, and the potential to realize appreciation and gain liquidity in our equity position, if any. We anticipate that liquidity in our equity position will be achieved through a merger, acquisition or recapitalization of the portfolio company, a public offering of the portfolio company’s stock, or, to a lesser extent, by exercising our right to require the portfolio company to repurchase our warrants, though there can be no assurance that we will always have these rights. We invest in portfolio companies that seek funds for management buyouts and/or growth capital to finance acquisitions, recapitalize or, to a lesser extent, refinance their existing debt facilities. We seek to avoid investing in high-risk, early-stage enterprises. Our targeted portfolio companies are generally considered too small for the larger capital marketplace.

We invest by ourselves or jointly with other funds and/or management of the portfolio company, depending on the opportunity, and have opportunistically made several co-investments with Gladstone Capital and Gladstone Alternative pursuant to the Co-Investment Order. We believe the Co-Investment Order has enhanced and will continue to enhance our ability to further our investment objectives and strategies. If we are participating in an investment with one or more co-investors, whether or not an affiliate of ours, our investment is likely to be smaller than if we were investing alone.

Table of Contents

Business

Portfolio and Investment Activity

While the business environment remains competitive, we continue to see new investment opportunities consistent with our investment strategy of providing a combination of debt and equity in support of management and independent sponsor-led buyouts of Lower Middle Market companies in the U.S. During the year ended March 31, 2026, we invested in four new portfolio companies. From our initial public offering in June 2005 through March 31, 2026, we have invested in 66 companies, excluding investments in syndicated loans, for a total of approximately $2.2 billion, before giving effect to principal repayments and divestitures.

The majority of the debt securities in our portfolio have a success fee component, which enhances the yield on our debt investments. Unlike PIK income, we generally do not recognize success fees as income until payment has been received. Due to the contingent nature of success fees, there are no guarantees that we will be able to collect any or all of these success fees or know the timing of any such collections. As a result, as of March 31, 2026, we had unrecognized, contractual success fees of $65.4 million, or $1.64 per common share. Consistent with GAAP, we generally have not recognized success fee receivables and related income in our accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements until earned.

From inception through March 31, 2026, we exited our investments in 33 portfolio companies that we acquired under our buyout strategy. In the aggregate, these sales have generated $353.6 million in net realized gains and $45.4 million in other income upon exit, for a total increase to our net assets of $399.0 million. We believe, in aggregate, these transactions were equity-oriented investment successes and exemplify our investment strategy of striving to achieve returns through current income on the debt portion of our investments and capital gains from the equity portion. The 33 liquidity events have offset any realized losses since inception, which were primarily incurred during the 2008-2009 recession in connection with the sale of performing syndicated loans at a realized loss to pay off a former lender. The successful exits, in part, enabled us to increase the monthly distribution per common share by 100.0% from March 2011 through March 31, 2026 and allowed us to declare and pay 24 supplemental distributions to common stockholders through March 31, 2026.

Capital Raising

We have been able to meet our capital needs through extensions of and increases to the Credit Facility and by accessing the capital markets in the form of public offerings of unsecured notes, as well as common and preferred stock. We have successfully extended the Credit Facility’s revolving period multiple times, most recently to October 2026, and currently have a total commitment amount of $300.0 million. During the year ended March 31, 2026, we issued the 6.875% 2028 Notes for gross proceeds of $60.0 million, issued the 7.125% 2031 Notes for gross proceeds of $100.0 million and sold 2,984,586 shares of our common stock under our "at-the-market" program (the "2024 Common Stock ATM Program") for gross proceeds of approximately $42.1 million. During the year ended March 31, 2025, we issued the 7.875% 2030 Notes for gross proceeds of $126.5 million and sold 148,714 shares of our common stock under our 2024 Common Stock ATM Program for gross proceeds of approximately $2.0 million.

Although we have been able to access the capital markets historically, market conditions affect the trading price of our common stock and thus our ability to finance new investments through the issuance of common equity. On March 31, 2026, the closing market price of our common stock was $14.20 per share, representing a 15.4% discount to our NAV of $16.78 per share as of March 31, 2026. When our common stock trades below NAV, our ability to issue additional equity is constrained by provisions of the 1940 Act, which generally prohibits the issuance and sale of our common stock at an issuance price below the then current NAV per share without stockholder approval, other than through sales to our then existing stockholders pursuant to a rights offering.

Regulatory Compliance

Our ability to seek external debt financing, to the extent that it is available under current market conditions, is further subject to the asset coverage limitations of the 1940 Act, which require us to have asset coverage (as defined in Sections 18 and 61 of the 1940 Act) of at least 150% on each of our senior securities representing indebtedness and our senior securities that are stock.

Table of Contents

On April 10, 2018, our Board of Directors, including a “required majority” (as such term is defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) thereof, approved the modified asset coverage requirements set forth in Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act. As a result, our asset coverage requirements for senior securities changed from 200% to 150%, effective as of April 10, 2019, one year after the date of the Board of Directors’ approval.

As of March 31, 2026, our asset coverage ratio on our senior securities representing indebtedness was 213.8%.

Investment Highlights

Investment Activity

During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2026, the following significant transactions occurred:

•In May 2025, we invested $49.5 million in a new portfolio company, Smart Chemical Solutions, LLC ("Smart Chemical"), in the form of $35.7 million of secured first lien debt and $13.8 million of preferred equity. Smart Chemical, headquartered in Midland, Texas, is a provider of production chemicals for onshore oil and gas operators throughout the United States.

•In May 2025, we invested $12.8 million in a new portfolio company, Sun State Nursery and Landscaping, LLC ("Sun State"), in the form of $9.8 million of secured first lien debt and $3.1 million of preferred equity. Sun State, headquartered in Jacksonville, Florida, is a commercial landscaping installation and maintenance provider in the Jacksonville area.

•In June 2025, we restructured our investment in PSI Molded Plastics, Inc. ("PSI Molded"). As a result of the restructuring, we converted debt with a cost basis of $10.6 million into preferred equity.

•In July 2025, we invested $67.6 million in a new portfolio company, Global GRAB Technologies, Inc. ("Global GRAB"), in the form of $46.5 million of secured first lien debt and $21.1 million of preferred equity. Global GRAB, headquartered in Franklin, Tennessee, is a provider of turnkey perimeter security and hostile vehicle mitigation systems, serving various government and commercial organizations.

•In September 2025, we entered into a new $20.0 million secured first lien term loan with J.R. Hobbs Co. - Atlanta, LLC ("J.R. Hobbs"), restructuring our previously outstanding first lien term loans and line of credit with an aggregate total cost basis of $49.9 million, which resulted in a realized loss of $29.9 million.

•In December 2025, we invested $33.1 million in a new portfolio company, Rowan Energy Inc. (“Rowan”), in the form of $25.8 million of secured first lien debt and $7.3 million of preferred equity. Rowan, headquartered in Arcadia, Oklahoma, specializes in advanced frac sand filtration, completion-equipment deployment and field-operations support.

Recent Developments

Appointment of Officer

On March 20, 2026, the Board of Directors appointed David Dullum as the Company’s chief executive officer, effective immediately. On that same date, Erika Highland, who was promoted to executive vice president, was appointed as the Company's president effective October 1, 2026. Additionally, John Sateri was appointed as the Company's chief investment officer effective immediately.

Table of Contents

Distributions and Dividends

In April 2026, our Board of Directors declared the following monthly cash distributions to common stockholders:

Record Date	Payment Date	Distribution per Common Share
April 24, 2026	April 30, 2026	$	0.08
May 20, 2026	May 29, 2026	0.08
June 23, 2026	June 30, 2026	0.08
	Total for the Quarter:	$	0.24

Notes Payable

On May 1, 2026, we repaid the 5.00% 2026 Notes with an aggregate principal amount outstanding of $127.9 million.

Table of Contents

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Comparison of the Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2026 to the Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2025

	For the Fiscal Years Ended March 31,
	2026		2025		Change	% Change
INVESTMENT INCOME
Interest income	$	89,741	$	83,612		7.3	%
Dividend and success fee income	9,336		10,050		(714)	(7.1)	%
Total investment income	99,077		93,662		5,415	5.8	%
EXPENSES
Base management fee	22,824		19,105		3,719	19.5	%
Loan servicing fee	11,821		9,636		2,185	22.7	%
Incentive fee	38,280		12,265		26,015	212.1	%
Administration fee	1,959		1,914		45	2.4	%
Interest expense on borrowings	37,140		28,246		8,894	31.5	%
Amortization of deferred financing costs and discounts	3,881		2,852		1,029	36.1	%
Other	4,178		6,294		(2,116)	(33.6)	%
Expenses before credits from Adviser	120,083		80,312		39,771	49.5	%
Credits to fees from Adviser	(17,254)		(14,745)		(2,509)	17.0	%
Total expenses, net of credits to fees	102,829		65,567		37,262	56.8	%
NET INVESTMENT (LOSS) INCOME	(3,752)		28,095		(31,847)	NM
REALIZED AND UNREALIZED GAIN (LOSS), NET OF TAXES
Net realized (loss) gain on investments	(26,294)		63,184		(89,478)	NM
Net realized loss on other	(1,301)		—		(1,301)	NM
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments	216,146		(25,960)		242,106	NM
Net unrealized appreciation of other	(46)		—		(46)	NM
Net realized and unrealized gain	188,505		37,224		151,281	406.4	%
NET INCREASE IN NET ASSETS RESULTING FROM OPERATIONS	$	184,753	$	65,319		182.8	%
WEIGHTED-AVERAGE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OUTSTANDING
Basic and diluted	38,712,611		36,735,218		1,977,393	5.4	%
BASIC AND DILUTED PER COMMON SHARE:
Net investment (loss) income	$	(0.10)	$	0.76		NM
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations	$	4.77	$	1.78		168.0	%

All values are in US Dollars.

NM = Not Meaningful

Table of Contents

Investment Income

Total investment income increased $5.4 million, or 5.8%, for the year ended March 31, 2026, as compared to the prior year. This increase was primarily due to an increase in interest income, partially offset by a decrease in dividend and success fee income.

Interest income from our investments in debt securities increased $6.1 million, or 7.3%, for the year ended March 31, 2026, as compared to the prior year. Generally, the level of interest income from investments is directly related to the weighted-average principal balance of our interest-bearing investment portfolio outstanding during the period, multiplied by the weighted-average yield.

The weighted-average principal balance of our interest-bearing investment portfolio during the year ended March 31, 2026 was $671.6 million, compared to $601.5 million during the prior year. This increase was primarily due to the origination of $250.5 million of new debt investments, $47.0 million of follow-on debt investments in existing portfolio companies and $20.0 million of loans returned to accrual status, partially offset by the pay-off, restructuring, or write-off of $153.5 million of debt investments and $30.8 million of existing loans placed on non-accrual status after March 31, 2024, and their respective impact on the weighted-average principal balance when considering the timing of new investments, pay-offs, restructurings, write-offs, and accrual status changes, as applicable. During the year ended March 31, 2026, we collected $1.8 million in past due interest from portfolio companies that were previously on non-accrual status, including $1.5 million from SFEG Holdings, Inc. ("SFEG") and $0.3 million from J.R. Hobbs. We had no collections of past due interest during the year ended March 31, 2025.

The weighted-average yield on our interest-bearing investments, excluding cash and cash equivalents and receipts recorded as dividend and success fee income, was 13.3% and 13.9% for the years ended March 31, 2026 and 2025, respectively. The weighted-average yield may vary from period to period, based on the current stated interest rate on interest-bearing investments, coupled with any collection of past due interest during the period.

As of March 31, 2026, our loans to B+T Group Acquisition, Inc. ("B+T"), Diligent Delivery Systems ("Diligent") and Edge Adhesives Holdings, Inc. ("Edge") were on non-accrual status, with an aggregate debt cost basis of $40.3 million. As of March 31, 2025, our loans to B+T, Diligent, Edge and J.R. Hobbs were on non-accrual status, with an aggregate debt cost basis of $90.2 million.

Dividend and success fee income for the year ended March 31, 2026 decreased $0.7 million, or 7.1%, as compared to the prior year. During the year ended March 31, 2026, dividend and success fee income consisted of $6.1 million of dividend income and $3.2 million of success fee income. During the year ended March 31, 2025, dividend and success fee income consisted of $6.8 million of success fee income and $3.3 million of dividend income.

As of March 31, 2026 and 2025, SFEG represented 19.8% and 10.8% of the total investment portfolio at fair value, respectively.

Expenses

Total expenses, net of any non-contractual, unconditional, and irrevocable credits from the Adviser, increased $37.3 million, or 56.8%, for the year ended March 31, 2026, as compared to the prior year, primarily due to increases in incentive fees, interest expense and base management fee, partially offset by a decrease in other expenses.

In accordance with GAAP, we recorded a capital gains-based incentive fee of $38.0 million during the year ended March 31, 2026, compared to a capital gains-based incentive fee of $7.4 million during the year ended March 31, 2025. The capital gains-based incentive fee is a result of the net impact of net realized gains (losses) and net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments during the respective periods. The income-based incentive fee for the year ended March 31, 2026 decreased $4.5 million, or 93.6%, as compared to the prior year, due to the increase in net assets, which drives the hurdle rate, and a decrease in pre-incentive fee net investment income.

Base management fee for the year ended March 31, 2026 increased $3.7 million, or 19.5%, as compared to the prior year, primarily due to the increase in the average total assets subject to the base management fee as a result of a net increase in the fair value of investments and an increase in additional investments at cost.

Table of Contents

The base management fee, loan servicing fee, incentive fee, and their related non-contractual, unconditional, and irrevocable credits are computed quarterly, as described under “Transactions with the Adviser” in Note 4 – Related Party Transactions in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and are summarized in the following table:

	Year Ended March 31,
	2026			2025
Average total assets subject to base management fee(A)(B)	$	1,141,200		$	955,250
Multiplied by annual base management fee of 2.0%	2.0		%	2.0		%
Base management fee(C)	22,824			19,105
Credits to fees from Adviser - other(C)	(5,433)			(5,109)
Net base management fee	$	17,391		$	13,996
Loan servicing fee(C)	$	11,821		$	9,636
Credits to base management fee - loan servicing fee(C)	(11,821)			(9,636)
Net loan servicing fee	$	—		$	—
Incentive fee – income-based	$	310		$	4,820
Incentive fee – capital gains-based(D)	37,970			7,445
Total incentive fee(C)	38,280			12,265
Credits to fees from Adviser - other(C)	—			—
Net total incentive fee	$	38,280		$	12,265

(A)Average total assets subject to the base management fee is defined in the Advisory Agreement as total assets, including investments made with proceeds of borrowings, less any uninvested cash or cash equivalents resulting from borrowings, valued at the end of the applicable quarters within the respective periods and adjusted appropriately for any share issuances or repurchases during the periods.

(B)Excludes our investment in Gladstone Alternative valued at the end of the applicable quarters within the respective periods.

(C)Reflected as a line item on our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(D)The capital gains-based incentive fees are recorded in accordance with GAAP and do not necessarily reflect amounts contractually due under the terms of the Advisory Agreement.

Interest expense on borrowings increased $8.9 million, or 31.5%, during the year ended March 31, 2026, as compared to the prior year, primarily due to interest expense related to the issuance of the 7.875% 2030 Notes in December 2024, the 6.875% 2028 Notes in November 2025 and the 7.125% 2031 Notes in February 2026 and increased borrowings on the Credit Facility, partially offset by a decrease in the effective interest rate and the redemption of the 8.00% 2028 Notes in December 2025. The weighted-average balance outstanding on our Credit Facility during the year ended March 31, 2026 was $76.2 million, as compared to $60.3 million in the prior year. The effective interest rate on our Credit Facility, excluding the impact of deferred financing costs, during the year ended March 31, 2026 was 9.9%, as compared to 10.6% in the prior year. This decrease in the effective interest rate on our Credit Facility was primarily a result of a decrease in interest rates on the drawn portion of our Credit Facility, partially offset by an increase in unused commitment fees due to the increased facility size during the year.

Other expenses decreased $2.1 million, or 33.6%, during the year ended March 31, 2026, as compared to the prior year, primarily due to a decrease in bad debt expense and tax expense, partially offset by an increase in professional fees.

Table of Contents

Realized and Unrealized Gain (Loss)

The realized gains (losses) and unrealized appreciation (depreciation) across our investments for the years ended March 31, 2026 and 2025 were as follows:

	Year Ended March 31, 2026
Portfolio Company	Realized<br>Gain (Loss) on Investments		Unrealized<br>Appreciation<br>(Depreciation)		Reversal of<br>Unrealized<br>(Appreciation)<br>Depreciation		Net Gain<br>(Loss)
SFEG Holdings, Inc.	$	—	$	153,260	$	—	$	153,260
Schylling, Inc.	—		45,804		—		45,804
The E3 Company, LLC	—		22,731		—		22,731
ImageWorks Display and Marketing Group, Inc.	—		17,532		—		17,532
Old World Christmas, Inc.	3,481		6,191		—		9,672
Mason West, LLC	—		5,973		—		5,973
Global GRAB Technologies, Inc.	—		3,922		—		3,922
Ginsey Home Solutions, Inc.	—		3,188		—		3,188
J.R. Hobbs Co. - Atlanta, LLC	(29,938)		9,747		19,104		(1,087)
Brunswick Bowling Products, Inc.	—		(2,061)		—		(2,061)
The Maids International, LLC	—		(3,779)		—		(3,779)
Detroit Defense, Inc.	—		(4,817)		—		(4,817)
Pyrotek Special Effects, Inc.	—		(5,425)		—		(5,425)
Smart Chemical Solutions, LLC	—		(6,516)		—		(6,516)
PSI Molded Plastics, Inc.	—		(6,684)		—		(6,684)
Nielsen-Kellerman Acquisition Corp.	—		(7,780)		—		(7,780)
Educators Resource, Inc.	—		(9,871)		—		(9,871)
Diligent Delivery Systems	—		(12,112)		—		(12,112)
Horizon Facilities Services, Inc.	—		(13,088)		—		(13,088)
Other, net (<$1.0 million, net )	163		827		—		990
Total	$	(26,294)	$	197,042	$	19,104	$	189,852

Table of Contents

	Year Ended March 31, 2025
Portfolio Company	Realized<br>Gain (Loss) on Investments		Unrealized<br>Appreciation<br>(Depreciation)		Reversal of<br>Unrealized<br>(Appreciation)<br>Depreciation		Net Gain<br>(Loss)
The E3 Company, LLC	$	—	$	19,418	$	—	$	19,418
Nocturne Luxury Villas, Inc.	19,790		18,668		(24,334)		14,124
UPB Acquisition, Inc.	—		13,723		—		13,723
SFEG Holdings, Inc.	—		12,652		—		12,652
ImageWorks Display and Marketing Group, Inc.	—		10,314		—		10,314
Schylling, Inc.	—		9,230		—		9,230
Dema/Mai Holdings, Inc.	—		8,889		—		8,889
Ginsey Home Solutions, Inc.	—		8,178		—		8,178
J.R. Hobbs Co. - Atlanta, LLC	—		3,532		—		3,532
Brunswick Bowling Products, Inc.	—		3,118		—		3,118
The Maids International, LLC	—		2,984		—		2,984
B+T Group Acquisition, Inc.	—		(1,691)		—		(1,691)
Nth Degree Investment Group, LLC	43,373		(7,195)		(38,028)		(1,850)
Edge Adhesives Holdings, Inc.	—		(2,562)		—		(2,562)
Home Concepts Acquisition, Inc.	—		(3,957)		—		(3,957)
Mason West, LLC	—		(6,497)		—		(6,497)
Old World Christmas, Inc.	—		(7,099)		—		(7,099)
Educators Resource, Inc.	—		(8,137)		—		(8,137)
PSI Molded Plastics, Inc.	—		(9,151)		—		(9,151)
Horizon Facilities Services, Inc.	—		(28,066)		—		(28,066)
Other, net (<$1.0 million, net )	21		47		4		72
Total	$	63,184	$	36,398	$	(62,358)	$	37,224

Net Realized Gain (Loss) on Investments

During the year ended March 31, 2026, we recorded net realized losses on investments of $26.3 million, primarily due to the realized loss from the restructuring of J.R. Hobbs, partially offset by the equity distribution recognized as realized gain from Old World Christmas, Inc.

During the year ended March 31, 2025, we recorded net realized gains on investments of $63.2 million, primarily due to a $43.4 million realized gain from the exit of Nth Degree Investment Group, LLC ("Nth Degree") and a $19.8 million realized gain from the exit of Nocturne Luxury Villas, Inc. ("Nocturne").

Net Realized Gain (Loss) on Other

During the year ended March 31, 2026, we recorded net realized losses on other of $1.3 million, due to the unamortized deferred offering costs written off upon the redemption of our 8.00% 2028 Notes. During the year ended March 31, 2025, we did not record any net realized gains or losses on other.

Net Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation) on Investments

Net unrealized appreciation on investments of $216.1 million for the year ended March 31, 2026 was primarily due to the increased performance of certain of our portfolio companies, an increase in transaction multiples used to estimate the fair value of certain of our portfolio companies and the reversal of previously recorded unrealized depreciation related to our investment in J.R. Hobbs upon its restructure. These increases were partially offset by decreased performance of certain of our portfolio companies.

Net unrealized depreciation on investments of $26.0 million for the year ended March 31, 2025 was primarily due to the reversal of net unrealized appreciation of Nth Degree and Nocturne upon exit and decreased performance of certain of our portfolio companies. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in transaction multiples used to estimate the fair value of certain of our portfolio companies and increased performance of certain of our portfolio companies.

Table of Contents

Across our entire investment portfolio, we recorded $222.1 million of net unrealized appreciation on our equity investments and $6.0 million of net unrealized depreciation on our debt investments for the year ended March 31, 2026. As of March 31, 2026, the fair value of our investment portfolio exceeded the cost basis by $256.4 million, compared to March 31, 2025, when the fair value of our investment portfolio exceeded the cost basis by $40.3 million. This resulted in net unrealized appreciation of $216.1 million for the year ended March 31, 2026. Our entire portfolio had a fair value of 124.4% of cost as of March 31, 2026.

The comparison of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025 to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2024 can be found in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025 located within Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Operating Activities

Cash inflows from operating activities are primarily generated from cash collections of interest and other income from our portfolio companies, as well as from cash proceeds received from repayments of debt investments and from sales of equity investments. These cash collections are principally used to fund new investments, pay distributions to our common stockholders, make interest payments on our Credit Facility and the Notes, pay management and incentive fees to the Adviser and other operating expenses. We may also use cash inflows from operating activities to repay outstanding borrowings under our Credit Facility.

Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended March 31, 2026 was $101.6 million, as compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $16.3 million for the year ended March 31, 2025. This change was primarily due to a decrease in net proceeds from the sale and recapitalization of investments and principal repayments of investments, partially offset by a decrease in purchases of investments.

Purchases of investments totaled $173.6 million during the year ended March 31, 2026, compared to $221.2 million during the year ended March 31, 2025. Aggregate net proceeds from the sale and recapitalization of investments and principal repayments of investments totaled $33.5 million during the year ended March 31, 2026, compared to $199.6 million during the year ended March 31, 2025.

Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended March 31, 2025 was $16.3 million, as compared to net cash used in operating activities of $69.9 million for the year ended March 31, 2024. This change was primarily due to increases in principal repayments of investments and the aggregate net proceeds from the sale and recapitalization of investments, partially offset by an increase in purchases of investments.

Purchases of investments totaled $221.2 million during the year ended March 31, 2025, compared to $183.9 million during the year ended March 31, 2024. Net proceeds from the sale and recapitalization of investments and principal repayments totaled $199.6 million during the year ended March 31, 2025, compared to $80.2 million during the year ended March 31, 2024.

Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2026, we had equity investments in and/or loans to 29 companies with an aggregate cost basis of $1.1 billion. As of March 31, 2025, we had equity investments in and/or loans to 25 companies with an aggregate cost basis of $939.1 million. The following table summarizes our total portfolio investment activity for the years ended March 31, 2026 and 2025:

	Years Ended March 31,
	2026		2025
Beginning investment portfolio, at fair value	$	979,320	$	920,504
New investments	164,810		178,844
Disbursements to existing portfolio companies	8,806		42,373
Unscheduled principal repayments	(29,896)		(123,600)
Net proceeds from sale and recapitalization of investments	(3,524)		(76,025)
Net realized (loss) gain on investments	(26,414)		63,184
Net unrealized appreciation of investments	197,042		36,398
Reversal of net unrealized depreciation (appreciation) of investments	19,104		(62,358)
Ending investment portfolio, at fair value	$	1,309,248	$	979,320

The following table summarizes the contractual principal repayment and maturity of our investment portfolio by fiscal year, assuming no voluntary prepayments, as of March 31, 2026:

		Amount
For the fiscal years ending March 31:
	2027	$	46,490
	2028	110,842
	2029	291,540
	2030	159,506
	2031	137,470
	Thereafter	—
	Total contractual repayments	$	745,848
	Investments in equity securities	307,000
	Total cost basis of investments held as of March 31, 2026:	$	1,052,848

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended March 31, 2026 was $88.8 million, which consisted primarily of $96.9 million of proceeds from the issuance of our 7.125% 2031 Notes, net of deferred offering costs, $58.8 million of proceeds from the issuance of our 6.875% 2028 Notes, net of deferred offering costs, $41.6 million of proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of expenses and shelf offering registration costs, and $23.9 million of net borrowings on our Credit Facility, partially offset by the $74.8 million redemption of our 8.00% 2028 Notes, $57.2 million in distributions to common stockholders, and $0.3 million of deferred financing costs.

Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended March 31, 2025 was $4.4 million, which consisted primarily of $67.0 million of net repayments on our Credit Facility, $61.0 million in distributions to common stockholders, $0.8 million of deferred financing costs, partially offset by $122.4 million of proceeds from the issuance of the 7.875% 2030 Notes, net of deferred offering costs, and $2.0 million of proceeds from the issuance of common stock, net of expenses and shelf offering registration costs.

Table of Contents

Distributions and Dividends to Stockholders

Common Stock Distributions

To qualify to be taxed as a RIC and thus avoid corporate level federal income tax on the income we distribute to our stockholders, we are required, among other requirements, to distribute to our stockholders on an annual basis at least 90% of our Investment Company Taxable Income, determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction. Additionally, our Credit Facility generally restricts the amount of distributions to stockholders that we can pay out to be no greater than the sum of certain amounts, including our net investment income, plus net capital gains, plus amounts elected by the Company to be considered as having been paid during the prior fiscal year in accordance with Section 855(a) of the Code. In accordance with these requirements, our Board of Directors declared, and we paid, monthly cash distributions of $0.08 per common share for each of the twelve months from April 2025 through March 2026, and a supplemental distribution of $0.54 per common share paid in June 2025. See also “Recent Developments - Distributions and Dividends” for a discussion of cash distributions to common stockholders declared by our Board of Directors in April 2026.

For each of the fiscal years ended March 31, 2026 and 2025, Investment Company Taxable Income exceeded distributions declared and paid, and, in accordance with Section 855(a) of the Code, we elected to treat $21.3 million and $36.7 million, respectively, of the first distributions paid subsequent to fiscal year-end as having been paid in the prior year. In addition, for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2026, our capital loss carryforward balance was $17.3 million and no distributions paid subsequent to fiscal year-end will be treated as having been paid in the prior year. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025, net capital gains exceeded distributions declared and paid, and, in accordance with Section 855(a) of the Code, we elected to treat $18.7 million of the first distributions paid subsequent to fiscal year-end as having been paid in the prior year. For the year ended March 31, 2026, we recorded $0.3 million of net adjustments for estimated permanent book-tax differences to reflect tax character, which increased Total distributable earnings and decreased Capital in excess of par value. For the year ended March 31, 2025, we recorded $1.2 million of net adjustments for estimated permanent book-tax differences to reflect tax character, which decreased Capital in excess of par value and Total distributable earnings.

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

Our common stockholders who hold their shares through our transfer agent, Computershare, Inc. (“Computershare”), have the option to participate in a dividend reinvestment plan offered by Computershare, as the plan agent. This is an “opt in” dividend reinvestment plan, meaning that common stockholders may elect to have their cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock. Common stockholders who do not make such election will receive their distributions in cash. Any distributions reinvested under the plan will be taxable to a common stockholder to the same extent, and with the same character, as if the common stockholder had received the distribution in cash. The common stockholder generally will have an adjusted basis in the additional common shares purchased through the plan equal to the dollar amount that would have been received if the U.S. stockholder had received the dividend or distribution in cash. The additional common shares will have a new holding period commencing on the day following the date on which the shares are credited to the common stockholder’s account. Computershare purchases shares in the open market in connection with the obligations under the plan.

Registration Statement

On February 28, 2024, we filed a registration statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-277452), which the SEC declared effective on April 18, 2024. The registration statement permits us to issue, through one or more transactions, up to an aggregate of $450.0 million in securities, consisting of common stock, preferred stock, subscription rights, debt securities, and warrants to purchase common stock, preferred stock, or debt securities, including through concurrent, separate offerings of such securities. As of the date of this report, we have the ability to issue up to an additional $119.3 million of the securities registered under the registration statement.

On September 3, 2021, we filed a registration statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-259302), which the SEC declared effective on October 15, 2021. The registration statement permitted us to issue, through one or more transactions, up to an aggregate of $300.0 million in securities, consisting of common stock, preferred stock, subscription rights, debt securities, and warrants to purchase common stock, preferred stock, or debt securities, including through concurrent, separate offerings of such securities. This registration statement was terminated on April 18, 2024.

Table of Contents

Equity

Common Stock

In May 2024, we entered into equity distribution agreements with Oppenheimer & Co., B. Riley Securities, Inc. and Virtu Americas LLC (collectively, the "Sales Agents"), under which we have the ability to issue and sell shares of our common stock, from time to time, through the Sales Agents, having an aggregate offering price of up to $75.0 million in the 2024 Common Stock ATM Program. In June 2025, we entered into an equity distribution agreement with M&T Securities, Inc. and entered into amendments to the agreements with Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., B. Riley Securities, Inc. and Virtu Americas LLC to add M&T Securities, Inc. as a Sales Agent for the 2024 Common Stock ATM Program. As of March 31, 2026, we had remaining capacity to sell up to an additional $30.8 million of common stock under the 2024 Common Stock ATM Program.

In August 2022, we entered into equity distribution agreements with Oppenheimer & Co. and Virtu Americas LLC (each a “2022 Sales Agent”), under which we had the ability to issue and sell shares of our common stock, from time to time, through the 2022 Sales Agents, up to an aggregate offering price of $50.0 million in the 2022 Common Stock ATM Program. In August 2023, we entered into an equity distribution agreement with B. Riley Securities, Inc. and entered into amendments to the agreements with Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. and Virtu Americas LLC to add B. Riley Securities, Inc. as a 2022 Sales Agent for the 2022 Common Stock ATM Program. We did not sell any shares under the 2022 Common Stock ATM Program, which terminated in connection with our entry into the 2024 Common Stock ATM Program on May 14, 2024, during the year ended March 31, 2025.

During the year ended March 31, 2026, we sold 2,984,586 shares of our common stock under the 2024 Common Stock ATM Program, with a weighted-average gross price of $14.12 per share and a weighted-average net price of $13.92 per share after deducting commissions and offering costs borne by us, raising approximately $42.1 million and $41.5 million of gross and net proceeds, respectively. These sales were above our then current NAV per share.

During the year ended March 31, 2025, we sold 148,714 shares of our common stock under the 2024 Common Stock ATM Program, with a weighted-average gross price of $13.64 per share and a weighted-average net price of $13.48 per share after deducting commissions and offering costs borne by us, raising approximately $2.0 million and $2.0 million of gross and net proceeds, respectively. These sales were above our then current NAV per share.

We anticipate issuing equity securities to obtain additional capital in the future. However, we cannot determine the timing or terms of any future equity issuances or whether we will be able to issue equity on terms favorable to us, or at all. When our common stock is trading at a price below NAV per share, the 1940 Act places regulatory constraints on our ability to obtain additional capital by issuing common stock. Generally, the 1940 Act provides that we may not issue and sell our common stock at a price below our NAV per common share, other than to our then existing common stockholders pursuant to a rights offering, without first obtaining approval from our stockholders and our independent directors and meeting other stated requirements. On March 31, 2026, the closing market price of our common stock was $14.20 per share, representing a 15.4% discount to our NAV of $16.78 per share as of March 31, 2026.

Revolving Line of Credit

As of March 31, 2026, our Credit Facility had a total commitment amount of $300.0 million. The Credit Facility has a revolving period end date of October 30, 2026 and a final maturity date of October 30, 2028 (at which time all principal and interest will be due and payable if the Credit Facility is not extended by the revolving period end date). Advances under the Credit Facility generally bear interest at 30-day Term SOFR, subject to a floor of 0.35%, with a SOFR credit spread adjustment of 10 basis points, plus a margin of 3.15% per annum until October 30, 2026, with the margin then increasing to 3.40% for the period from October 30, 2026 to October 30, 2027, and increasing further to 3.65% thereafter. The Credit Facility has an unused commitment fee on the daily unused commitment amount of 0.50% per annum if the daily unused commitment amount is less than or equal to 50% of the total commitment amount, 0.75% per annum if the daily unused commitment amount is greater than 50% but less than or equal to 65% of the total commitment amount, and 1.00% per annum if the daily unused commitment amount is greater than 65% of the total commitment amount.

At March 31, 2026, we had $23.9 million of borrowings outstanding on our Credit Facility and as of the date of this report, we had $157.6 million outstanding under our Credit Facility.

Table of Contents

Business Investment. Our Credit Facility also requires that any interest and principal payments on pledged loans be remitted directly by the borrower into a lockbox account with KeyBank. KeyBank is also the trustee of the account and generally remits the collected funds to us once a month.

Among other things, our Credit Facility contains covenants that require Business Investment to maintain its status as a separate legal entity, prohibit certain significant corporate transactions (such as mergers, consolidations, liquidations or dissolutions) and restrict certain material changes to our credit and collection policies without the lenders’ consent. Our Credit Facility also generally seeks to restrict distributions to stockholders to the sum of (i) our net investment income, (ii) net capital gains, and (iii) amounts deemed by the Company to be considered as having been paid during the prior fiscal year in accordance with Section 855(a) of the Code. Loans eligible to be pledged as collateral are subject to certain limitations, including, among other things, restrictions on geographic concentrations, industry concentrations, loan size, payment frequency and status, average life, portfolio company leverage, and lien property. Our Credit Facility also requires Business Investment to comply with other financial and operational covenants, which obligate Business Investment to, among other things, maintain certain financial ratios, including asset and interest coverage and a minimum number of obligors required in the borrowing base. Additionally, our Credit Facility contains a performance guaranty that requires the Company to maintain (i) a minimum net worth of the greater of $210.0 million or $210.0 million plus 50% of all equity and subordinated debt raised, minus 50% of any equity or subordinated debt redeemed or retired after November 16, 2016, which equated to $476.6 million as of March 31, 2026, (ii) asset coverage with respect to senior securities representing indebtedness of at least 150% (or such percentage as may be set forth in Section 18 of the 1940 Act, as modified by Section 61 of the 1940 Act); and (iii) our status as a BDC under the 1940 Act and as a RIC under the Code. As of March 31, 2026, and as defined in the performance guaranty of our Credit Facility, we had a net worth of $1.2 billion, asset coverage on our senior securities representing indebtedness of 213.8%, calculated in compliance with the requirements of Sections 18 and 61 of the 1940 Act, and an active status as a BDC and RIC. As of March 31, 2026, we had availability, after adjustments for various constraints based on collateral quality, of $276.1 million under our Credit Facility and were in compliance with all covenants under our Credit Facility.

Notes Payable

5.00% Notes due 2026

In March 2021, we completed a public offering of the 5.00% 2026 Notes with an aggregate principal amount of $127.9 million, which resulted in net proceeds of approximately $123.8 million after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and offering costs borne by us. The 5.00% 2026 Notes were traded under the ticker symbol “GAINN” on Nasdaq. On May 1, 2026, we repaid the 5.00% 2026 Notes with an aggregate principal amount outstanding of $127.9 million at maturity.

The 5.00% 2026 Notes were recorded at the aggregate principal amount, less underwriting discounts, commissions, and offering costs, on our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. Total underwriting discounts, commissions, and offering costs related to this offering were $4.1 million, which were recorded as discounts to the aggregate principal amount on our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities and were being amortized over the period ended May 1, 2026, the maturity date.

4.875% Notes due 2028

In August 2021, we completed a public offering of the 4.875% 2028 Notes with an aggregate principal amount of $134.6 million, which resulted in net proceeds of approximately $131.3 million after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and offering costs borne by us. The 4.875% 2028 Notes are traded under the ticker symbol “GAINZ” on Nasdaq. The 4.875% 2028 Notes will mature on November 1, 2028 and may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at the Company’s option. The 4.875% 2028 Notes bear interest at a rate of 4.875% per year (which equates to $6.6 million per year), payable quarterly in arrears.

The indenture relating to the 4.875% 2028 Notes contains certain covenants, including (i) an inability to incur additional debt or issue additional debt or preferred securities unless the Company’s asset coverage meets the threshold specified in the 1940 Act after such borrowing, (ii) an inability to declare any dividend or distribution (except a dividend payable in our stock) on a class of our capital stock or to purchase shares of our capital stock unless the Company’s asset coverage meets the threshold specified in the 1940 Act at the time of (and giving effect to) such declaration or purchase, and (iii) if, at any time, we are not subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, we will provide the holders of the 4.875% 2028

Table of Contents

Notes and the trustee with audited annual consolidated financial statements and unaudited interim consolidated financial statements.

The 4.875% 2028 Notes are recorded at the aggregate principal amount, less underwriting discounts, commissions, and offering costs, on our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. Total underwriting discounts, commissions, and offering costs related to this offering were $3.3 million, which have been recorded as discounts to the aggregate principal amount on our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities and are being amortized over the period ending November 1, 2028, the maturity date.

8.00% Notes due 2028

In May 2023, we completed a public offering of the 8.00% 2028 Notes with an aggregate principal amount of $74.8 million, which resulted in net proceeds of approximately $72.3 million after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and offering costs borne by us. On December 16, 2025, we voluntarily redeemed 100% of the issued and outstanding 8.00% 2028 Notes. The 8.00% 2028 Notes would have otherwise matured on August 1, 2028. We incurred a loss on extinguishment of debt of $1.3 million, which was recorded in Realized loss on other in our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and which was primarily comprised of unamortized deferred offering costs at the time of redemption.

7.875% Notes due 2030

In December 2024, we completed a public offering of the 7.875% 2030 Notes with an aggregate principal amount of $126.5 million, which resulted in net proceeds of approximately $122.4 million after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and offering costs borne by us. The 7.875% 2030 Notes are traded under the ticker symbol “GAINI” on Nasdaq. The 7.875% 2030 Notes will mature on February 1, 2030 and may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at the Company’s option on or after February 1, 2027. The 7.875% 2030 Notes bear interest at a rate of 7.875% per year (which equates to $10.0 million per year), payable quarterly in arrears.

The indenture relating to the 7.875% 2030 Notes contains certain covenants, including (i) an inability to incur additional debt or issue additional debt or preferred securities unless the Company’s asset coverage meets the threshold specified in the 1940 Act after such borrowing, (ii) an inability to declare any dividend or distribution (except a dividend payable in our stock) on a class of our capital stock or to purchase shares of our capital stock unless the Company’s asset coverage meets the threshold specified in the 1940 Act at the time of (and giving effect to) such declaration or purchase, and (iii) if, at any time, we are not subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, we will provide the holders of the 7.875% 2030 Notes and the trustee with audited annual consolidated financial statements and unaudited interim consolidated financial statements.

The 7.875% 2030 Notes are recorded at the aggregate principal amount, less underwriting discounts, commissions, and offering costs, on our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. Total underwriting discounts, commissions, and offering costs related to this offering were $4.1 million, which have been recorded as discounts to the aggregate principal amount on our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities and are being amortized over the period ending February 1, 2030, the maturity date.

Table of Contents

6.875% Notes due 2028

In November 2025, we completed an offering of the 6.875% 2028 Notes with an aggregate principal amount of $60.0 million, which resulted in net proceeds of approximately $58.8 million after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and offering costs borne by us. The 6.875% 2028 Notes will mature on November 1, 2028 and may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time prior to August 1, 2028 at par plus a "make-whole" premium and thereafter at par plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date. The 6.875% 2028 Notes bear interest at a rate of 6.875% per year (which equates to $4.1 million per year), payable semi-annually in arrears.

The indenture relating to the 6.875% 2028 Notes contains certain covenants, including (i) an inability to incur additional debt or issue additional debt or preferred securities unless the Company’s asset coverage meets the threshold specified in the 1940 Act after such borrowing, (ii) an inability to declare any dividend or distribution (except a dividend payable in our stock) on a class of our capital stock or to purchase shares of our capital stock unless the Company’s asset coverage meets the threshold specified in the 1940 Act at the time of (and giving effect to) such declaration or purchase, and (iii) if, at any time, we are not subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, we will provide the holders of the 6.875% 2028 Notes and the trustee with audited annual consolidated financial statements and unaudited interim consolidated financial statements.

The 6.875% 2028 Notes are recorded at the aggregate principal amount, less underwriting discounts, commissions, and offering costs, on our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. Total underwriting discounts, commissions, and offering costs related to this offering were $1.2 million, which have been recorded as discounts to the aggregate principal amount on our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities and are being amortized over the period ending November 1, 2028, the maturity date.

7.125% Notes due 2031

In February 2026, we completed a public offering of the 7.125% 2031 Notes with an aggregate principal amount of $100.0 million, which resulted in net proceeds of approximately $96.9 million after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and offering costs borne by us. The 7.125% 2031 Notes are traded under the ticker symbol “GAING” on Nasdaq. The 7.125% 2031 Notes will mature on May 1, 2031 and may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at the Company’s option on or after May 1, 2028. The 7.125% 2031 Notes bear interest at a rate of 7.125% per year (which equates to $7.1 million per year), payable quarterly in arrears.

The indenture relating to the 7.125% 2031 Notes contains certain covenants, including (i) an inability to incur additional debt or issue additional debt or preferred securities unless the Company’s asset coverage meets the threshold specified in the 1940 Act after such borrowing, (ii) an inability to declare any dividend or distribution (except a dividend payable in our stock) on a class of our capital stock or to purchase shares of our capital stock unless the Company’s asset coverage meets the threshold specified in the 1940 Act at the time of (and giving effect to) such declaration or purchase, and (iii) if, at any time, we are not subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, we will provide the holders of the 7.125% 2031 Notes and the trustee with audited annual consolidated financial statements and unaudited interim consolidated financial statements.

The 7.125% 2031 Notes are recorded at the aggregate principal amount, less underwriting discounts, commissions, and offering costs, on our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. Total underwriting discounts, commissions, and offering costs related to this offering were $3.1 million, which have been recorded as discounts to the aggregate principal amount on our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities and are being amortized over the period ending May 1, 2031, the maturity date.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

Unlike PIK income, we generally do not recognize success fees as income until payment has been received. Due to the contingent nature of success fees, there are no guarantees that we will be able to collect any or all of these success fees or know the timing of any such collections. As a result, as of March 31, 2026 and 2025, we had unrecognized, contractual off-balance sheet success fee receivables of $65.4 million and $52.5 million (or approximately $1.64 and $1.43 per common share), respectively, on our debt investments. Consistent with GAAP, we have not recognized success fee receivables and related income in our accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements until earned.

Table of Contents

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

We have line of credit commitments to certain of our portfolio companies that have not been fully drawn. Since these line of credit commitments have expiration dates and we expect many will never be fully drawn, the total line of credit commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. We estimate the fair value of the combined unused line of credit commitments as of March 31, 2026 to be insignificant.

The following table shows our contractual obligations as of March 31, 2026, at cost:

	Payments Due by Period
Contractual Obligations(A)	Total		Less than<br>1 Year		1-3 Years		3-5 Years		More than<br>5 Years
Credit Facility(B)	$	23,900	$	—	$	23,900	$	—	$	—
Notes payable	548,988		127,938		194,550		126,500		100,000
Interest payments on obligations(C)	114,296		32,804		58,346		22,552		594
Total	$	687,184	$	160,742	$	276,796	$	149,052	$	100,594

(A)Excludes unused line of credit commitments to our portfolio companies in the aggregate principal amount of $0.6 million.

(B)Principal balance of borrowings outstanding under our Credit Facility, based on the maturity date following the current contractual revolving period end date.

(C)Includes interest payments due on our Credit Facility and the Notes, as applicable. The amount of interest payments calculated for purposes of this table was based upon rates and outstanding balances as of March 31, 2026.

Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported consolidated amounts of assets and liabilities, including disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and revenues and expenses during the period reported. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We have identified our investment valuation policy (which has been approved by our Board of Directors) as our critical accounting estimates, which is described in Note 2— Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report. Additionally, refer to Note 3 — Investments in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for additional information regarding fair value measurements and our application of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement.” Our accounting estimate on the fair value of our investments is critical because the determination of fair value involves subjective judgments and estimates. Accordingly, the notes to our consolidated financial statements express the uncertainty with respect to the possible effect of these valuations, and any change in these valuations, on the consolidated financial statements.

Investment Valuation

Credit Monitoring and Risk Rating

The Adviser monitors a wide variety of key credit statistics that provide information regarding our portfolio companies to help us assess credit quality and portfolio performance and, in some instances, are used as inputs in our valuation techniques. Generally, we, through the Adviser, participate in periodic board meetings of our portfolio companies in which we hold board seats and also require them to provide annual audited and monthly unaudited financial statements. Using these statements or comparable information and board discussions, the Adviser calculates and evaluates certain credit statistics.

The Adviser risk rates all of our investments in debt securities. The Adviser does not risk rate equity securities. For loans that have been rated by a SEC-registered Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization (“NRSRO”), the Adviser generally uses the average of two corporate level NRSRO’s risk ratings for such security. For all other debt securities, the Adviser uses a proprietary risk rating system. While the Adviser seeks to mirror the NRSRO systems, we cannot provide any assurance that the Adviser’s risk rating system will provide the same risk rating as an NRSRO for these securities. The Adviser’s risk rating system is used to estimate the probability of default on debt securities and the expected loss, if there is a default. The Adviser’s risk rating system uses a scale of 0 to >10, with >10 being the lowest probability of default. It is the Adviser’s understanding that most debt securities of Lower Middle Market companies do not exceed the grade of BBB

Table of Contents

on an NRSRO scale, so there would be no debt securities in the Lower Middle Market that would meet the definition of AAA, AA or A. Therefore, the Adviser’s scale begins with the designation >10 as the best risk rating which may be equivalent to a BBB from an NRSRO; however, no assurance can be given that a >10 on the Adviser’s scale is equal to a BBB or Baa2 on an NRSRO scale. The Adviser’s risk rating system covers both qualitative and quantitative aspects of the business and the securities we hold.

The following table reflects risk ratings for all loans in our portfolio as of March 31, 2026 and 2025:

	As of March 31,
Rating	2026	2025
Highest	10.0	9.0
Average	7.2	7.0
Weighted-average	7.6	7.7
Lowest	4.0	3.0

Tax Status

We intend to continue to maintain our qualification as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a RIC, we generally are not subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of our taxable income and gains distributed to our stockholders. To maintain our qualification as a RIC, we must maintain our status as a BDC and meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements. In addition, to qualify to be taxed as a RIC, we must distribute to stockholders at least 90% of our Investment Company Taxable Income, determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction. Our policy generally is to make distributions to our stockholders in an amount up to 100% of Investment Company Taxable Income. We may retain some or all of our net long-term capital gains, if any, and designate them as deemed distributions, or distribute such gains to stockholders in cash. See “Business — Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” and “— Liquidity and Capital Resources — Distributions and Dividends to Stockholders.”

In an effort to limit federal excise taxes, we have to distribute to stockholders, during each calendar year, an amount close to the sum of: (1) 98% of our ordinary income for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of our net capital gains (both long-term and short-term), if any, for the one-year period ending on October 31 of the calendar year, and (3) any income realized, but not distributed, in the preceding period (to the extent that income tax was not imposed on such amounts), less certain reductions, as applicable. Under the RIC Modernization Act, we are permitted to carryforward any capital losses that we may incur for an unlimited period, and such capital loss carryforwards will retain their character as either short-term or long-term capital losses. Our capital loss carryforward balance was $17.3 million and $0 as of March 31, 2026 and 2025, respectively.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Refer to Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for a description of recent accounting pronouncements.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market risk includes risks that arise from changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes that affect market sensitive instruments. The prices of securities held by us may decline in response to certain events, including those directly involving the companies whose securities are owned by us; conditions affecting the general economy; overall market changes; local, regional or global political, social or economic instability; and interest rate fluctuations.

The primary risk we believe we are exposed to is interest rate risk. Because we borrow money to make investments, our net investment income is dependent upon the difference between the rates at which we borrow funds, such as under our Credit Facility (which is variable) and our unsecured notes (which are fixed), and the rates at which we invest those funds. As a result, there can be no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income. We use a combination of debt and equity capital to finance our investing activities. We may use interest rate risk management techniques to limit our exposure to interest rate fluctuations. Such techniques may include various interest rate hedging activities to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

Table of Contents

We target to have approximately 90% of the loans in our portfolio at variable rates or variable rates with a floor mechanism, and approximately up to 10% at fixed rates. As of March 31, 2026 and 2025, all of our variable-rate loans had rates associated with the current 30-day SOFR rate and our total debt investment portfolio consisted of the following breakdown based on the principal balance:

	As of March 31,
Rates:	2026		2025
Variable rates with a floor	100.0	%	100.0	%
Fixed rates	—	%	—	%
Total	100.0	%	100.0	%

We had $23.9 million of borrowings outstanding under our Credit Facility as of March 31, 2026 and no borrowings outstanding as of March 31, 2025. As of March 31, 2026, the 5.00% 2026 Notes, 4.875% 2028 Notes, 6.875% 2028 Notes, 7.875% 2030 Notes, and 7.125% 2031 Notes had outstanding principal balances of $127.9 million, $134.6 million, $60.0 million, $126.5 million and $100.0 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2025, the 5.00% 2026 Notes, 4.875% 2028 Notes, 8.00% 2028 Notes and 7.875% 2030 Notes had outstanding principal balances of $127.9 million, $134.6 million, $74.8 million and $126.5 million, respectively.

Advances under the Credit Facility generally bear interest at 30-day Term SOFR, subject to a floor of 0.35%, with a SOFR credit spread adjustment of 10 basis points, plus a margin of 3.15% per annum until October 30, 2026, with the margin then increasing to 3.40% for the period from October 30, 2026 to October 30, 2027, and increasing further to 3.65% thereafter. The Credit Facility has an unused commitment fee on the daily unused commitment amount of 0.50% per annum if the daily unused commitment amount is less than or equal to 50% of the total commitment amount, 0.75% per annum if the daily unused commitment amount is greater than 50% but less than or equal to 65% of the total commitment amount, and 1.00% per annum if the daily unused commitment amount is greater than 65% of the total commitment amount.

To illustrate the potential impact of changes in interest rates, we have performed the following hypothetical analysis, which assumes that our balance sheet and interest rates remain constant as of March 31, 2026 and no further actions are taken to alter our existing interest rate sensitivity.

Basis Point Change	Increase (Decrease)<br>in Interest Income		Increase (Decrease) in Interest Expense		Net Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets Resulting from Operations
Up 300 basis points	$	16,555	$	727	$	15,828
Up 200 basis points	$	9,403	$	485	$	8,918
Up 100 basis points	$	3,666	$	242	$	3,424
Down 100 basis points	$	(2,636)	$	(242)	$	(2,394)
Down 200 basis points	$	(4,374)	$	(485)	$	(3,889)
Down 300 basis points	$	(4,567)	$	(727)	$	(3,840)

Although management believes that this analysis is indicative of our existing interest rate sensitivity, it does not adjust for potential changes in credit quality, size and composition of our loan portfolio on the balance sheet and other business developments, including portfolio company defaults, that could affect net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations. Accordingly, actual results could differ significantly from those in the hypothetical analysis in the table above.

We may also experience risk associated with investing in securities of companies with foreign operations. Some of our portfolio companies have operations located outside the U.S. These risks include, but are not limited to, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, potential tariffs, imposition of foreign taxes, changes in exportation regulations and political and social instability.

Table of Contents

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting	73
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID 238)	74
Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities as ofMarch 31, 2026and2025	76
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years endedMarch 31, 2026,2025and2024	77
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the years endedMarch 31, 2026,2025and2024	78
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years endedMarch 31, 2026,2025and2024	79
Consolidated Schedules of Investments as ofMarch 31, 2026and2025	81
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	91

Table of Contents

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Gladstone Investment Corporation:

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and include those policies and procedures that: (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect our transactions and the dispositions of our assets; (2) provide reasonable assurance that our transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with appropriate authorizations; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer and our chief financial officer, we assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2026, using the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013). Based on its assessment, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 2026.

May 12, 2026

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Gladstone Investment Corporation

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of assets and liabilities, including the consolidated schedules of investments, of Gladstone Investment Corporation and its subsidiary (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2026 and 2025, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in net assets and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2026, including the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of March 31, 2026 and 2025, and the results of its operations, changes in its net assets and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2026 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also previously audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of assets and liabilities, including the consolidated schedules of investments, of the Company as of March 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in net assets and cash flows for the years ended March 31, 2023 and 2022 (none of which are presented herein), and we expressed unqualified opinions on those consolidated financial statements. In our opinion, the information set forth in the Senior Securities table of the Company for each of the five years in the period ended March 31, 2026 is fairly stated, in all material respects, in relation to the consolidated financial statements from which it has been derived.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our procedures included confirmation of securities owned as of March 31, 2026 and 2025 by correspondence with the custodian, agent banks, and portfolio company investees. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Table of Contents

Valuation of Level 3 Investments

As described in Notes 2 and 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company held $1.3 billion of total level 3 investments at fair value as of March 31, 2026. Management uses significant unobservable inputs in estimating the fair value of its level 3 investments, including (i) with respect to investments valued using a total enterprise value, portfolio company earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) and EBITDA multiples, revenue and revenue multiples, or a discounted cash flow analysis using estimated risk-adjusted discount rates; (ii) with respect to investments valued using a yield analysis, a modified discount rate; and (iii) with respect to investments valued using market quotations for which a limited market exists, the lower indicative bid price in the bid-to-ask price range.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the valuation of level 3 investments is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management to determine the fair value of these level 3 investments using a total enterprise value or yield analysis due to the use of significant unobservable inputs, which in turn led to a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity and effort in performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence related to the EBITDA and EBITDA multiples and revenue and revenue multiples used in a total enterprise value and the modified discount rate used in a yield analysis, and (ii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included, among others, either (i) testing management’s process for determining the fair value estimate, including testing the completeness and accuracy of data provided by management, evaluating the appropriateness of management’s valuation methods, and evaluating the reasonableness of the EBITDA and EBITDA multiples and revenue and revenue multiples used in a total enterprise value and the modified discount rate used in a yield analysis by considering current and past performance of the investment, consistency of the unobservable inputs with external market data and evidence obtained in other areas of the audit, and management’s historical forecasting accuracy, or (ii) the involvement of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge to assist in developing an independent fair value estimate for certain level 3 investments and comparison of management’s estimate to the independently developed estimate. Developing an independent fair value estimate involved testing the completeness and accuracy of data provided by management and independently developing significant unobservable inputs related to the modified discount rate for those investments valued using a yield analysis and the EBITDA and EBITDA multiples or revenue and revenue multiples for those investments valued using a total enterprise value.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Washington, District of Columbia

May 12, 2026

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2005.

Table of Contents

GLADSTONE INVESTMENT CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

	March 31,
	2026		2025
ASSETS
Investments at fair value
Non-Control/Non-Affiliate investments (Cost of $711,741 and $562,371, respectively)	$	983,959	$	648,589
Affiliate investments (Cost of $323,698 and $359,286, respectively)	324,676		330,388
Control investments (Cost of $17,409 and $17,409, respectively)	613		343
Cash	1,132		12,944
Cash equivalents	25		1,354
Restricted cash	1,228		856
Interest receivable	6,823		5,582
Due from administrative agent	2,035		2,891
Deferred financing costs, net	636		1,471
Other assets, net	1,718		1,986
TOTAL ASSETS	$	1,322,845	$	1,006,404
LIABILITIES
Borrowings:
Line of credit at fair value (Cost of $23,900 and $0, respectively)	$	23,946	$	—
Notes payable, net of unamortized deferred financing costs of $8,460 and $8,029, respectively	540,528		455,709
Total borrowings	564,474		455,709
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	1,247		1,291
Interest payable	6,388		4,879
Fees due to Adviser(A)	80,507		43,817
Fee due to Administrator(A)	780		767
Other liabilities	1,224		857
TOTAL LIABILITIES	654,620		507,320
Commitments and contingencies(B)
NET ASSETS	$	668,225	$	499,084
ANALYSIS OF NET ASSETS
Common stock, $0.001 par value per share, 100,000,000 shares authorized; 39,821,967 and 36,837,381 shares issued and outstanding, respectively	$	40	$	37
Capital in excess of par value	486,717		445,512
Total distributable earnings(C)	181,468		53,535
TOTAL NET ASSETS	$	668,225	$	499,084
NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE	$	16.78	$	13.55

(A)Refer to Note 4 — Related Party Transactions in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

(B)Refer to Note 10 — Commitments and Contingencies in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

(C)Refer to Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

Table of Contents

GLADSTONE INVESTMENT CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

	Year Ended March 31,
	2026		2025		2024
INVESTMENT INCOME
Interest income:
Non-Control/Non-Affiliate investments	$	64,004	$	59,762	$	56,424
Affiliate investments	25,386		23,605		24,578
Cash and cash equivalents	351		245		792
Total interest income	89,741		83,612		81,794
Dividend income:
Non-Control/Non-Affiliate investments	1,063		3,254		—
Affiliate investments	5,048		26		1,907
Total dividend income	6,111		3,280		1,907
Success fee income:
Non-Control/Non-Affiliate investments	2,032		5,934		2,285
Affiliate investments	1,193		836		1,320
Total success fee income	3,225		6,770		3,605
Total investment income	99,077		93,662		87,306
EXPENSES
Base management fee(A)	22,824		19,105		17,500
Loan servicing fee(A)	11,821		9,636		9,118
Incentive fee(A)	38,280		12,265		21,047
Administration fee(A)	1,959		1,914		1,789
Interest expense on borrowings	37,140		28,246		24,121
Amortization of deferred financing costs and discounts	3,881		2,852		2,305
Professional fees	2,069		1,593		1,382
Other general and administrative expenses	2,109		4,701		2,981
Expenses before credits from Adviser	120,083		80,312		80,243
Credits to base management fee – loan servicing fee(A)	(11,821)		(9,636)		(9,118)
Credits to fees from Adviser - other(A)	(5,433)		(5,109)		(5,596)
Total expenses, net of credits to fees	102,829		65,567		65,529
NET INVESTMENT (LOSS) INCOME	$	(3,752)	$	28,095	$	21,777
REALIZED AND UNREALIZED GAIN (LOSS)
Net realized gain (loss):
Non-Control/Non-Affiliate investments	$	120	$	19,811	$	43,749
Affiliate investments	(26,414)		43,373		275
Control investments	—		—		(13,768)
Other	(1,301)		—		—
Total net realized gain (loss)	(27,595)		63,184		30,256
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation):
Non-Control/Non-Affiliate investments	186,000		8,786		9,864
Affiliate investments	29,876		(32,184)		10,317
Control investments	270		(2,562)		13,120
Other	(46)		—		(29)
Total net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)	216,100		(25,960)		33,272
Net realized and unrealized gain	188,505		37,224		63,528
NET INCREASE IN NET ASSETS RESULTING FROM OPERATIONS	$	184,753	$	65,319	$	85,305
BASIC AND DILUTED PER COMMON SHARE:
Net investment (loss) income	$	(0.10)	$	0.76	$	0.63
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations	$	4.77	$	1.78	$	2.47
WEIGHTED-AVERAGE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OUTSTANDING:
Basic and diluted	38,712,611		36,735,218		34,466,724

(A)Refer to Note 4 — Related Party Transactions in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

Table of Contents

GLADSTONE INVESTMENT CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS

(IN THOUSANDS)

	Year Ended March 31,
	2026		2025		2024
NET ASSETS, BEGINNING OF YEAR	$	499,084	$	492,711	$	439,742
OPERATIONS
Net investment (loss) income	$	(3,752)	$	28,095	$	21,777
Net realized (loss) gain on investments	(26,294)		63,184		30,256
Net realized loss on other	(1,301)		—		—
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments	216,146		(25,960)		33,301
Net unrealized appreciation of other	(46)		—		(29)
Net increase in net assets from operations	184,753		65,319		85,305
DISTRIBUTIONS(A)
Distributions to common stockholders from net investment income ($0.99, $0.64, and $1.08 per share, respectively)	(38,499)		(23,480)		(37,509)
Distributions to common stockholders from cumulative realized gains ($0.51, $1.02, and $1.12 per share, respectively)	(18,663)		(37,471)		(38,552)
Net decrease in net assets from distributions	(57,162)		(60,951)		(76,061)
CAPITAL ACTIVITY
Issuance of common stock	42,132		2,029		44,508
Discounts, commissions, and offering costs for issuance of common stock	(582)		(24)		(783)
Net increase in net assets from capital activity	41,550		2,005		43,725
TOTAL INCREASE IN NET ASSETS	169,141		6,373		52,969
NET ASSETS, END OF YEAR(A)	$	668,225	$	499,084	$	492,711

(A)Refer to Note 8 — Distributions to Common Stockholders in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

Table of Contents

GLADSTONE INVESTMENT CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(IN THOUSANDS)

	Year Ended March 31,
	2026		2025		2024
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations	$	184,753	$	65,319	$	85,305
Adjustments to reconcile net increase in net assets resulting from operations to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
Purchase of investments	(173,616)		(221,217)		(183,924)
Principal repayments of investments	29,896		123,600		28,000
Net proceeds from the sale and recapitalization of investments	3,644		76,025		52,228
Net realized loss (gain) on investments	26,294		(63,184)		(30,256)
Net realized loss on other	1,301		—		—
Net unrealized (appreciation) depreciation of investments	(216,146)		25,960		(33,301)
Net unrealized appreciation of other	46		—		29
Amortization of deferred financing costs and discounts	3,881		2,852		2,305
Bad debt expense, net of recoveries	(202)		1,601		1
Changes in assets and liabilities:
(Increase) decrease in interest receivable	(1,305)		761		(4,589)
Decrease in due from administrative agent	856		536		472
Decrease (increase) in other assets, net	559		(436)		(181)
(Decrease) increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses	(44)		559		(54)
Increase in interest payable	1,509		1,414		1,156
Increase in fees due to Adviser(A)	36,586		2,380		12,375
Increase in fee due to Administrator(A)	13		40		11
Increase in other liabilities	367		98		485
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	(101,608)		16,308		(69,938)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of discounts, commissions and offering costs	41,637		2,005		43,899
Proceeds from line of credit	295,400		214,100		242,300
Repayments on line of credit	(271,500)		(281,100)		(210,500)
Deferred financing costs from line of credit	(333)		(763)		(1,906)
Repayment of notes payable	(74,750)		—		—
Proceeds from issuance of notes payable, net of deferred offering costs	155,547		122,335		72,178
Distributions paid to common stockholders	(57,162)		(60,951)		(76,061)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	88,839		(4,374)		69,910
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH	(12,769)		11,934		(28)
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH, BEGINNING OF YEAR	15,154		3,220		3,248
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH, END OF YEAR	$	2,385	$	15,154	$	3,220
CASH PAID FOR INTEREST	$	33,769	$	25,431	$	21,978

(A)Refer to Note 4 — Related Party Transactions in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

Table of Contents

Supplemental disclosures of non-cash operating activities:

For the year ended March 31, 2026:

•In September 2025, we restructured our existing first lien term loans and line of credit to J.R. Hobbs Co. – Atlanta, LLC with an aggregate total cost basis of $49.9 million into a new $20.0 million first lien term loan, which resulted in a realized loss of $29.9 million.

For the year ended March 31, 2024:

•In March 2024, we recognized a $14.7 million realized loss on our preferred and common equity investments and related first and second lien debt investments in The Mountain Corporation upon its liquidation and dissolution.

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

Table of Contents

GLADSTONE INVESTMENT CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS

March 31, 2026

(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

Company and Investment(A)(B)(D)(E)	Principal/Shares/<br><br>Units(F)(H)		Cost		Fair Value
NON-CONTROL/NON-AFFILIATE INVESTMENTS(L) – 147.2%
Secured First Lien Debt – 56.0%
Aerospace and Defense – 16.1%
Detroit Defense, Inc.(K) – Term Debt (SOFR+9.0%, 13.0% Cash, Due 12/2029)(J)(Q)	$	61,305	$	61,305	$	61,305
Global GRAB Technologies, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+9.0%, 13.5% Cash, Due 7/2030)(J)	46,500		46,500		46,500
			107,805		107,805
Buildings and Real Estate –5.7%
Dema/Mai Holdings, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+11.0%, 14.7% Cash, Due 7/2027)(J)	38,250		38,250		38,250
Chemicals, Plastics, and Rubber - 5.3%
Smart Chemical Solutions, LLC(K) – Term Debt (SOFR+9.0%, 13.5% Cash, Due 5/2030)(J)	35,660		35,660		35,660
Diversified/Conglomerate Manufacturing – 0.9%
Phoenix Door Systems, Inc. – Line of Credit, $0 available (SOFR+7.0%, 10.7% Cash (0.3% Unused Fee), Due 9/2026)(J)	2,950		2,950		2,950
Phoenix Door Systems, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+11.0%, 14.7% Cash, Due 9/2026)(J)	3,200		3,200		3,200
			6,150		6,150
Diversified/Conglomerate Services – 5.2%
Mason West, LLC – Term Debt (SOFR+10.0%, 13.7% Cash, Due 7/2027)(J)	25,250		25,250		25,250
Sun State Nursery and Landscaping, LLC – Term Debt (SOFR+9.0%, 13.5% Cash, Due 5/2030)(J)	9,520		9,520		9,520
			34,770		34,770
Healthcare, Education, and Childcare – 4.5%
Educators Resource, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+10.5%, 14.2% Cash, Due 2/2030)(J)	30,000		30,000		30,000
Home and Office Furnishings, Housewares, and Durable Consumer Products – 5.5%
Brunswick Bowling Products, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+10.0%, 13.7% Cash, Due 3/2029)(J)	17,700		17,700		17,700
Brunswick Bowling Products, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+10.0%, 13.7% Cash, Due 3/2029)(J)	6,850		6,850		6,850
Ginsey Home Solutions, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+10.0%, 13.7% Cash, Due 11/2028)(J)	12,200		12,200		12,200
			36,750		36,750
Leisure, Amusement, Motion Pictures, and Entertainment – 2.5%
Schylling, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+11.0%, 14.7% Cash, Due 9/2027)(J)	16,981		16,981		16,981
Oil and Gas – 9.0%
The E3 Company, LLC – Term Debt (SOFR+9.0%, 13.5% Cash, Due 9/2028)(J)	33,750		33,750		33,750
Rowan Energy Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+9.0%, 14.5% Cash, Due 12/2030)(J)	25,790		25,790		25,790
			59,540		59,540
Printing and Publishing – 1.3%
Home Concepts Acquisition, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+9.0%, 13.0% Cash, Due 5/2028)(J)	12,000		12,000		8,379
Total Secured First Lien Debt			$	377,906	$	374,285
Secured Second Lien Debt – 14.6%
Aerospace and Defense – 3.8%
Galaxy Technologies Holdings, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+4.1%, 7.8% Cash, Due 10/2028)(J)	$	6,900	$	6,900	$	6,900
Galaxy Technologies Holdings, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+7.0%, 10.7% Cash, Due 10/2028)(J)	18,796		18,796		18,796
			25,696		25,696
Cargo Transport – 0.1%
Diligent Delivery Systems – Term Debt (SOFR+9.0%, 12.7% Cash, Due 1/2027)(G)(J)	13,000		13,000		512
Diversified/Conglomerate Services – 2.5%
Horizon Facilities Services, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+0.5%, 6.0% Cash, Due 6/2028)(J)	57,700		57,700		16,545

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

Table of Contents

GLADSTONE INVESTMENT CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS (Continued)

March 31, 2026

(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

Company and Investment(A)(B)(D)(E)	Principal/Shares/<br><br>Units(F)(H)			Cost		Fair Value
Machinery (Non-Agriculture, Non-Construction, and Non-Electronic) – 8.2%
SFEG Holdings, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+7.0%, 12.5% Cash, Due 10/2028)(J)	$	54,644		$	54,644	$	54,644
Total Secured Second Lien Debt				$	151,040	$	97,397
Preferred Equity – 45.6%
Aerospace and Defense – 5.6%
Detroit Defense, Inc.(K) – Preferred Stock(C)(J)(Q)	17,388			$	17,388	$	12,572
Global GRAB Technologies, Inc. – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	21,100			21,100		25,022
				38,488		37,594
Buildings and Real Estate – 4.6%
Dema/Mai Holdings, Inc. – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	21,000			21,000		30,737
Chemicals, Plastics, and Rubber – 1.1%
Smart Chemical Solutions, LLC(K) – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	13,843			13,843		7,327
Diversified/Conglomerate Services – 3.5%
Horizon Facilities Services, Inc. – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	10,080			—		—
Mason West, LLC – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	11,206			11,206		19,235
Sun State Nursery and Landscaping, LLC – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	3,059			3,059		3,718
				14,265		22,953
Healthcare, Education, and Childcare – 1.7%
Educators Resource, Inc. – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	8,560			8,560		11,630
Home and Office Furnishings, Housewares, and Durable Consumer Products – 9.3%
Brunswick Bowling Products, Inc. – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	6,653			6,653		49,815
Ginsey Home Solutions, Inc. – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	19,280			9,583		12,258
				16,236		62,073
Leisure, Amusement, Motion Pictures, and Entertainment – 9.9%
Schylling, Inc. – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	4,000			4,000		66,403
Oil and Gas – 9.9%
The E3 Company, LLC – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	11,233			11,233		58,570
Rowan Energy Inc. – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	7,298			7,298		7,495
				18,531		66,065
Printing and Publishing - 0.0%
Home Concepts Acquisition, Inc. – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	3,275			3,275		—
Total Preferred Equity				$	138,198	$	304,782
Common Equity/Equivalents – 31.0%
Aerospace and Defense – 0.5%
Galaxy Technologies Holdings, Inc. – Common Stock(C)(J)	16,957			$	11,513	$	3,447
Cargo Transport – 0.0%
Diligent Delivery Systems – Common Stock Warrants(C)(J)	8		%	500		—
Diversified/Conglomerate Manufacturing– 0.0%
Phoenix Door Systems, Inc. – Common Stock(C)(J)	4,221			1,830		—
Home and Office Furnishings, Housewares, and Durable Consumer Products – 0.0%
Ginsey Home Solutions, Inc. – Common Stock(C)(J)	63,747			8		—

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

Table of Contents

GLADSTONE INVESTMENT CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS (Continued)

March 31, 2026

(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

Company and Investment(A)(B)(D)(E)	Principal/Shares/<br><br>Units(F)(H)		Cost		Fair Value
Machinery (Non-Agriculture, Non-Construction, and Non-Electronic) – 30.5%
SFEG Holdings, Inc. – Common Stock(C)(J)	18,721		$	30,746	$	204,048
Total Common Equity/Equivalents			$	44,597	$	207,495
Total Non-Control/Non-Affiliate Investments			$	711,741	$	983,959
AFFILIATE INVESTMENTS(M) – 48.6%
Secured First Lien Debt – 29.4%
Diversified/Conglomerate Services – 10.6%
ImageWorks Display and Marketing Group, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+11.0%, 14.7% Cash, Due 11/2028)(J)	$	22,000	$	22,000	$	22,000
J.R. Hobbs Co. - Atlanta, LLC – Term Debt (SOFR+6.0%, 10.0% Cash, Due 9/2030)(J)	20,000		20,000		20,000
The Maids International, LLC – Term Debt (SOFR+10.5%, 14.2% Cash, Due 3/2028)(J)	28,560		28,560		28,560
			70,560		70,560
Electronics – 7.2%
Nielsen-Kellerman Acquisition Corp.(K) – Term Debt (SOFR+8.5%, 13.5% Cash, Due 12/2029)(J)	48,082		48,082		48,082
Home and Office Furnishings, Housewares, and Durable Consumer Products – 5.7%
Old World Christmas, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+9.5%, 13.2% Cash, Due 12/2028)(J)	38,000		38,000		38,000
Leisure, Amusement, Motion Pictures, and Entertainment –3.0%
Pyrotek Special Effects, Inc.(P) – Term Debt (SOFR+8.0%, 13.0% Cash, Due 11/2029)(J)	20,120		20,120		20,120
Mining, Steel, Iron and Non-Precious Metals – 1.6%
UPB Acquisition, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+10.0%, 13.7% Cash, Due 7/2028)(J)	11,000		11,000		11,000
Telecommunications – 1.3%
B+T Group Acquisition, Inc.(K) – Line of Credit, $0 available (SOFR+2.0%, 7.0% Cash, Due 12/2026)(G)(J)	3,080		3,080		3,080
B+T Group Acquisition, Inc.(K) – Line of Credit, $0 available (SOFR+2.0%, 7.0% Cash, Due 12/2026)(G)(J)	1,050		1,050		1,050
B+T Group Acquisition, Inc.(K) – Term Debt (SOFR+2.0%, 7.0% Cash, Due 12/2026)(G)(J)	14,000		14,000		3,812
			18,130		7,942
Total Secured First Lien Debt			$	205,892	$	195,704
Secured Second Lien Debt – 0.3%
Chemicals, Plastics, and Rubber – 0.3%
PSI Molded Plastics, Inc. – Line of Credit, $600 available (SOFR+1.0%, 7.0% Cash, Due 2/2028)(J)	$	1,400	$	1,400	$	1,400
PSI Molded Plastics, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+1.0%, 7.0% Cash, Due 2/2028)(J)	400		400		400
			1,800		1,800
Total Secured Second Lien Debt			$	1,800	$	1,800
Preferred Equity – 18.2%
Chemicals, Plastics, and Rubber – 0.7%
PSI Molded Plastics, Inc. – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	428,773		$	46,746	$	4,928
Diversified/Conglomerate Services – 6.6%
ImageWorks Display and Marketing Group, Inc. – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	67,490		6,749		30,453
J.R. Hobbs Co. – Atlanta, LLC – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	10,920		10,920		9,236
The Maids International, LLC – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	6,640		6,640		4,631
			24,309		44,320
Electronics – 2.2%
Nielsen-Kellerman Acquisition Corp.(K) – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	22,169		22,169		14,641

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

Table of Contents

GLADSTONE INVESTMENT CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS (Continued)

March 31, 2026

(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

Company and Investment(A)(B)(D)(E)	Principal/Shares/<br><br>Units(F)(H)			Cost		Fair Value
Home and Office Furnishings, Housewares, and Durable Consumer Products – 4.4%
Old World Christmas, Inc. – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	6,180			$	—	$	29,730
Leisure, Amusement, Motion Pictures, and Entertainment –0.3%
Pyrotek Special Effects, Inc.(P) – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	7,060			7,060		1,835
Mining, Steel, Iron and Non-Precious Metals – 4.0%
UPB Acquisition, Inc – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	6,000			6,000		26,713
Telecommunications – 0.0%
B+T Group Acquisition, Inc.(K) – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	14,304			4,722		—
Total Preferred Equity				$	111,006	$	122,167
Common Equity/Equivalents – 0.7%
Finance – 0.7%
Gladstone Alternative Income Fund – Common Equity(C)(O)	500,000			$	5,000	$	5,005
Telecommunications – 0.0%
B+T Group Acquisition, Inc.(K) – Common Stock Warrants(C)(J)	3.5		%	—		—
Total Common Equity/Equivalents				$	5,000	$	5,005
Total Affiliate Investments				$	323,698	$	324,676
CONTROL INVESTMENTS(N) – 0.1%
Secured First Lien Debt – 0.1%
Diversified/Conglomerate Manufacturing – 0.1%
Edge Adhesives Holdings, Inc.(K) – Term Debt (SOFR+5.5%, 9.2% Cash, Due 8/2026)(G)(J)	$	9,210		$	9,210	$	613
Total Secured First Lien Debt				$	9,210	$	613
Preferred Equity – 0.0%
Diversified/Conglomerate Manufacturing – 0.0%
Edge Adhesives Holdings, Inc.(K) – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	8,199			$	8,199	$	—
Total Preferred Equity				$	8,199	$	—
Total Control Investments				$	17,409	$	613
TOTAL INVESTMENTS – 195.9%(R)				$	1,052,848	$	1,309,248
CASH EQUIVALENTS - 0.0%
Dreyfus Treasury Obligations Cash Management Fund (3.30% market yield)(S)	25			$	25	$	25
Total Cash Equivalents				$	25	$	25
TOTAL INVESTMENTS AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - 195.9%				$	1,052,873	$	1,309,273

(A)Certain of the securities listed are issued by affiliate(s) of the indicated portfolio company. The majority of the securities listed, totaling $1.2 billion at fair value, are pledged as collateral to our revolving line of credit, as described further in Note 5—Borrowings in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Additionally, under Section 55 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"), we may not acquire any non-qualifying assets unless, at the time such acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of our total assets. As of March 31, 2026, our investments in Pyrotek Special Effects, Inc. ("Pyrotek") and Gladstone Alternative Income Fund ("Gladstone Alternative") are considered non-qualifying assets under Section 55 of the 1940 Act. Such non-qualifying assets represent 2.1% of total investments, at fair value, as of March 31, 2026.

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

Table of Contents

GLADSTONE INVESTMENT CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS (Continued)

March 31, 2026

(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

(B)Unless indicated otherwise, all cash interest rates are indexed to 30-day Secured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR"), which was 3.7% as of March 31, 2026. If applicable, paid-in-kind interest rates are noted separately from the cash interest rate. Certain securities are subject to an interest rate floor. The cash interest rate is the greater of the floor or the reference rate plus a spread. Due dates represent the contractual maturity date.

(C)Security is non-income producing.

(D)Category percentages represent the fair value of each category and subcategory as a percentage of net assets as of March 31, 2026.

(E)Unless indicated otherwise, all of our investments are valued using Level 3 inputs within the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Topic 820, "Fair Value Measurement" ("ASC 820") fair value hierarchy. Refer to Note 3—Investments in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

(F)Where applicable, aggregates all shares of a class of stock owned without regard to specific series owned within such class (some series of which may or may not be voting shares) or aggregates all warrants to purchase shares of a class of stock owned without regard to specific series of such class of stock such warrants allow us to purchase.

(G)Debt security is on non-accrual status.

(H)Represents the principal balance, presented in thousands, for debt investments, the cash balance, presented in thousands, for cash equivalents, and the number of shares/units held for equity investments. Warrants are represented as a percentage of ownership, as applicable.

(I)Reserved.

(J)Fair value was based on the total enterprise value of the portfolio company, which is generally allocated to the portfolio company’s securities in order of their relative priority in the capital structure. Refer to Note 3—Investments in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

(K)One or more of our affiliated funds, Gladstone Capital Corporation and Gladstone Alternative, co-invested with us in this portfolio company pursuant to an exemptive order granted by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

(L)Non-Control/Non-Affiliate investments, as defined by the 1940 Act, are those that are neither Control nor Affiliate investments and in which we own less than 5.0% of the issued and outstanding voting securities.

(M)Affiliate investments, as defined by the 1940 Act, are those that are not Control investments and in which we own, with the power to vote, between and inclusive of 5.0% and 25.0% of the issued and outstanding voting securities.

(N)Control investments, as defined by the 1940 Act, are those where we have the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of the portfolio company, which may include owning, with the power to vote, more than 25.0% of the issued and outstanding voting securities.

(O)Fair value was based on net asset value provided by the underlying fund as a practical expedient.

(P)This portfolio company is headquartered in Ontario, Canada.

(Q)The portfolio company changed its name from Ricardo Defense, Inc. to Detroit Defense, Inc. during the year ended March 31, 2026.

(R)Cumulative gross unrealized appreciation for federal income tax purposes is $428.5 million; cumulative gross unrealized depreciation for federal income tax purposes is $173.7 million. Cumulative net unrealized appreciation is $254.8 million, based on a tax cost of $1.1 billion.

(S)Valued using Level 1 inputs within the FASB ASC 820 fair value hierarchy. Refer to Note 3—Investments in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

Table of Contents

GLADSTONE INVESTMENT CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS

March 31, 2025

(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

Company and Investment(A)(B)(D)(E)	Principal/Shares/ Units(F)(H)		Cost		Fair Value
NON-CONTROL/NON-AFFILIATE INVESTMENTS(L) –130.0%
Secured First Lien Debt – 60.3%
Aerospace and Defense – 12.3%
Ricardo Defense, Inc.(K) – Term Debt (SOFR+9.0%, 13.3% Cash, Due 12/2029)(J)	$	61,305	$	61,305	$	61,305
Buildings and Real Estate – 7.7%
Dema/Mai Holdings, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+11.0%, 15.3% Cash, Due 7/2027)(J)	38,250		38,250		38,250
Diversified/Conglomerate Manufacturing – 1.2%
Phoenix Door Systems, Inc. – Line of Credit, $0 available (SOFR+1.4%, 5.7% Cash (0.3% Unused Fee), Due 9/2026)(J)	2,950		2,950		2,950
Phoenix Door Systems, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+3.4%, 7.7% Cash, Due 9/2026)(J)	3,200		3,200		3,200
			6,150		6,150
Diversified/Conglomerate Services – 11.0%
Horizon Facilities Services, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+0.5%, 6.0% Cash, Due 6/2026)(J)	57,700		57,700		29,634
Mason West, LLC – Term Debt (SOFR+10.0%, 14.3% Cash, Due 7/2025)(J)	25,250		25,250		25,250
			82,950		54,884
Healthcare, Education, and Childcare – 6.0%
Educators Resource, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+10.5%, 14.8% Cash, Due 2/2030)(J)	30,000		30,000		30,000
Home and Office Furnishings, Housewares, and Durable Consumer Products – 7.4%
Brunswick Bowling Products, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+10.0%, 14.3% Cash, Due 3/2029)(J)	17,700		17,700		17,700
Brunswick Bowling Products, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+10.0%, 14.3% Cash, Due 3/2029)(J)	6,850		6,850		6,850
Ginsey Home Solutions, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+10.0%, 14.3% Cash, Due 11/2025)(J)	12,200		12,200		12,200
			36,750		36,750
Leisure, Amusement, Motion Pictures, and Entertainment – 5.6%
Schylling, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+11.0%, 15.3% Cash, Due 9/2027)(J)	27,981		27,981		27,981
Oil and Gas – 6.8%
The E3 Company, LLC – Term Debt (SOFR+9.0%, 13.5% Cash, Due 9/2028)(J)	33,750		33,750		33,750
Printing and Publishing – 2.3%
Home Concepts Acquisition, Inc. – Line of Credit, $0 available (SOFR+6.0%, 10.3% Cash, Due 11/2025)(J)	2,000		2,000		2,000
Home Concepts Acquisition, Inc. – Line of Credit, $0 available (SOFR+6.0%, 10.3% Cash, Due 11/2025)(J)	400		400		400
Home Concepts Acquisition, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+9.0%, 13.3% Cash, Due 5/2028)(J)	12,000		12,000		9,281
			14,400		11,681
Total Secured First Lien Debt			$	331,536	$	300,751
Secured Second Lien Debt – 18.6%
Aerospace and Defense – 5.2%
Galaxy Technologies Holdings, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+4.1%, 8.4% Cash, Due 10/2026)(J)	$	6,900	$	6,900	$	6,900
Galaxy Technologies Holdings, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+7.0%, 11.3% Cash, Due 10/2026)(J)	18,796		18,796		18,796
			25,696		25,696
Cargo Transport – 2.5%
Diligent Delivery Systems – Term Debt (SOFR+9.0%, 13.3% Cash, Due 9/2025)(G)(I)	13,000		13,000		12,624
Machinery (Non-Agriculture, Non-Construction, and Non-Electronic) – 10.9%
SFEG Holdings, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+7.0%, 12.5% Cash, Due 10/2028)(J)	54,644		54,644		54,644
Total Secured Second Lien Debt			$	93,340	$	92,964

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

Table of Contents

GLADSTONE INVESTMENT CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS

March 31, 2025

(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

Company and Investment(A)(B)(D)(E)	Principal/Shares/ Units(F)(H)		Cost		Fair Value
Preferred Equity – 40.2%
Aerospace and Defense – 3.5%
Ricardo Defense, Inc.(K) – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	17,388		$	17,388	$	17,388
Buildings and Real Estate – 6.2%
Dema/Mai Holdings, Inc. – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	21,000		21,000		31,070
Diversified/Conglomerate Services – 2.7%
Horizon Facilities Services, Inc. – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	10,080		—		—
Mason West, LLC – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	11,206		11,206		13,262
			11,206		13,262
Healthcare, Education, and Childcare – 4.3%
Educators Resource, Inc. – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	8,560		8,560		21,501
Home and Office Furnishings, Housewares, and Durable Consumer Products – 12.2%
Brunswick Bowling Products, Inc. – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	6,653		6,653		51,877
Ginsey Home Solutions, Inc. – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	19,280		9,583		9,070
			16,236		60,947
Leisure, Amusement, Motion Pictures, and Entertainment – 4.1%
Schylling, Inc. – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	4,000		4,000		20,599
Oil and Gas – 7.2%
The E3 Company, LLC – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	11,233		11,233		35,839
Printing and Publishing - 0.0%
Home Concepts Acquisition, Inc. – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	3,275		3,275		—
Total Preferred Equity			$	92,898	$	200,606
Common Equity/Equivalents – 10.9%
Aerospace and Defense – 0.7%
Galaxy Technologies Holdings, Inc. – Common Stock(C)(J)	16,957		$	11,513	$	3,480
Cargo Transport – 0.0%
Diligent Delivery Systems – Common Stock Warrants(C)(J)	8	%	500		—
Diversified/Conglomerate Manufacturing – 0.0%
Phoenix Door Systems, Inc. – Common Stock(C)(J)	4,221		1,830		—
Home and Office Furnishings, Housewares, and Durable Consumer Products – 0.0%
Ginsey Home Solutions, Inc. – Common Stock(C)(J)	63,747		8		—
Machinery (Non-Agriculture, Non-Construction, and Non-Electronic) – 10.2%
SFEG Holdings, Inc. – Common Stock(C)(J)	18,721		30,746		50,788
Total Common Equity/Equivalents			$	44,597	$	54,268
Total Non-Control/Non-Affiliate Investments			$	562,371	$	648,589

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

Table of Contents

GLADSTONE INVESTMENT CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS

March 31, 2025

(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

Company and Investment(A)(B)(D)(E)	Principal/Shares/ Units(F)(H)		Cost		Fair Value
AFFILIATE INVESTMENTS(M) – 66.1%
Secured First Lien Debt – 42.7%
Diversified/Conglomerate Services – 16.2%
ImageWorks Display and Marketing Group, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+11.0%, 15.3% Cash, Due 11/2028)(J)	$	22,000	$	22,000	$	22,000
J.R. Hobbs Co. - Atlanta, LLC – Line of Credit, $0 available (SOFR+6.0%, 10.3% Cash, Due 6/2025)(G)(J)	5,000		5,000		3,036
J.R. Hobbs Co. - Atlanta, LLC - Term Debt (SOFR+6.0%, 10.3% Cash, Due 6/2025) (G)(J)	16,500		16,500		10,019
J.R. Hobbs Co. - Atlanta, LLC – Term Debt (SOFR+10.3%, 14.6% Cash, Due 6/2025) (G)(J)	26,000		26,000		15,788
J.R. Hobbs Co. - Atlanta, LLC – Term Debt (SOFR+6.0%, 10.3% Cash, Due 6/2025) (G)(J)	2,438		2,438		1,480
The Maids International, LLC – Term Debt (SOFR+10.5%, 14.8% Cash, Due 3/2028)(J)	28,560		28,560		28,560
			100,498		80,883
Electronics – 9.9%
Nielsen-Kellerman Acquisition Corp.(K) – Line of Credit, $2,820 available (SOFR+5.0%, 10.0% Cash, Due 12/2025)(J)	1,070		1,070		1,070
Nielsen-Kellerman Acquisition Corp. (K) – Term Debt (SOFR+8.5%,13.5% Cash, Due 12/2029)(J)	48,082		48,082		48,082
			49,152		49,152
Home and Office Furnishings, Housewares, and Durable Consumer Products – 7.6%
Old World Christmas, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+9.5%, 13.8% Cash, Due 12/2028)(J)	38,000		38,000		38,000
Leisure, Amusement, Motion Pictures, and Entertainment – 4.5%
Pyrotek Special Effects, Inc.(P) – Line of Credit, $500 available (SOFR+5.0%, 10.0% Cash, Due 11/2026)(J)	2,500		2,500		2,500
Pyrotek Special Effects, Inc.(P) – Term Debt (SOFR+8.0%, 13.0% Cash, Due 11/2029)(J)	20,120		20,120		20,120
			22,620		22,620
Mining, Steel, Iron and Non-Precious Metals – 3.0%
UPB Acquisition, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+10.0%, 14.3% Cash, Due 7/2026)(J)	15,000		15,000		15,000
Telecommunications – 1.5%
B+T Group Acquisition, Inc.(K) – Line of Credit, $0 available (SOFR+2.0%, 7.0% Cash, Due 12/2026)(G)(J)	3,080		3,080		3,080
B+T Group Acquisition, Inc.(K) – Line of Credit, $120 available (SOFR+2.0%, 7.0% Cash, Due 6/2025)(G)(J)	930		930		930
B+T Group Acquisition, Inc.(K) – Term Debt (SOFR+2.0%, 7.0% Cash, Due 12/2026)(G)(J)	14,000		14,000		3,575
			18,010		7,585
Total Secured First Lien Debt			$	243,280	$	213,240
Secured Second Lien Debt – 2.1%
Chemicals, Plastics, and Rubber – 2.1%
PSI Molded Plastics, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+1.0%, 7.0% Cash, Due 1/2028)(J)	$	10,616	$	10,616	$	10,616
Total Secured Second Lien Debt			$	10,616	$	10,616
Preferred Equity – 20.3%
Chemicals, Plastics, and Rubber – 0.2%
PSI Molded Plastics, Inc. – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	322,598		$	36,130	$	996
Diversified/Conglomerate Services – 4.3%
ImageWorks Display and Marketing Group, Inc. – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	67,490		6,749		12,921
J.R. Hobbs Co. – Atlanta, LLC – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	10,920		10,920		—
The Maids International, LLC – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	6,640		6,640		8,410
			24,309		21,331
Electronics – 4.5%
Nielsen-Kellerman Acquisition Corp.(K) – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	22,169		22,169		22,421

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

Table of Contents

GLADSTONE INVESTMENT CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS

March 31, 2025

(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

Company and Investment(A)(B)(D)(E)	Principal/Shares/ Units(F)(H)			Cost		Fair Value
Home and Office Furnishings, Housewares, and Durable Consumer Products – 4.7%
Old World Christmas, Inc. – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	6,180			$	—	$	23,539
Leisure, Amusement, Motion Pictures, and Entertainment – 1.4%
Pyrotek Special Effects, Inc.(P) – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	7,060			7,060		7,260
Mining, Steel, Iron and Non-Precious Metals – 5.2%
UPB Acquisition, Inc. – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	6,000			6,000		26,010
Telecommunications – 0.0%
B+T Group Acquisition, Inc.(K) – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	14,304			4,722		—
Total Preferred Equity				$	100,390	$	101,557
Common Equity/Equivalents – 1.0%
Finance – 1.0%
Gladstone Alternative Income Fund – Common Equity(C)(O)	500,000			$	5,000	$	4,975
Telecommunications – 0.0%
B+T Group Acquisition, Inc.(K) – Common Stock Warrants(C)(J)	3.5		%	—		—
Total Common Equity/Equivalents				$	5,000	$	4,975
Total Affiliate Investments				$	359,286	$	330,388
CONTROL INVESTMENTS(N) – 0.1%
Secured First Lien Debt – 0.1%
Diversified/Conglomerate Manufacturing – 0.1%
Edge Adhesives Holdings, Inc.(K) – Term Debt (SOFR+5.5%, 9.8% Cash, Due 8/2026)(G)(J)	$	9,210		$	9,210	$	343
Total Secured First Lien Debt				$	9,210	$	343
Preferred Equity – 0.0%
Diversified/Conglomerate Manufacturing – 0.0%
Edge Adhesives Holdings, Inc.(K) – Preferred Stock(C)(J)	8,199			$	8,199	$	—
Total Preferred Equity				$	8,199	$	—
Total Control Investments				$	17,409	$	343
TOTAL INVESTMENTS – 196.2%(Q)				$	939,066	$	979,320
CASH EQUIVALENTS - 0.3%
Dreyfus Treasury Obligations Cash Management Fund (3.97% market yield)(R)	1,354			$	1,354	$	1,354
Total Cash Equivalents				$	1,354	$	1,354
TOTAL INVESTMENTS AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - 196.5%				$	940,420	$	980,674

(A)Certain of the securities listed are issued by affiliate(s) of the indicated portfolio company. The majority of the securities listed, totaling $764.7 million at fair value, are pledged as collateral to our revolving line of credit, as described further in Note 5—Borrowings in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Additionally, under Section 55 of the 1940 Act, we may not acquire any non-qualifying assets unless, at the time such acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of our total assets. As of March 31, 2025, our investments in Pyrotek and Gladstone Alternative are considered non-qualifying assets under Section 55 of the 1940 Act. Such non-qualifying assets represent 3.6% of total investments, at fair value, as of March 31, 2025.

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

Table of Contents

GLADSTONE INVESTMENT CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS

March 31, 2025

(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

(B)Unless indicated otherwise, all cash interest rates are indexed to 30-day SOFR, which was 4.3% as of March 31, 2025. If applicable, paid-in-kind interest rates are noted separately from the cash interest rate. Certain securities are subject to an interest rate floor. The cash interest rate is the greater of the floor or reference rate plus a spread. Due dates represent the contractual maturity date.

(C)Security is non-income producing.

(D)Category percentages represent the fair value of each category and subcategory as a percentage of net assets as of March 31, 2025.

(E)Unless indicated otherwise, all of our investments are valued using Level 3 inputs within the FASB ASC 820 fair value hierarchy. Refer to Note 3—Investments in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

(G)Debt security is on non-accrual status.

(I)Fair value was based on internal yield analysis or on estimates of value submitted by a third-party valuation firm. Refer to Note 3—Investments in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

(O)Fair value was based on net asset value, provided by the underlying fund, as a practical expedient.

(P)This portfolio company is headquartered in Ontario, Canada.

(Q)Cumulative gross unrealized appreciation for federal income tax purposes is $183.3 million; cumulative gross unrealized depreciation for federal income tax purposes is $144.9 million. Cumulative net unrealized appreciation is $38.5 million, based on a tax cost of $940.9 million.

(R)Valued using Level 1 inputs within the FASB ASC 820 fair value hierarchy. Refer to Note 3—Investments in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

Table of Contents

GLADSTONE INVESTMENT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2026

(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA AND AS OTHERWISE INDICATED)

NOTE 1. ORGANIZATION

Gladstone Investment Corporation (“Gladstone Investment”) was incorporated under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware on February 18, 2005, and completed an initial public offering on June 22, 2005. The terms “the Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” all refer to Gladstone Investment and its consolidated subsidiary. We are an externally managed, closed-end, non-diversified management investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and are applying the guidance of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 946, “Financial Services-Investment Companies” (“ASC 946”). In addition, we have elected to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). We were established for the purpose of investing in debt and equity securities of established private businesses in the United States (“U.S.”). Debt investments primarily take the form of two types of loans: secured first lien loans and secured second lien loans. Equity investments primarily take the form of preferred or common equity (or warrants or options to acquire the foregoing), often in connection with buyouts and other recapitalizations. Our investment objectives are to: (i) achieve and grow current income by investing in debt securities of established businesses that we believe will provide stable earnings and cash flow to pay expenses, make principal and interest payments on our outstanding indebtedness and make distributions to stockholders that grow over time, and (ii) provide our stockholders with long-term capital appreciation in the value of our assets by investing in equity securities of established businesses, generally in combination with the aforementioned debt securities, that we believe can grow over time to permit us to sell our equity investments for capital gains. We intend that our investment portfolio over time will consist of approximately 70.0% in debt investments and 30.0% in equity investments, at cost. As of March 31, 2026, our investment portfolio was comprised of 70.8% in debt investments and 29.2% in equity investments, at cost.

Gladstone Business Investment, LLC (“Business Investment”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of ours, was established on August 11, 2006 for the sole purpose of holding certain investments pledged as collateral under our line of credit. The financial statements of Business Investment are consolidated with those of Gladstone Investment.

We are externally managed by Gladstone Management Corporation (the “Adviser”), an affiliate of ours and a U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) registered investment adviser, pursuant to an investment advisory and management agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”). Administrative services are provided by Gladstone Administration, LLC (the “Administrator”), an affiliate of ours and the Adviser, pursuant to an administration agreement (the “Administration Agreement”). Refer to Note 4 — Related Party Transactions for more information regarding these arrangements.

On March 20, 2026, the Board of Directors appointed David Dullum as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, effective immediately.

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The Consolidated Financial Statements and these accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“GAAP”) and conform to the applicable requirements of Regulation S-X. Management believes it has made all necessary adjustments so that our accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements are presented fairly and that all such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature. Our accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements include our accounts and the accounts of our wholly-owned subsidiary. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Consolidation

In accordance with Article 6 of Regulation S-X, we do not consolidate portfolio company investments. Under the investment company rules and regulations pursuant to the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Audit and Accounting Guide for Investment Companies, codified in ASC 946, we are precluded from consolidating any entity other

Table of Contents

than another investment company, except that ASC 946 provides for the consolidation of a controlled operating company that provides substantially all of its services to the investment company or its consolidated subsidiaries.

Use of Estimates

Preparing financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements and these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

Reclassifications

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation in the Consolidated Financial Statements and the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Reclassifications did not impact net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations, total assets, total liabilities or total net assets, or Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows classifications.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all short-term, highly-liquid investments that are both readily convertible to cash and have a maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. We place our cash with financial institutions, and at times, cash held in cash and restricted cash deposits held at financial institutions, which at times may exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insured limit. We seek to mitigate this concentration of credit risk by depositing funds with major financial institutions.

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash in the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities to the total amount shown at the end of the applicable period in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows:

	As of March 31, 2026		As of March 31, 2025
Cash	$	1,132	$	12,944
Cash equivalents	25		1,354
Restricted cash	1,228		856
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash	$	2,385	$	15,154

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash is generally cash held in escrow received as part of an investment exit. Restricted cash is carried at cost, which approximates fair value.

Classification of Investments

In accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act applicable to BDCs, we classify portfolio investments on our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities, Consolidated Statements of Operations, and Consolidated Schedules of Investments into the following categories:

•Non-Control/Non-Affiliate Investments — Non-Control/Non-Affiliate investments are those that are neither control nor affiliate investments and in which we typically own less than 5.0% of the issued and outstanding voting securities;

•Affiliate Investments — Affiliate investments are those that are not Control investments and in which we own, with the power to vote, between and inclusive of 5.0% and 25.0% of the issued and outstanding voting securities; and

•Control Investments — Control investments are those where we have the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of the portfolio company, which may include owning, with the power to vote, more than 25.0% of the issued and outstanding voting securities.

Table of Contents

Investment Valuation Policy

Accounting Recognition

We record our investments at fair value in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement” (“ASC 820”) and the 1940 Act. Investment transactions are recorded on the trade date. Realized gains or losses are generally measured by the difference between the net proceeds from the repayment or sale and the cost basis of the investment, without regard to unrealized appreciation or depreciation previously recognized, and include investments charged off during the period, net of recoveries. Unrealized appreciation or depreciation primarily reflects the change in investment fair values, including the reversal of previously recorded unrealized appreciation or depreciation when gains or losses are realized.

Board Responsibility

Our board of directors (the “Board of Directors”) has approved investment valuation policies and procedures pursuant to Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act (the “Policy”) and designated the Adviser to serve as the Board of Directors’ valuation designee (“Valuation Designee”) under the 1940 Act.

In accordance with the 1940 Act, our Board of Directors has the ultimate responsibility for reviewing the good faith fair value determination of our investments for which market quotations are not readily available based on our Policy and for overseeing the Valuation Designee. Such review and oversight includes receiving written fair value determinations and supporting materials provided by the Valuation Designee and with the oversight by the Company's chief valuation officer (collectively, the “Valuation Team”). The Valuation Committee of our Board of Directors (comprised entirely of independent directors) meets to review the valuation determinations and supporting materials, discusses the information provided by the Valuation Team, determines whether the Valuation Team has followed the Policy, and reviews other facts and circumstances, including current valuation risks, conflicts of interest, material valuation matters, appropriateness of valuation methodologies, back-testing results, price challenges/overrides, and ongoing monitoring and oversight of pricing services. After the Valuation Committee concludes its meeting, it and the chief valuation officer, representing the Valuation Designee, present the Valuation Committee’s findings on the Valuation Designee's determinations to the entire Board of Directors so that the full Board of Directors may review the Valuation Designee's determined fair values of such investments in accordance with the Policy.

There is no single standard for determining fair value (especially for privately-held businesses), as fair value depends upon the specific facts and circumstances of each individual investment. In determining the fair value of our investments, the Valuation Team, led by the chief valuation officer, uses the Policy, and each quarter the Valuation Committee and Board of Directors review the Policy to determine if changes thereto are advisable and whether the Valuation Team has applied the Policy consistently.

Use of Third-Party Valuation Firms

The Valuation Team engages third party valuation firms to provide independent assessments of fair value of certain of our investments.

A third-party valuation firm generally provides estimates of fair value on our debt investments. The Valuation Team generally assigns the third-party valuation firm’s estimates of fair value to our debt investments where we do not have the ability to effectuate a sale of the applicable portfolio company. The Valuation Team corroborates the third-party valuation firm’s estimates of fair value using one or more of the valuation techniques discussed below. The Valuation Team’s estimate of value on a specific debt investment may significantly differ from the third-party valuation firm’s. When this occurs, our Valuation Committee and Board of Directors review whether the Valuation Team has followed the Policy and the Valuation Committee reviews whether the Valuation Designee’s determined fair value is reasonable in light of the Policy and other relevant facts and circumstances.

We may engage other independent valuation firms to provide earnings multiple ranges, as well as other information, and evaluate such information for incorporation into the total enterprise value (“TEV”) of certain of our investments. Generally, at least once per year, we engage an independent valuation firm to value or review the valuation of each of our significant equity investments, which includes providing the information noted above. The Valuation Team evaluates such information for incorporation into our TEV, including review of all inputs provided by the independent valuation firm. The Valuation

Table of Contents

Team then presents a determination to our Valuation Committee as to the fair value. Our Valuation Committee reviews the determined fair value and whether it is reasonable in light of the Policy and other relevant facts and circumstances.

Valuation Techniques

In accordance with ASC 820, the Valuation Team uses the following techniques when valuing our investment portfolio:

•Total Enterprise Value — In determining the fair value using a TEV, the Valuation Team first calculates the TEV of the portfolio company by incorporating some or all of the following factors: the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and other specific portfolio company attributes; the earnings of the portfolio company (the trailing or projected twelve month revenue or earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”)); EBITDA multiples obtained from our indexing methodology whereby the original transaction EBITDA multiple at the time of our closing is indexed to a general subset of comparable disclosed transactions and EBITDA multiples from recent sales to third parties of similar securities in similar industries; a comparison to publicly traded securities in similar industries; and other pertinent factors. The Valuation Team generally reviews industry statistics and may use outside experts when gathering this information. Once the TEV is determined for a portfolio company, the Valuation Team generally allocates the TEV to the portfolio company’s securities based on the facts and circumstances of the securities, which typically results in the allocation of fair value to securities based on the order of their relative priority in the capital structure. Generally, the Valuation Team uses TEV to value our equity investments and, in the circumstances where we have the ability to effectuate a sale of a portfolio company, our debt investments. When there is equity value or sufficient TEV to cover the principal balance of our debt securities, the fair value of our senior secured debt generally equals or approximates cost.

TEV is primarily calculated using EBITDA and EBITDA multiples; however, TEV may also be calculated using revenue and revenue multiples or a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) analysis whereby future expected cash flows of the portfolio company are discounted to determine a net present value using estimated risk-adjusted discount rates, which incorporate adjustments for nonperformance and liquidity risks.

•Yield Analysis — The Valuation Team generally determines the fair value of our debt investments for which we do not have the ability to effectuate a sale of the applicable portfolio company using the yield analysis, which includes a DCF calculation and assumptions that the Valuation Team believes market participants would use, including: estimated remaining life, current market yield, current leverage, and interest rate spreads. This technique develops a modified discount rate that incorporates risk premiums including, among other things, increased probability of default, increased loss upon default, and increased liquidity risk. Generally, the Valuation Team uses the yield analysis to corroborate both estimates of value provided by a third-party valuation firm and market quotes.

•Market Quotes — For our investments for which a limited market exists, we generally base fair value on readily available and reliable market quotations, which are corroborated by the Valuation Team (generally by using the yield analysis described above). In addition, the Valuation Team assesses trading activity for similar investments and evaluates variances in quotations and other market insights to determine if any available quoted prices are reliable. Typically, the Valuation Team uses the lower indicative bid price in the bid-to-ask price range obtained from the respective originating syndication agent’s trading desk on or near the valuation date. The Valuation Team may take further steps to consider additional information to validate that price in accordance with the Policy. For securities that are publicly traded, we generally base fair value on the closing market price of the securities we hold as of the reporting date. For restricted securities that are publicly traded, we generally base fair value on the closing market price of the securities we hold as of the reporting date less a discount for the restriction, which includes consideration of the nature and term to expiration of the restriction and the lack of marketability of the security.

•Investments in Funds — For equity investments in other funds for which we cannot effectuate a sale of the fund, the Valuation Team generally determines the fair value of our invested capital at the net asset value (“NAV”) provided by the fund. ASC 820 permits an entity holding investments in certain entities that either are investment companies, or have attributes similar to an investment company, and calculate NAV per share or its equivalent for which the fair value is not readily determinable, to measure the fair value of such investments on the basis of that NAV per share, or its equivalent, without adjustment.

Table of Contents

In addition to the valuation techniques listed above, the Valuation Team may also consider other factors when determining the fair value of our investments, including: the nature and realizable value of the collateral, including external parties’ guaranties, any relevant offers or letters of intent to acquire the portfolio company, timing of expected loan repayments, and the markets in which the portfolio company operates.

Fair value measurements of our investments may involve subjective judgments and estimates and, due to the uncertainty inherent in valuing these securities, the determinations of fair value may fluctuate from period to period and may differ materially from the values that could be obtained if a ready market for these securities existed. Our NAV could be materially affected if the determinations regarding the fair value of our investments are materially different from the values that we ultimately realize upon our disposal of such securities. Additionally, changes in the market environment and other events that may occur over the life of the investment may cause the gains or losses ultimately realized on these investments to be different than the valuations currently assigned. Further, such investments are generally subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or otherwise are less liquid than publicly traded securities. If we were required to liquidate a portfolio investment in a forced or liquidation sale, we could realize significantly less than the value at which it is recorded.

Refer to Note 3 — Investments for additional information regarding fair value measurements and our application of ASC 820.

Realized Gain or Loss and Unrealized Appreciation or Depreciation of Portfolio Investments

Gains or losses on the sale of investments are calculated by using the specific identification method. A realized gain or loss is recognized on the trade date, typically when an investment is disposed of, and is computed as the difference between the cost basis of the investment on the disposition date and the net proceeds received from such disposition. Unrealized appreciation or depreciation reflects the difference between the fair value of the investment and the cost basis of such investment. We determine the fair value of each individual investment each reporting period and record changes in fair value as unrealized appreciation or depreciation in our accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Revenue Recognition

Interest Income Recognition

Interest income, adjusted for amortization of premiums, amendment fees, and acquisition costs and the accretion of discounts, is recorded on the accrual basis to the extent that such amounts are expected to be collected. Generally, when a loan becomes 90 days or more past due, or if our qualitative assessment indicates that the debtor is unable to service its debt or other obligations, we will place the loan on non-accrual status and cease recognizing interest income on that loan until the borrower has demonstrated the ability and intent to pay contractual amounts due. However, we remain contractually entitled to this interest. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans may be recognized as income or applied to the cost basis, depending upon management’s judgment. Generally, non-accrual loans are restored to accrual status when past-due principal and interest are paid and, in management’s judgment, are likely to remain current, or, due to a restructuring, the interest income is deemed to be collectible. As of March 31, 2026, our loans to B+T Group Acquisition, Inc. ("B+T"), Diligent Delivery Systems ("Diligent") and Edge Adhesives Holdings, Inc. ("Edge") were on non-accrual status, with an aggregate debt cost basis of $40.3 million, or 5.4% of the cost basis of all debt investments in our portfolio, and an aggregate fair value of $9.1 million, or 1.4% of the fair value of all debt investments in our portfolio. As of March 31, 2025, our loans to B+T, Diligent, Edge and J.R. Hobbs Co. – Atlanta, LLC (“J.R. Hobbs”) were on non-accrual status, with an aggregate debt cost basis of $90.2 million, or 13.1% of the cost basis of all debt investments in our portfolio, and an aggregate fair value of $50.9 million, or 8.2% of the fair value of all debt investments in our portfolio.

Paid-in-kind (“PIK”) interest, computed at the contractual rate specified in the loan agreement, is added to the principal balance of the loan and recorded as interest income. Thus, the actual collection of PIK income may be deferred until the time of debt principal repayment. As of March 31, 2026 and 2025, we did not have any loans with a PIK interest component.

Success Fee Income Recognition

We record success fees as income when earned, which often occurs upon receipt of cash. Success fees are generally contractually due upon a change of control in a portfolio company, typically resulting from an exit or sale, and are non-recurring.

Table of Contents

Dividend Income Recognition

We accrue dividend income on preferred and common equity securities to the extent that such amounts are expected to be collected and if we have the option to collect such amounts in cash or other consideration.

Deferred Financing and Offering Costs

Deferred financing and offering costs consist of costs incurred to obtain financing, including lender fees, underwriting discounts and commissions, and legal fees. Certain costs associated with our revolving line of credit are deferred and amortized using the straight-line method, which approximates the effective interest method, over the term of the revolving line of credit. Costs associated with the issuance of our notes payable and mandatorily redeemable preferred stock are presented as discounts to the liquidation value of the notes payable and mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and are amortized using the straight-line method, which approximates the effective interest method, over the term of the notes payable and respective series of preferred stock. Refer to Note 5 — Borrowings for further discussion.

Related Party Fees

We are party to the Advisory Agreement with the Adviser, which is indirectly owned by our chairman. In accordance with the Advisory Agreement, we pay the Adviser fees as compensation for its services, consisting of a base management fee and an incentive fee. Additionally, we pay the Adviser a loan servicing fee as compensation for its services as servicer under the terms of the Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated April 30, 2013, as amended from time to time (the "Credit Facility").

We are also party to the Administration Agreement with the Administrator, which is indirectly owned and controlled by our chairman, whereby we pay separately for administrative services.

Refer to Note 4 — Related Party Transactions for additional information regarding these related party fees and agreements.

Federal Income Taxes

We intend to continue to maintain our qualification as a RIC under subchapter M of the Code for federal income tax purposes. As a RIC, we generally are not subject to federal income tax on the portion of our taxable income and gains distributed to our stockholders. To maintain our qualification as a RIC, we must maintain our status as a BDC and meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements. In addition, to qualify to be taxed as a RIC, we must generally distribute to stockholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of our taxable ordinary income plus the excess of our net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses (“Investment Company Taxable Income”). Our policy generally is to make distributions to our stockholders in an amount up to 100% of our Investment Company Taxable Income. We intend to continue to make sufficient distributions to qualify as a RIC and to generally limit taxable income, although we may retain some or all of our net long-term capital gains and pay income taxes on such gains. Refer to Note 9— Federal and State Income Taxes for additional information regarding our RIC requirements.

FASB ASC 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”), requires the evaluation of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the course of preparing our tax returns to determine whether the tax positions are “more-likely-than-not” of being sustained by the applicable tax authorities. Tax positions not deemed to satisfy the “more-likely-than-not” threshold would be recorded as a tax benefit or expense in the current fiscal year. We have evaluated the implications of ASC 740 for all open tax years and in all major tax jurisdictions and determined that there is no material impact on our accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements. Our federal income tax returns for fiscal years 2025, 2024 and 2023 remain subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). We are not aware of any tax positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total amounts of unrecognized benefits will change materially in the next twelve months.

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures” which was issued to enhance the transparency and decision usefulness of income tax disclosures. The new guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024. We have adopted ASU 2023-09 effective as of March 31, 2026 and concluded the application of this guidance did not have a material on our consolidated financial statements.

Table of Contents

Distributions

Distributions to stockholders are recorded on the ex-dividend date. We are required to distribute at least 90% of our Investment Company Taxable Income for each taxable year as a distribution to our stockholders to maintain our ability to be taxed as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. It is our policy to generally pay out as a distribution up to 100% of those amounts. The amount to be paid is determined by our Board of Directors and is based upon management’s estimate of Investment Company Taxable Income, net long-term capital gains, as well as amounts to be distributed in accordance with Section 855(a) of the Code. Based on that estimate, our Board of Directors declares monthly distributions, and supplemental distributions, as applicable, each quarter. At fiscal year-end, we may elect to treat a portion of the first distributions paid after year-end as having been paid in the prior year in accordance with Section 855(a) of the Code. We may retain some or all of our net long-term capital gains, if any, and designate them as deemed distributions, or distribute these capital gains to stockholders in cash. If we elect to retain net long-term capital gains and deem them distributed, each U.S. common stockholder will be treated as if they received a distribution of their pro-rata share of the retained net long-term capital gain and the U.S. federal income tax paid. As a result, each common stockholder will (i) be required to report their pro-rata share of the retained gain on their tax return as long-term capital gain, (ii) receive a refundable tax credit for their pro-rata share of federal income tax paid by us on the retained gain, and (iii) increase the tax basis of their shares of common stock by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit. Refer to Note 8 — Distributions to Common Stockholders for further information.

Our common stockholders who hold their shares through our transfer agent, Computershare, Inc. (“Computershare”), have the option to participate in a dividend reinvestment plan offered by Computershare, as the plan agent. This is an “opt in” dividend reinvestment plan, meaning that common stockholders may elect to have their cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock. Common stockholders who do not so elect will receive their distributions in cash. Any distributions reinvested under the plan will be taxable to a common stockholder to the same extent, and with the same character, as if the common stockholder had received the distribution in cash. The common stockholder will have an adjusted basis in the additional common shares purchased through the plan equal to the dollar amount that would have been received if the U.S. stockholder had received the dividend or distribution in cash. The additional common shares will have a new holding period commencing on the day following the date on which the shares are credited to the common stockholder’s account. Computershare purchases shares in the open market in connection with the obligations under the plan.

Segment Reporting

In November 2023, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2023-07, “Segment Reporting - Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures” ("ASU 2023-07") to improve reportable segments disclosure requirements. ASU 2023-07 requires existing annual segment disclosures to also be disclosed on an interim basis and also requires additional disclosures around significant segment expenses and disclosures to identify the title and position of the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”). The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods thereafter. We adopted ASU 2023-07 as of March 31, 2025.

Our current business strategy includes one reporting segment which derives investment income from our portfolio companies. Our CODM is our Chief Executive Officer. The CODM assesses performance based on net investment income, net realized and unrealized gains (losses) and net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations, which are reported on the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The expense categories included on the Consolidated Statement of Operations reflect our significant expense categories and are provided to the CODM on a regular basis.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-11, “Interim Reporting (Topic 270): Narrow-Scope Improvements” ("ASU 2025-11"), which improves the navigability of required interim disclosures and clarifies when that guidance is applicable. Additionally, ASU 2025-11 provides additional guidance on what disclosures should be provided in interim reporting periods. ASU 2025-11 is effective for interim reporting periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2027. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this guidance; however, the Company does not expect a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Table of Contents

In December 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-12, “Codification Improvements” ("ASU 2025-12"), which facilitates codification updates for a broad range of topics arising from technical corrections, unintended application of the codification, clarifications, and other minor improvements. ASU 2025-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2026. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this guidance; however, the Company does not expect a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 3. INVESTMENTS

Fair Value

In accordance with ASC 820, the fair value of our investments is determined to be the price that would be received for an investment in a current sale, which assumes an orderly transaction between willing market participants on the measurement date. This fair value definition focuses on exit price in the principal, or most advantageous, market and prioritizes, within a measurement of fair value, the use of market-based inputs over entity-specific inputs. ASC 820 also establishes the following three-level hierarchy for fair value measurements based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of a financial instrument as of the measurement date.

•Level 1 — inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical financial instruments in active markets;

•Level 2 — inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar financial instruments in active or inactive markets, and inputs that are observable for the financial instrument, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument. Level 2 inputs are those in markets for which there are few transactions, the prices are not current, little public information exists, or instances where prices vary substantially over time or among brokered market makers; and

•Level 3 — inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement. Unobservable inputs are those inputs that reflect assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the financial instrument and can include the Valuation Team’s assumptions based upon the best available information.

When a determination is made to classify our investments within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy, such determination is based upon the significance of the unobservable factors to the overall fair value measurement. However, Level 3 financial instruments typically include, in addition to the unobservable, or Level 3, inputs, observable inputs (or components that are actively quoted and can be validated to external sources). The level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement falls is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Investments in funds measured using NAV as a practical expedient are not categorized within the fair value hierarchy.

As of March 31, 2026 and 2025, all of our investments were valued using Level 3 inputs within the ASC 820 fair value hierarchy, except for our investment in money market funds, which was valued using Level 1 inputs, and our investment in Gladstone Alternative Income Fund ("Gladstone Alternative"), which was valued using NAV as a practical expedient.

We transfer investments in and out of Level 1, 2 and 3 of the valuation hierarchy as of the beginning balance sheet date, based on changes in the use of observable and unobservable inputs utilized to perform the valuation for the period. There were no transfers in or out of Level 1, 2 and 3 during the years ended March 31, 2026 and 2025, respectively.

Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2026 and 2025, our investments, by security type, at fair value were categorized as follows within the ASC 820 fair value hierarchy:

	Fair Value Measurements
	Quoted Prices in<br><br>Active Markets<br><br>for Identical<br><br>Assets<br><br>(Level 1)		Significant<br><br>Other<br><br>Observable<br><br>Inputs<br><br>(Level 2)		Significant<br><br>Unobservable<br><br>Inputs<br><br>(Level 3)		Fair Value
As of March 31, 2026:
Secured first lien debt	$	—	$	—	$	570,602	$	570,602
Secured second lien debt	—		—		99,197		99,197
Preferred equity	—		—		426,949		426,949
Common equity/equivalents	—		—		207,495		207,495
Total	$	—	$	—	$	1,304,243	$	1,304,243
Investments measured at NAV(A)	—		—		—		5,005
Total Investments	$	—	$	—	$	1,304,243	$	1,309,248
Cash equivalents	25		—		—		25
Total Investments and Cash Equivalents as of March 31, 2026	$	25	$	—	$	1,304,243	$	1,309,273	Fair Value Measurements
---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---
	Quoted Prices in<br><br>Active Markets<br><br>for Identical<br><br>Assets<br><br>(Level 1)		Significant<br><br>Other<br><br>Observable<br><br>Inputs<br><br>(Level 2)		Significant<br><br>Unobservable<br><br>Inputs<br><br>(Level 3)		Fair Value
As of March 31, 2025:
Secured first lien debt	$	—	$	—	$	514,334	$	514,334
Secured second lien debt	—		—		103,580		103,580
Preferred equity	—		—		302,163		302,163
Common equity/equivalents	—		—		54,268		54,268
Total	—		—		974,345		974,345
Investments measured at NAV(A)	—		—		—		4,975
Total Investments	—		—		974,345		979,320
Cash equivalents	1,354						1,354
Total Investments and Cash Equivalents as of March 31, 2025	$	1,354	$	—	$	974,345	$	980,674

(A)Includes our investment in Gladstone Alternative as of March 31, 2026 and 2025. Investments that are measured at fair value using NAV as a practical expedient have not been categorized in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented in this table are intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the amounts presented elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Table of Contents

The following table presents our investments, valued using Level 3 inputs within the ASC 820 fair value hierarchy, and carried at fair value as of March 31, 2026 and 2025, by caption on our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities, and by security type:

	Total Recurring Fair Value Measurements<br><br>Reported in Consolidated Statements<br><br>of Assets and Liabilities<br><br>Valued Using Level 3 Inputs
	March 31,
	2026		2025
Non-Control/Non-Affiliate Investments
Secured first lien debt	$	374,285	$	300,751
Secured second lien debt	97,397		92,964
Preferred equity	304,782		200,606
Common equity/equivalents	207,495		54,268
Total Non-Control/Non-Affiliate Investments	983,959		648,589
Affiliate Investments
Secured first lien debt	195,704		213,240
Secured second lien debt	1,800		10,616
Preferred equity	122,167		101,557
Common equity/equivalents(A)	—		—
Total Affiliate Investments	319,671		325,413
Control Investments
Secured first lien debt	613		343
Secured second lien debt	—		—
Preferred equity	—		—
Common equity/equivalents	—		—
Total Control Investments	613		343
Total investments at fair value using Level 3 inputs	$	1,304,243	$	974,345

(A)Excludes our investment in Gladstone Alternative as of March 31, 2026 and 2025 with a fair value of $5.0 million and $5.0 million, respectively, which was valued using NAV as a practical expedient.

Table of Contents

In accordance with ASC 820, the following table provides quantitative information about our investments valued using Level 3 fair value measurements as of March 31, 2026 and 2025. The table below is not intended to be all-inclusive, but rather provides information on the significant Level 3 inputs as they relate to our fair value measurements. The weighted-average calculations in the table below are based on the principal balances for all debt-related calculations and on the cost basis for all equity-related calculations for the particular input.

	Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements
	Fair Value as of				Valuation<br><br>Technique/<br><br>Methodology	Unobservable <br>Input		Range / Weighted-Average as of
	March 31, 2026		March 31, 2025				March 31, 2026
Secured first lien debt	$	570,602	$	514,334	TEV	EBITDA multiple		3.6x – 8.7x / 6.4x	3.7x – 7.9x /<br><br>6.0x
						EBITDA		430 – 28,973 /11,991	$1,208 – $25,038 /<br><br>$12,162
						Revenue multiple		0.3x – 0.6x / 0.5x	0.3x – 0.6x /<br><br>0.4x
						Revenue		21,768 – 99,974 / 62,789	$6,690 – $102,791 / $72,303
Secured second lien debt	99,197		90,956		TEV	EBITDA multiple		5.0x – 10.3x / 7.6x	6.1x – 7.2x /<br><br>6.8x
						EBITDA		3,000 – 44,315 / 19,510	$3,637 – $24,234 /<br><br>$16,900
	—		12,624		Yield Analysis	Discount Rate		N/A	20.7% – 20.7% /<br><br>20.7%
Preferred equity	426,949		302,163		TEV	EBITDA multiple		3.6x – 8.7x / 6.4x	3.7x – 7.9x /<br><br>6.1x
						EBITDA		430 – 28,973 / 9,870	$2,153 – $25,038 /<br><br>$11,029
						Revenue multiple		0.3x – 0.6x / 0.4x	0.3x – 0.6x /<br><br>0.4x
						Revenue		21,768 – 99,974 / 76,364	$6,690 – $102,791 /<br><br>$53,604
Common equity/equivalents	207,495		54,268		TEV	EBITDA multiple		5.0x – 10.3x / 9.0x	5.5x – 7.2x /<br><br>6.8x
						EBITDA		1,210 – 44,315 / 32,353	$1,208 – $24,234 /<br><br>$18,562
Total	$	1,304,243	$	974,345

All values are in US Dollars.

Fair value measurements can be sensitive to changes in one or more of the valuation inputs. Changes in discount rates, EBITDA, or EBITDA multiples (or revenue or revenue multiples), each in isolation, may change the fair value of certain of our investments. Generally, an increase/(decrease) in market yields or discount rates or a (decrease)/increase in EBITDA or EBITDA multiples (or revenue or revenue multiples) may result in a (decrease)/increase in the fair value of certain of our investments.

Table of Contents

Changes in Level 3 Fair Value Measurements of Investments

The following tables provide our portfolio’s changes in fair value, broken out by security type, during the years ended March 31, 2026 and 2025 for all investments for which the Adviser determines fair value using unobservable (Level 3) inputs.

Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)

	Secured<br>First Lien<br>Debt		Secured<br>Second Lien<br>Debt		Preferred<br>Equity		Common<br>Equity/<br>Equivalents		Total
Year ended March 31, 2026:
Fair value as of March 31, 2025	$	514,334	$	103,580	$	302,163	$	54,268	$	974,345
Total gain (loss):
Net realized (loss) gain(A)	(29,938)		—		3,481		—		(26,457)
Net unrealized (depreciation)<br><br>appreciation(B)	(3,127)		(21,958)		68,870		153,227		197,012
Reversal of previously recorded depreciation upon realization(B)	19,104		—		—		—		19,104
New investments, repayments and settlements(C):
Issuances / originations	126,516		1,800		45,300		—		173,616
Settlements / repayments	(29,896)		—		—		—		(29,896)
Sales(D)	—		—		(3,481)		—		(3,481)
Transfers(E)	(26,391)		15,775		10,616		—		—
Fair value as of March 31, 2026	$	570,602	$	99,197	$	426,949	$	207,495	$	1,304,243
	Secured<br>First Lien<br>Debt		Secured<br>Second Lien<br>Debt		Preferred<br>Equity		Common<br>Equity/<br>Equivalents		Total
---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---
Year ended March 31, 2025:
Fair value as of March 31, 2024	$	474,856	$	138,703	$	213,480	$	93,447	$	920,486
Total gain (loss):
Net realized (loss) gain(A)	—		—		19,790		43,373		63,163
Net unrealized (depreciation) appreciation(B)	(31,122)		(733)		63,210		5,068		36,423
Reversal of previously recorded depreciation (appreciation) upon realization(B)	—		—		(24,334)		(38,028)		(62,362)
New investments, repayments and settlements(C):
Issuances / originations	169,200		400		46,617		—		216,217
Settlements / repayments	(98,600)		(25,000)		—		—		(123,600)
Sales	—		—		(26,390)		(49,592)		(75,982)
Transfers(E)	—		(9,790)		9,790		—		—
Fair value as of March 31, 2025	$	514,334	$	103,580	$	302,163	$	54,268	$	974,345

(A)Included in net realized (loss) gain on investments on our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations for the respective years ended March 31, 2026 and 2025.

(B)Included in net unrealized (depreciation) appreciation of investments on our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations for the respective years ended March 31, 2026 and 2025.

(C)Includes increases in the cost basis of investments resulting from new portfolio investments, the amortization of discounts, and other non-cash disbursements to portfolio companies, as well as decreases in the cost basis of investments resulting from principal repayments or sales, the amortization of premiums and acquisition costs, and other cost-basis adjustments.

(D)2026: Includes $3.5 million of proceeds from the equity distribution recognized as realized gain from Old World Christmas, Inc.

Table of Contents

(E)2026: Transfers include (1) secured second lien debt of PSI Molded Plastics, Inc. ("PSI Molded") with a total cost basis of $10.6 million, which was converted to preferred equity in June 2025 and (2) secured first lien debt of Horizon Facilities Services, Inc. with a total cost basis of $57.7 million and fair value of $26.4 million, which was converted to secured second lien debt in March 2026.

2025: Transfers represent secured second lien debt of PSI Molded with a total cost basis of $16.4 million and $9.8 million, which was converted to preferred equity in January 2025.

Investment Concentrations

As of March 31, 2026, our investment portfolio consisted of investments in 29 portfolio companies located in 20 states and Canada across 16 different industries with an aggregate fair value of approximately $1.3 billion. Our investments in SFEG Holdings, Inc., The E3 Company, LLC, Schylling, Inc., Brunswick Bowling Products, Inc., and Detroit Defense, Inc., represented our five largest portfolio investments at fair value, and collectively comprised $582.6 million, or 44.5%, of our total investment portfolio at fair value as of March 31, 2026.

The following table summarizes our investments by security type as of March 31, 2026 and 2025:

	March 31, 2026								March 31, 2025
	Cost				Fair Value				Cost				Fair Value
Secured first lien debt	$	593,008	56.3	%	$	570,602	43.6	%	$	584,026	62.2	%	$	514,334	52.5	%
Secured second lien debt	152,840		14.5	%	99,197		7.6	%	103,956		11.1	%	103,580		10.6	%
Total debt	745,848		70.8	%	669,799		51.2	%	687,982		73.3	%	617,914		63.1	%
Preferred equity	257,403		24.5	%	426,949		32.6	%	201,487		21.5	%	302,163		30.9	%
Common equity/equivalents	49,597		4.7	%	212,500		16.2	%	49,597		5.2	%	59,243		6.0	%
Total equity/equivalents	307,000		29.2	%	639,449		48.8	%	251,084		26.7	%	361,406		36.9	%
Total investments	$	1,052,848	100.0	%	$	1,309,248	100.0	%	$	939,066	100.0	%	$	979,320	100.0	%

Investments at fair value consisted of the following industry classifications as of March 31, 2026 and 2025:

	March 31, 2026				March 31, 2025
	Fair Value		Percentage of<br><br>Total Investments		Fair Value		Percentage of <br>Total Investments
Machinery (Non-Agriculture, Non-Construction, and Non-Electronic)	$	258,692	19.8	%	$	105,432	10.8	%
Diversified/Conglomerate Services	189,148		14.4	%	170,360		17.4	%
Aerospace and Defense	174,542		13.4	%	107,869		10.9	%
Home and Office Furnishings, Housewares, and Durable Consumer Products	166,553		12.7	%	159,236		16.3	%
Oil and Gas	125,605		9.6	%	69,589		7.1	%
Leisure, Amusement, Motion Pictures, and Entertainment	105,339		8.0	%	78,460		8.0	%
Buildings and Real Estate	68,987		5.3	%	69,320		7.1	%
Electronics	62,723		4.8	%	71,573		7.2	%
Chemicals, Plastics, and Rubber	49,715		3.8	%	11,612		1.2	%
Healthcare, Education, and Childcare	41,630		3.2	%	51,501		5.3	%
Mining, Steel, Iron and Non-Precious Metals	37,713		2.9	%	41,010		4.2	%
Printing and Publishing	8,379		0.6	%	11,681		1.2	%
Telecommunications	7,942		0.6	%	7,585		0.8	%
Diversified/Conglomerate Manufacturing	6,763		0.5	%	6,493		0.7	%
Other < 2.0%	5,517		0.4	%	17,599		1.8	%
Total investments	$	1,309,248	100.0	%	$	979,320	100.0	%

Table of Contents

Investments at fair value were included in the following geographic regions of the U.S. and Canada as of March 31, 2026 and 2025:

	March 31, 2026				March 31, 2025
Location	Fair Value		Percentage of<br><br>Total Investments		Fair Value		Percentage of<br><br>Total Investments
United States
South	$	649,436	49.6	%	$	317,294	32.4	%
West	227,294		17.3	%	222,062		22.7	%
Midwest	216,726		16.6	%	227,415		23.2	%
Northeast	193,837		14.8	%	182,669		18.7	%
Canada	21,955		1.7	%	29,880		3.0	%
Total investments	$	1,309,248	100.0	%	$	979,320	100.0	%

The geographic region indicates the location of the headquarters for our portfolio companies. A portfolio company may have additional business locations or investments in other geographic regions.

Investment Principal Repayments

The following table summarizes the contractual principal repayment and maturity of our investment portfolio for the next five fiscal years and thereafter, assuming no voluntary prepayments, as of March 31, 2026:

		Amount
For the fiscal years ending March 31:	2027	$	46,490
	2028	110,842
	2029	291,540
	2030	159,506
	2031	137,470
	Thereafter	—
	Total contractual repayments	$	745,848
	Investments in equity securities	307,000
	Total cost basis of investments held as of March 31, 2026:	$	1,052,848

Receivables from Portfolio Companies

Receivables from portfolio companies represent non-recurring costs that we incurred on behalf of portfolio companies. Such receivables, net of any allowance for uncollectible receivables, are included in Other assets, net on our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. We generally maintain an allowance for uncollectible receivables from portfolio companies when the receivable balance becomes 90 days or more past due or if it is determined, based upon management’s judgment, that the portfolio company is unable to pay its obligations. We write-off accounts receivable when we have exhausted collection efforts and have deemed the receivables uncollectible. As of March 31, 2026 and 2025, we had gross receivables from portfolio companies of $2.6 million and $2.3 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2026 and 2025, the allowance for uncollectible receivables was $1.4 million and $1.7 million, respectively.

NOTE 4. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Transactions with the Adviser

We pay the Adviser certain fees as compensation for its services under the Advisory Agreement, consisting of a base management fee and an incentive fee and a loan servicing fee for the Adviser’s role as servicer pursuant to our Credit Facility, all as described below. Our Board of Directors, including a majority of the directors who are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or interested persons of either party, approved the Advisory Agreement.

Table of Contents

David Gladstone (our chairman) serves as chairman, chief executive officer and president of the Adviser, which, as of March 31, 2026, is 100% indirectly owned by Mr. Gladstone. David Dullum (our chief executive officer and president) is also the executive vice president of private equity of the Adviser. Michael LiCalsi, our chief administrative officer, co-general counsel and co-secretary, also serves in the same roles for the Adviser. Erich Hellmold, our co-general counsel and co-secretary, serves in the same roles for the Adviser. John Sateri, our chief investment officer, also serves in the same role for the Adviser.

The following table summarizes the base management fees, loan servicing fees, incentive fees, and associated non-contractual, unconditional, and irrevocable credits reflected in our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations:

	Year Ended March 31,
	2026			2025			2024
Average total assets subject to base management fee(A)(B)	$	1,141,200		$	955,250		$	875,000
Multiplied by annual base management fee of 2.0%	2.0		%	2.0		%	2.0		%
Base management fee(C)	22,824			19,105			17,500
Credits to fees from Adviser - other(C)	(5,433)			(5,109)			(5,596)
Net base management fee	$	17,391		$	13,996		$	11,904
Loan servicing fee(C)	$	11,821		$	9,636		$	9,118
Credits to base management fee - loan servicing fee(C)	(11,821)			(9,636)			(9,118)
Net loan servicing fee	$	—		$	—		$	—
Incentive fee – income-based	$	310		$	4,820		$	8,336
Incentive fee – capital gains-based(D)	37,970			7,445			12,711
Total incentive fee(C)	38,280			12,265			21,047
Credits to fees from Adviser - other(C)	—			—			—
Net total incentive fee	$	38,280		$	12,265		$	21,047

(B)Excludes our investment in Gladstone Alternative valued at the end of the applicable quarters within the respective periods.

(C)Reflected as a line item on our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(D)The capital gains-based incentive fees are recorded in accordance with GAAP and do not necessarily reflect amounts contractually due under the terms of the Advisory Agreement.

Base Management Fee

The base management fee is payable quarterly to the Adviser pursuant to our Advisory Agreement and is assessed at an annual rate of 2.0%, computed on the basis of the value of our average gross assets at the end of the two most recently completed quarters (inclusive of the current quarter), which are total assets, including investments made with proceeds of borrowings, less any uninvested cash or cash equivalents resulting from borrowings, valued at the end of the applicable quarters within the respective period and adjusted appropriately for any share issuances or repurchases during the period.

Additionally, pursuant to the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Adviser makes available significant managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. The Adviser may also provide other services to our portfolio companies under certain agreements and may receive fees for services other than managerial assistance. Such services may include: (i) assistance obtaining, sourcing or structuring credit facilities, long term loans or additional equity from unaffiliated third parties; (ii) negotiating important contractual financial relationships; (iii) consulting services regarding restructuring of the portfolio company and financial modeling as it relates to raising additional debt and equity capital from unaffiliated third parties; and (iv) taking a primary role in interviewing, vetting, and negotiating employment contracts with candidates in connection with adding and retaining key portfolio company management team members. The Adviser non-contractually, unconditionally, and irrevocably credits 100% of any fees received for such services against the base management fee that we would otherwise be required to pay to the Adviser; however, pursuant to the terms of the Advisory Agreement, a small percentage of certain of such fees, was retained by the Adviser in the form of reimbursement, at cost, for tasks completed

Table of Contents

by personnel of the Adviser, primarily related to the valuation of portfolio companies. For the years ended March 31, 2026, 2025, and 2024, these credits totaled $0.5 million, $0.4 million, and $0.3 million, respectively.

Loan Servicing Fee

The Adviser also services the loans held by our wholly-owned subsidiary, Business Investment (the borrower under our Credit Facility), in return for which the Adviser receives a 2.0% annual fee based on the monthly aggregate outstanding balance of loans pledged under the Credit Facility. Since Business Investment is a consolidated subsidiary of ours, coupled with the fact that the total base management fee paid to the Adviser pursuant to the Advisory Agreement cannot exceed 2.0% of total assets (less any uninvested cash or cash equivalents resulting from borrowings) during any given calendar year, we treat payment of the loan servicing fee pursuant to the Credit Facility as a pre-payment of the base management fee under the Advisory Agreement. Accordingly, these loan servicing fees are 100% non-contractually, unconditionally, and irrevocably credited back to us by the Adviser.

Incentive Fee

The incentive fee payable to the Adviser under our Advisory Agreement consists of two parts: an income-based incentive fee and a capital gains-based incentive fee.

•No incentive fee in any calendar quarter in which our pre-incentive fee net investment income does not exceed the Hurdle Rate;

The second part of the incentive fee is a capital gains-based incentive fee that is determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each fiscal year (or upon termination of the Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date), and equals 20.0% of our realized capital gains, less any realized capital losses and unrealized depreciation, calculated as of the end of the preceding calendar year. The capital gains-based incentive fee payable to the Adviser is calculated based on (i) cumulative aggregate realized capital gains since our inception, less (ii) cumulative aggregate realized capital losses since our inception, less (iii) the entire portfolio’s aggregate unrealized capital depreciation, if any, as of the date of the calculation. If this number is positive at the applicable calculation date, then the capital gains-based incentive fee for such year equals 20.0% of such amount, less the aggregate amount of any capital gains-based incentive fees paid in respect of our portfolio in all prior years. For calculation purposes, cumulative aggregate realized capital gains, if any, equals the sum of the excess between the net sales price of each investment, when sold, and the original cost of such investment since our inception. Cumulative aggregate realized capital losses equals the sum of the deficit between the net sales price of each investment, when sold, and the original cost of such investment since our inception. The entire portfolio’s aggregate unrealized capital depreciation, if any, equals the sum of the deficit between the fair value of each investment security as of the applicable calculation date and the original cost of such investment security. For the year ended March 31, 2026, no capital gains-based incentive fees were contractually due and paid to the Adviser. For the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, capital gains-based incentive fees of $4.9 million and $1.1 million, respectively, were contractually due and paid to the Adviser.

Table of Contents

the reporting period based on (i) cumulative aggregate realized capital gains since our inception, plus (ii) the entire portfolio’s aggregate unrealized capital appreciation, if any, less (iii) cumulative aggregate realized capital losses since our inception, less (iv) the entire portfolio’s aggregate unrealized capital depreciation, if any. If such amount is positive at the end of a reporting period, a capital gains-based incentive fee equal to 20.0% of such amount, less the aggregate amount of capital gains-based incentive fees accrued in all prior years, is recorded, regardless of whether such amount is contractually due under the terms of the Advisory Agreement. If such amount is negative, then there is no accrual for such period and prior period accruals are reversed, as appropriate. During the years ended March 31, 2026, 2025 and 2024, we recorded capital gains-based incentive fees of $38.0 million, $7.4 million and $12.7 million, respectively.

Transactions with the Administrator

We reimburse the Administrator pursuant to the Administration Agreement for our allocable portion of the Administrator’s expenses incurred while performing services to us, which are primarily rent and salaries and benefits expenses of the Administrator’s employees, including, our chief financial officer and treasurer, chief valuation officer, chief compliance officer, chief administrative officer and co-general counsels and co-secretaries, and their respective staffs. David Gladstone (our chairman) serves as a member of the board of managers and chief executive officer of the Administrator, which is 100% indirectly owned and controlled by Mr. Gladstone. Mr. LiCalsi, our chief administrative officer, co-general counsel and co-secretary, also serves in the same roles for the Administrator (in addition to serving as president of the Administrator). Mr. Hellmold, our co-general counsel and co-secretary, also serves in the same roles for the Administrator.

Our allocable portion of the Administrator’s expenses is generally derived by multiplying the Administrator’s total expenses by the approximate percentage of time during the current quarter the Administrator’s employees performed services for us in relation to their time spent performing services for all companies serviced by the Administrator. On July 10, 2025, our Board of Directors, including a majority of the directors who are not parties to the Administration Agreement or interested persons of either party, approved the annual renewal of the Administration Agreement through August 31, 2026. For the years ended March 31, 2026, 2025 and 2024, administration fees were $2.0 million, $1.9 million and $1.8 million, respectively.

Transactions with Gladstone Securities, LLC

Gladstone Securities, LLC (“Gladstone Securities”) is a privately held broker dealer registered with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and insured by the Securities Investor Protection Corporation. Gladstone Securities is an affiliate of ours, as its parent company is 100% indirectly owned and controlled by David Gladstone, our chairman. Mr. Gladstone also serves on the board of managers of Gladstone Securities.

From time to time, Gladstone Securities provides services, such as investment banking and due diligence services, to certain of our portfolio companies, for which it receives a fee. Any such fees paid by portfolio companies to Gladstone Securities do not impact the fees we pay to the Adviser or the non-contractual, unconditional, and irrevocable credits against the base management fee. During the years ended March 31, 2026, 2025, and 2024, the fees received by Gladstone Securities from our portfolio companies totaled $1.6 million, $2.0 million, and $0.3 million, respectively.

Investment in Affiliated Fund

In December 2024, we invested in Gladstone Alternative, one of our affiliated funds, that is a registered, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that operates as an interval fund. The fair value of the investment in Gladstone Alternative is excluded from the average total assets subject to base management fee for the purposes of calculating the base management fee we pay to the Adviser.

Table of Contents

Related Party Fees Due

Amounts due to related parties on our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities were as follows:

	As of March 31,
	2026		2025
Base management and loan servicing fee due to Adviser, net of credits	$	2,919	$	2,027
Incentive fee due to Adviser(A)	77,295		41,663
Other due to Adviser	293		126
Total fees due to Adviser	$	80,507	$	43,817
Fee due to Administrator	780		767
Total related party fees due	$	81,287	$	44,584

(A)Includes a capital gains-based incentive fee of $77.3 million and $39.3 million as of March 31, 2026 and 2025, respectively, recorded in accordance with GAAP requirements and which was not contractually due under the terms of the Advisory Agreement. Refer to Note 4 — Related Party Transactions—Transactions with the Adviser—Incentive Fee for additional information, including capital gains-based incentive fee payments made.

Co-investment expenses as of both March 31, 2026 and 2025 were $0.1 million. These amounts are generally settled in the quarter subsequent to being incurred and have been included in Other assets, net on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities as of March 31, 2026 and 2025, respectively.

NOTE 5. BORROWINGS

Revolving Line of Credit

The following tables summarize noteworthy information related to our Credit Facility:

	As of March 31,
	2026		2025
Commitment amount	$	300,000	$	270,000
Borrowings outstanding at cost	$	23,900	$	—
Availability(A)	$	276,100	$	270,000			For the Years Ended March 31
---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---
	2026			2025			2024
Weighted-average borrowings outstanding	$	76,238		$	60,305		$	60,980
Weighted-average interest rate(B)	9.9		%	10.6		%	10.1		%
Commitment (unused) fees incurred	$	1,863		$	1,400		$	986

(A)Availability is subject to various constraints, characteristics and applicable advance rates based on collateral quality under our Credit Facility, which equated to an adjusted availability of $276.1 million and $270.0 million as of March 31, 2026 and 2025, respectively.

(B)Excludes the impact of deferred financing costs and includes unused commitment fees.

Table of Contents

Interest is payable monthly during the term of our Credit Facility. Available borrowings are subject to various constraints and applicable advance rates, which are generally based on the size, characteristics, and quality of the collateral pledged by Business Investment. Our Credit Facility also requires that any interest and principal payments on pledged loans be remitted directly by the borrower into a lockbox account with KeyBank. KeyBank is also the trustee of the account and generally remits the collected funds to us once a month. Amounts collected in the lockbox account with KeyBank are presented as Due from administrative agent on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

Among other things, our Credit Facility contains a performance guaranty that requires us to maintain (i) a minimum net worth of the greater of $210.0 million or $210.0 million plus 50% of all equity and subordinated debt raised, minus 50% of any equity or subordinated debt redeemed or retired after November 16, 2016, which equated to $476.6 million as of March 31, 2026; (ii) asset coverage with respect to senior securities representing indebtedness of at least 150% (or such percentage as may be set forth in Section 18 of the 1940 Act, as modified by Section 61 of the 1940 Act); and (iii) our status as a BDC under the 1940 Act and as a RIC under the Code. As of March 31, 2026, and as defined in the performance guaranty of our Credit Facility, we had a net worth of $1.2 billion, asset coverage on our senior securities representing indebtedness of 213.8%, calculated in compliance with the requirements of Sections 18 and 61 of the 1940 Act, and an active status as a BDC and RIC. As of March 31, 2026, we were in compliance with all covenants under our Credit Facility.

Fair Value

We elected to apply the fair value option of ASC Topic 825, “Financial Instruments,” to the Credit Facility, which was consistent with our application of ASC 820 to our investments. Generally, the fair value of our Credit Facility is determined using a yield analysis, which includes a DCF calculation and also takes into account the assumptions the Valuation Team believes market participants would use, including the estimated remaining life, counterparty credit risk, current market yield and interest rate spreads of similar securities as of the measurement date. At March 31, 2026, the discount rate used to determine the fair value of our Credit Facility was 30-day Term SOFR, with a 0.35% floor, plus a margin of 2.90% per annum, plus an unused commitment fee of 1.0%. At March 31, 2025, the discount rate used to determine the fair value of our Credit Facility was 30-day Term SOFR, with a 0.35% floor, plus a margin of 3.25% per annum, plus an unused commitment fee of 1.0%. Generally, an increase or decrease in the discount rate used in the DCF calculation may result in a corresponding decrease or increase, respectively, in the fair value of our Credit Facility. At each of March 31, 2026 and 2025, our Credit Facility was valued using Level 3 inputs and any changes in its fair value are recorded in Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of other on our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The following tables provide relevant information and disclosures about our Credit Facility as of and for the years ended March 31, 2026 and 2025, as required by ASC 820:

	Level 3 – Borrowings
	Recurring Fair Value Measurements Reported in<br><br>Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities<br><br>Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)<br><br>As of March 31,
	2026		2025
Credit Facility	$	23,946	$	—

Table of Contents

Fair Value Measurements of Borrowings Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)<br><br>Reported in Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities
	Credit Facility
Year ended March 31, 2026:
Fair value at March 31, 2025	$	—
Borrowings	295,400
Repayments	(271,500)
Unrealized appreciation	46
Fair value at March 31, 2026	$	23,946
Year ended March 31, 2025:
Fair value at March 31, 2024	$	67,000
Borrowings	214,100
Repayments	(281,100)
Unrealized depreciation	—
Fair value at March 31, 2025	$	—

The fair value of the collateral under our Credit Facility was $1.2 billion and $764.7 million as of March 31, 2026 and 2025, respectively.

Notes Payable

5.00% Notes due 2026

In March 2021, we completed a public offering of 5.00% Notes due 2026 with an aggregate principal amount of $127.9 million (the “5.00% 2026 Notes”), which resulted in net proceeds of approximately $123.8 million after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and offering costs borne by us. The 5.00% 2026 Notes were traded under the ticker symbol “GAINN” on the Nasdaq Global Select Market (“Nasdaq”). On May 1, 2026, we repaid the 5.00% 2026 Notes with an aggregate principal amount outstanding of $127.9 million at maturity.

4.875% Notes due 2028

In August 2021, we completed a public offering of 4.875% Notes due 2028 with an aggregate principal amount of $134.6 million (the “4.875% 2028 Notes”), which resulted in net proceeds of approximately $131.3 million after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and offering costs borne by us. The 4.875% 2028 Notes are traded under the ticker symbol “GAINZ” on Nasdaq. The 4.875% 2028 Notes will mature on November 1, 2028 and may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at the Company's option. The 4.875% 2028 Notes bear interest at a rate of 4.875% per year, which is payable quarterly in arrears.

Table of Contents

8.00% Notes due 2028

In May 2023, we completed a public offering of 8.00% Notes due 2028 with an aggregate principal amount of $74.8 million (the “8.00% 2028 Notes”), which resulted in net proceeds of approximately $72.3 million after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and offering costs borne by us. On December 16, 2025, we voluntarily redeemed 100% of the issued and outstanding 8.00% 2028 Notes. The 8.00% 2028 Notes would have otherwise matured on August 1, 2028. We incurred a loss on extinguishment of debt of $1.3 million, which was recorded in Realized loss on other in our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and which was primarily comprised of unamortized deferred offering costs at the time of redemption.

7.875% Notes due 2030

In December 2024, we completed a public offering of 7.875% Notes due 2030 with an aggregate principal amount of $126.5 million (the "7.875% 2030 Notes"), which resulted in net proceeds of approximately $122.4 million after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and offering costs borne by us. The 7.875% 2030 Notes are traded under the ticker symbol “GAINI” on Nasdaq. The 7.875% 2030 Notes will mature on February 1, 2030 and may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at the Company’s option on or after February 1, 2027. The 7.875% 2030 Notes bear interest at a rate of 7.875% per year, payable quarterly in arrears.

6.875% Notes due 2028

In November 2025, we completed an offering of 6.875% Notes due 2028 with an aggregate principal amount of $60.0 million (the "6.875% 2028 Notes"), which resulted in net proceeds of approximately $58.8 million after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and offering costs borne by us. The 6.875% 2028 Notes will mature on November 1, 2028 and may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time prior to August 1, 2028 at par plus a "make-whole" premium and thereafter at par plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date. The 6.875% 2028 Notes bear interest at a rate of 6.875% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears.

Table of Contents

7.125% Notes due 2031

In February 2026, we completed a public offering of 7.125% Notes due 2031 with an aggregate principal amount of $100.0 million (the "7.125% 2031 Notes"), which resulted in net proceeds of approximately $96.9 million after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and offering costs borne by us. The 7.125% 2031 Notes are traded under the ticker symbol “GAING” on Nasdaq. The 7.125% 2031 Notes will mature on May 1, 2031 and may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at the Company’s option on or after May 1, 2028. The 7.125% 2031 Notes bear interest at a rate of 7.125% per year, payable quarterly in arrears.

Table of Contents

The following tables summarize our 5.00% 2026 Notes, 4.875% 2028 Notes, 6.875% 2028 Notes, 8.00% 2028 Notes, 7.875% 2030 Notes and 7.125% 2031 Notes as of March 31, 2026 and 2025:

As of March 31, 2026:
Description	Ticker<br>Symbol	Date Issued	Maturity Date(A)	Interest<br>Rate	Notes<br>Outstanding	Principal<br>Amount per<br>Note		Aggregate<br>Principal Amount
5.00% 2026 Notes	GAINN	March 2, 2021	May 1, 2026	5.00%	5,117,500	$	25.00	$	127,938
4.875% 2028 Notes	GAINZ	August 18, 2021	November 1, 2028	4.875%	5,382,000	$	25.00	134,550
7.875% 2030 Notes	GAINI	December 17, 2024	February 1, 2030	7.875%	5,060,000	$	25.00	126,500
6.875% 2028 Notes	N/A	November 10, 2025	November 1, 2028	6.875%	60,000	$	1,000.00	60,000
7.125% 2031 Notes	GAING	February 18, 2026	May 1, 2031	7.125%	4,000,000	$	25.00	100,000
Notes payable, gross(B)					19,619,500			548,988
Less: Unamortized deferred financing costs								(8,460)
Notes payable, net(C)								$	540,528
As of March 31, 2025:
---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---
Description	Ticker<br>Symbol	Date Issued	Maturity Date(A)	Interest<br>Rate	Notes<br>Outstanding	Principal<br>Amount per<br>Note		Aggregate<br>Principal Amount
5.00% 2026 Notes	GAINN	March 2, 2021	May 1, 2026	5.00%	5,117,500	$	25.00	$	127,938
4.875% 2028 Notes	GAINZ	August 18, 2021	November 1, 2028	4.875%	5,382,000	$	25.00	134,550
8.00% 2028 Notes	GAINL	May 31, 2023	August 1, 2028	8.00%	2,990,000	$	25.00	74,750
7.875% 2030 Notes	GAINI	December 17, 2024	February 1, 2030	7.875%	5,060,000	$	25.00	126,500
Notes payable, gross(B)					18,549,500			463,738
Less: Unamortized deferred financing costs								(8,029)
Notes payable, net(C)								$	455,709

(A)As of March 31, 2026, the 5.00% 2026 Notes and the 4.875% 2028 Notes can be redeemed at our option at any time. On May 1, 2026, we repaid the 5.00% 2026 Notes at maturity. The 7.875% 2030 Notes can be redeemed at our option at any time on or after February 1, 2027. The 6.875% 2028 Notes can be redeemed at our option at any time prior to August 1, 2028 at par plus a "make-whole" premium and thereafter at par plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date. The 7.125% 2031 Notes can be redeemed at our option at any time on or after May 1, 2028.

(B)As of March 31, 2026 and 2025, asset coverage on our senior securities representing indebtedness, calculated pursuant to Sections 18 and 61 of the 1940 Act, was 213.8% and 204.4%, respectively.

(C)Reflected as a line item on our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

The fair value based on the last reported closing prices of the 5.00% 2026 Notes, 4.875% 2028 Notes, 7.875% 2030 Notes and 7.125% 2031 Notes as of March 31, 2026 was $129.0 million, $127.8 million, $128.2 million and $101.3 million, respectively. The fair value based on the last reported closing prices of the 5.00% 2026 Notes, 4.875% 2028 Notes, 8.00% 2028 Notes and 7.875% 2030 Notes as of March 31, 2025 was $127.5 million, $125.0 million, $77.5 million and $128.5 million, respectively. We consider the closing prices of the 5.00% 2026 Notes, 4.875% 2028 Notes, 8.00% 2028 Notes, 7.875% 2030 Notes and 7.125% 2031 Notes to be Level 1 inputs within the ASC 820 hierarchy. Based on a DCF analysis, the fair value of the 6.875% 2028 Notes as of March 31, 2026 was $59.7 million and the discount rate used to determine the fair value of the 6.875% 2028 Notes was 7.075%. We consider the 6.875% 2028 Notes to be Level 3 within the ASC 820 fair value hierarchy.

NOTE 6. REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND COMMON EQUITY OFFERINGS

Registration Statement

On February 28, 2024, we filed a registration statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-277452), which the SEC declared effective on April 18, 2024. The registration statement permits us to issue, through one or more transactions, up to an aggregate of $450.0 million in securities, consisting of common stock, preferred stock, subscription rights, debt securities, and warrants to purchase common stock, preferred stock, or debt securities, including through concurrent, separate offerings of such securities. As of March 31, 2026, we have the ability to issue up to an additional $119.3 million of the securities registered under the registration statement.

Table of Contents

Common Equity Offerings

In May 2024, we entered into equity distribution agreements with Oppenheimer & Co., B. Riley Securities, Inc. and Virtu Americas LLC (collectively, the "Sales Agents"), under which we have the ability to issue and sell shares of our common stock, from time to time, through the Sales Agents, having an aggregate offering price of up to $75.0 million in what is commonly referred to as an “at-the-market” program (the “2024 Common Stock ATM Program”). In June 2025, we entered into an equity distribution agreement with M&T Securities, Inc. and entered into amendments to the agreements with Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., B. Riley Securities, Inc. and Virtu Americas LLC to add M&T Securities, Inc. as a Sales Agent for the 2024 Common Stock ATM Program. As of March 31, 2026, we had remaining capacity to sell up to an additional $30.8 million of common stock under the 2024 Common Stock ATM Program.

In August 2022, we entered into equity distribution agreements with Oppenheimer & Co. and Virtu Americas LLC (each a “2022 Sales Agent”), under which we had the ability to issue and sell shares of our common stock, from time to time, through the 2022 Sales Agents, up to an aggregate offering price of $50.0 million in what is commonly referred to as an “at-the-market” program (“2022 Common Stock ATM Program”). In August 2023, we entered into an equity distribution agreement with B. Riley Securities, Inc. and entered into amendments to the agreements with Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. and Virtu Americas LLC to add B. Riley Securities, Inc. as a 2022 Sales Agent for the 2022 Common Stock ATM Program. We did not sell any shares under the 2022 Common Stock ATM Program, which terminated in connection with our entry into the 2024 Common Stock ATM Program on May 14, 2024, during the year ended March 31, 2025.

During the year ended March 31, 2024, we sold 3,097,162 shares of our common stock under the 2022 Common Stock ATM Program, with a weighted-average gross price of $14.37 per share and a weighted-average net price of $14.12 per share after deducting commissions and offering costs borne by us, raising approximately $44.5 million and $43.7 million of gross and net proceeds, respectively. These sales were above our then current NAV per share.

NOTE 7. NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN NET ASSETS RESULTING FROM OPERATIONS PER WEIGHTED-AVERAGE COMMON SHARE

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net increase in net assets resulting from operations per weighted-average common share for the years ended March 31, 2026, 2025, and 2024:

	Year Ended March 31,
	2026		2025		2024
Numerator: net increase in net assets resulting from operations	$	184,753	$	65,319	$	85,305
Denominator: basic and diluted weighted-average common shares	38,712,611		36,735,218		34,466,724
Basic and diluted net increase in net assets resulting from operations per weighted-average common share	$	4.77	$	1.78	$	2.47

Table of Contents

NOTE 8. DISTRIBUTIONS TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS

To qualify to be taxed as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, we must generally distribute to our stockholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of our Investment Company Taxable Income. The amount to be paid out as distributions to our stockholders is determined by our Board of Directors and is based upon management’s estimate of Investment Company Taxable Income and net long-term capital gains, as well as amounts to be distributed in accordance with Section 855(a) of the Code. Based on that estimate, our Board of Directors declares monthly distributions, and supplemental distributions, as appropriate, to stockholders each quarter and deemed distributions of long-term capital gains annually as of the end of the fiscal year, as applicable.

The U.S. federal income tax characteristics of cash distributions paid to our common stockholders generally are reported to stockholders on IRS Form 1099 after the end of each calendar year. Estimates of tax characterization made on a quarterly basis may not be representative of the actual tax characterization of cash distributions for the full year. Estimates made on a quarterly basis are updated as of each interim reporting date. The tax characterization of cash distributions paid to common stockholders during the calendar year ended December 31, 2025 was 51.3% from ordinary income and 48.7% from capital gains. The tax characterization of cash distributions paid to common stockholders during the calendar year ended December 31, 2024 was 52.9% from ordinary income and 47.1% from capital gains.

We paid the following cash distributions to our common stockholders for the years ended March 31, 2026, 2025 and 2024.

For the Year Ended March 31, 2026:

Declaration Date	Record Date	Payment Date	Distribution<br>per Common Share
April 8, 2025	April 21, 2025	April 30, 2025	$	0.08
April 8, 2025	May 21, 2025	May 30, 2025	0.08
April 8, 2025	June 4, 2025	June 13, 2025	0.54		(A)
April 8, 2025	June 20, 2025	June 30, 2025	0.08
July 10, 2025	July 21, 2025	July 31, 2025	0.08
July 10, 2025	August 20, 2025	August 29, 2025	0.08
July 10, 2025	September 22, 2025	September 30, 2025	0.08
October 14, 2025	October 24, 2025	October 31, 2025	0.08
October 14, 2025	November 17, 2025	November 26, 2025	0.08
October 14, 2025	December 22, 2025	December 31, 2025	0.08
January 13, 2026	January 23, 2026	January 30, 2026	0.08
January 13, 2026	February 18, 2026	February 27, 2026	0.08
January 13, 2026	March 23, 2026	March 31, 2026	0.08
		Year ended March 31, 2026	$	1.50

Table of Contents

For the Year Ended March 31, 2025:

Declaration Date	Record Date	Payment Date	Distribution<br>per Common Share
April 9, 2024	April 19, 2024	April 30, 2024	$	0.08
April 9, 2024	May 17, 2024	May 31, 2024	0.08
April 9, 2024	June 19, 2024	June 28, 2024	0.08
July 9, 2024	July 22, 2024	July 31, 2024	0.08
July 9, 2024	August 21, 2024	August 30, 2024	0.08
July 9, 2024	September 20, 2024	September 30, 2024	0.08
September 17, 2024	October 4, 2024	October 15, 2024	0.70		(A)
October 8, 2024	October 22, 2024	October 31, 2024	0.08
October 8, 2024	November 20, 2024	November 29, 2024	0.08
October 8, 2024	December 20, 2024	December 31, 2024	0.08
January 14, 2025	January 24, 2025	January 31, 2025	0.08
January 14, 2025	February 19, 2025	February 28, 2025	0.08
January 14, 2025	March 19, 2025	March 31, 2025	0.08
		Year ended March 31, 2025:	$	1.66

For the Year Ended March 31, 2024:

Declaration Date	Record Date	Payment Date	Distribution<br>per Common Share
April 11, 2023	April 21, 2023	April 28, 2023	$	0.08
April 11, 2023	May 23, 2023	May 31, 2023	0.08
April 11, 2023	June 5, 2023	June 15, 2023	0.12		(A)
April 11, 2023	June 21, 2023	June 30, 2023	0.08
July 11, 2023	July 21, 2023	July 31, 2023	0.08
July 11, 2023	August 23, 2023	August 31, 2023	0.08
July 11, 2023	September 7, 2023	September 15, 2023	0.12		(A)
July 11, 2023	September 21, 2023	September 29, 2023	0.08
October 10, 2023	October 20, 2023	October 31, 2023	0.08
October 10, 2023	November 7, 2023	November 17, 2023	0.12		(A)
October 10, 2023	November 20, 2023	November 30, 2023	0.08
October 24, 2023	December 5, 2023	December 15, 2023	0.88		(A)
October 10, 2023	December 18, 2023	December 29, 2023	0.08
January 9, 2024	January 23, 2024	January 31, 2024	0.08
January 9, 2024	February 21, 2024	February 29, 2024	0.08
January 9, 2024	March 21, 2024	March 29, 2024	0.08
		Year ended March 31, 2024:	$	2.20

(A)Represents a supplemental distribution to common stockholders.

Aggregate cash distributions to our common stockholders declared and paid for the years ended March 31, 2026, 2025 and 2024 were $57.2 million, $61.0 million, and $76.1 million, respectively.

For the fiscal years ended March 31, 2026, 2025, and 2024, Investment Company Taxable Income exceeded distributions declared and paid, and, in accordance with Section 855(a) of the Code, we elected to treat $21.3 million, $36.7 million, and $18.7 million, respectively, of the first distributions paid subsequent to fiscal year-end, as having been paid in the prior year. In addition, for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2026, the net capital loss carryforward balance was $17.3 million and no distributions paid subsequent to fiscal year-end will be treated as having been paid in the prior year. For the fiscal years ended March 31, 2025, and 2024, net capital gains exceeded distributions declared and paid, and, in accordance with Section 855(a) of the Code, we elected to treat $18.7 million, and $1.4 million, respectively, of the first distributions paid subsequent to fiscal year-end as having been paid in the prior year.

Table of Contents

We may distribute our net long-term capital gains, if any, in cash or elect to retain some or all of such gains, pay taxes at the U.S. federal corporate-level income tax rate on the amount retained, and designate the retained amount as a “deemed distribution.” If we elect to retain net long-term capital gains and deem them distributed, each U.S. common stockholder will be treated as if they received a distribution of their pro-rata share of the retained net long-term capital gain and the U.S. federal income tax paid. As a result, each U.S. common stockholder will (i) be required to report their pro-rata share of the retained gain on their tax return as long-term capital gain, (ii) receive a refundable tax credit for their pro-rata share of federal income tax paid by us on the retained gain, and (iii) increase the tax basis of their shares of common stock by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit. To use the deemed distribution approach, we must provide written notice to our common stockholders prior to the expiration of 60 days after the close of the relevant taxable year. For the years ended March 31, 2026, 2025, and 2024 we did not elect to retain long-term capital gains and to treat them as deemed distributions to common stockholders.

The components of our net assets on a tax basis were as follows:

	Year Ended March 31,
	2026		2025
Common stock	$	40	$	37
Capital in excess of par value	486,717		445,512
Cumulative unrealized appreciation of investments	254,793		38,460
Cumulative unrealized depreciation of other	(46)		—
Undistributed ordinary income	21,283		36,673
Undistributed capital (loss) gain	(17,260)		18,663
Other temporary differences	(77,302)		(40,261)
Net Assets	$	668,225	$	499,084

For the years ended March 31, 2026 and 2025, we recorded the following adjustments for estimated permanent book-tax differences to reflect tax character. Results of operations, total net assets, and cash flows were not affected by these adjustments.

	Tax Year Ended March 31,
	2026		2025
(Overdistributed) underdistributed net investment income	$	(9,994)	$	9,623
Accumulated net realized gain (loss) in excess of distributions	$	10,335	$	(8,424)
Capital in excess of par value	$	(341)	$	(1,199)

NOTE 9. FEDERAL AND STATE INCOME TAXES

We intend to continue to maintain our qualifications as a RIC for federal income tax purposes. As a RIC, we generally are not subject to federal income tax on the portion of our taxable income and gains that we distribute to stockholders. To maintain our qualification as a RIC, we must maintain our status as a BDC and meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements. In addition, to qualify to be taxed as a RIC, we must distribute to stockholders at least 90% of our Investment Company Taxable Income. Our policy generally is to make distributions to our stockholders in an amount up to 100% of our Investment Company Taxable Income. We may retain some or all of our net long-term capital gains, if any, and designate them as deemed distributions, or distribute such gains to stockholders in cash. Because we have distributed or intend to distribute 100% of our Investment Company Taxable Income and net long-term capital gains, no income tax provisions have been recorded for the years ended March 31, 2026, 2025, and 2024.

In an effort to limit federal excise taxes, we have to distribute to stockholders, during each calendar year, an amount close to the sum of (1) 98% of our ordinary income for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of our net capital gains (both long-term and short-term), if any, for the one-year period ending on October 31 of the calendar year and (3) any income realized, but not distributed, in the preceding period (to the extent that income tax was not imposed on such amounts), less certain reductions, as applicable. We incurred an excise tax of $0.3 million, $1.2 million, and $1.2 million for the calendar years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively, which are included in Other general and administrative expenses on the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Table of Contents

Under the RIC Modernization Act, we are permitted to carryforward any capital losses that we may incur for an unlimited period, and such capital loss carryforwards will retain their character as either short-term or long-term capital losses. Our capital loss carryforward balance was $17.3 million and $0 as of March 31, 2026 and 2025, respectively.

NOTE 10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Legal Proceedings

We are party to certain legal proceedings incidental to the normal course of our business. We are required to establish reserves for litigation matters where those matters present loss contingencies that are both probable and estimable. When loss contingencies are not both probable and estimable, we do not establish reserves. Based on current knowledge, we do not believe that loss contingencies, if any, arising from pending investigations, litigation or regulatory matters will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Additionally, based on our current knowledge, we do not believe such loss contingencies are both probable and estimable and, therefore, as of March 31, 2026 and 2025, we had no established reserves for such loss contingencies.

Escrow Holdbacks

From time to time, we enter into arrangements relating to exits of certain investments whereby specific amounts of the proceeds are held in escrow to be used to satisfy potential obligations, as stipulated in the sales agreements. We record escrow amounts in Restricted cash and cash equivalents and Other liabilities, if received in cash but subject to potential obligations or other contractual restrictions, or as escrow receivables in Other assets, net, if not yet received in cash, on our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. We establish reserves and holdbacks against escrow amounts if we determine that it is probable and estimable that a portion of the escrow amounts will not ultimately be released or received at the end of the escrow period. Reserves and holdbacks against escrow amounts were $1.0 million as of March 31, 2026 and 2025.

Financial Commitments and Obligations

We may have line of credit commitments to certain of our portfolio companies that have not been fully drawn. Since these line of credit commitments have expiration dates and we expect many will never be fully drawn, the total line of credit commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. We estimate the fair value of the combined unused line of credit commitments as of March 31, 2026 and 2025 to be insignificant.

We may also extend guaranties on behalf of our portfolio companies. As of March 31, 2026 and 2025, there were no guaranties outstanding.

The following table summarizes the principal balances of unused line of credit as of March 31, 2026 and 2025, which are not reflected as liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities:

	As of March 31,
	2026		2025
Unused line of credit commitments	$	600	$	3,440
Total	$	600	$	3,440

Table of Contents

NOTE 11. FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

	As of and for the Year Ended March 31,
	2026			2025			2024			2023			2022			2021			2020			2019			2018			2017
Per Common Share Data:
Net asset value at beginning of year (A)	$	13.55		$	13.43		$	13.09		$	13.43		$	11.52		$	11.17		$	12.40		$	10.85		$	9.95		$	9.22
Income (loss) from investment operations(B)
Net investment (loss) income	(0.10)			0.76			0.63			1.11			0.45			0.54			1.11			0.23			0.68			0.74
Net realized (loss) gain on investments and other	(0.71)			1.72			0.88			0.32			0.37			0.32			1.36			2.04			0.04			0.51
Taxes on deemed distributions of long-term capital gains	—			—			—			—			—			—			(0.31)			(0.41)			—			—
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments and other	5.58			(0.70)			0.96			(0.36)			2.26			0.42			(2.38)			0.63			1.16			0.23
Total from investment operations	4.77			1.78			2.47			1.07			3.08			1.28			(0.22)			2.49			1.88			1.48
Effect of equity capital activity(B)
Cash distributions to common stockholders from net investment income(C)	(0.99)			(0.64)			(1.08)			(0.92)			(0.91)			(0.83)			(0.75)			(0.69)			(0.84)			(0.75)
Cash distributions to common stockholders from realized gains(C)	(0.51)			(1.02)			(1.12)			(0.49)			(0.26)			(0.10)			(0.28)			(0.24)			(0.05)			—
Discounts, commissions, and offering costs	(0.02)			—			(0.02)			(0.01)			—			—			—			—			(0.03)			—
Net accretive (dilutive) effect of equity offering(D)	0.07			—			0.10			0.01			—			—			0.01			—			(0.04)			—
Total from equity capital activity	(1.45)			(1.66)			(2.12)			(1.41)			(1.17)			(0.93)			(1.02)			(0.93)			(0.96)			(0.75)
Other, net(E)	(0.09)			—			(0.01)			—			—			—			0.01			(0.01)			(0.02)			—
Net asset value at end of year(A)	$	16.78		$	13.55		$	13.43		$	13.09		$	13.43		$	11.52		$	11.17		$	12.40		$	10.85		$	9.95
Per common share market value at beginning of year	$	13.36		$	14.23		$	13.25		$	16.13		$	12.23		$	7.85		$	11.60		$	10.10		$	9.07		$	7.02
Per common share market value at end of year	$	14.20		$	13.36		$	14.23		$	13.25		$	16.13		$	12.23		$	7.85		$	11.60		$	10.10		$	9.07
Total investment return(F)	18.14		%	5.65		%	25.52		%	(8.90		%)	42.40		%	70.65		%	(26.23		%)	24.95		%	21.82		%	41.58		%
Common stock outstanding at end of year(A)	39,821,967			36,837,381			36,688,667			33,591,505			33,205,023			33,205,023			33,049,463			32,822,459			32,653,635			30,270,958
Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding	38,712,611			36,735,218			34,466,724			33,311,785			33,205,023			33,176,760			32,865,840			32,807,597			32,268,776			30,270,958
Consolidated Statement of Assets and Liabilities Data:
Net assets at end of year	$	668,225		$	499,084		$	492,711		$	439,742		$	445,830		$	382,364		$	369,031		$	407,110		$	354,200		$	301,082
Average net assets(G)	$	545,378		$	478,440		$	461,819		$	446,899		$	425,985		$	365,568		$	404,336		$	391,786		$	328,533		$	294,030
Senior Securities Data:
Total borrowings, at cost	$	572,888		$	463,738		$	404,238		$	297,688		$	267,584		$	155,434		$	54,296		$	58,096		$	112,096		$	74,796
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock(H)	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	94,371		$	132,250		$	132,250		$	139,150		$	139,150
Ratios/Supplemental Data:
Ratio of net expenses to average net assets(I)	18.85		%	13.70		%	14.19		%	9.97		%	13.51		%	10.58		%	6.32		%	13.30		%	11.08		%	10.02		%
Ratio of net investment (loss) income to average net assets(J)	(0.69)		%	5.87		%	4.72		%	8.28		%	3.52		%	4.91		%	8.99		%	1.92		%	6.68		%	7.63		%
Portfolio turnover ratio	1.68		%	20.41		%	9.58		%	12.45		%	12.34		%	8.99		%	21.27		%	17.16		%	14.87		%	13.86		%

Table of Contents

(A)Based on actual shares of common stock outstanding at the beginning or end of the corresponding year, as appropriate.

(B)Based on weighted-average basic common share data for the corresponding year.

(C)The tax character of distributions is determined based on taxable income calculated in accordance with income tax regulations, which may differ from amounts determined under GAAP. For further information on the estimated character of our distributions to common stockholders, including changes in estimates, as applicable, refer to Note 8 — Distributions to Common Stockholders.

(D)During the years ended March 31, 2026, 2024, 2023, and 2020, the accretive effect is the result of issuing common shares at a price above the then current NAV per share. During the year ended March 31, 2018, the net dilutive effect is the result of issuing common shares at a price below the then current NAV per share.

(E)Represents the impact of the different share amounts (weighted-average basic common shares outstanding for the corresponding year and actual common shares outstanding at the end of the year) in the Per Common Share Data calculations and rounding impacts.

(F)Total investment return equals the change in the market value of our common stock from the beginning of the year, taking into account dividends reinvested in accordance with the terms of our dividend reinvestment plan. Total return does not take into account distributions that may be characterized as a return of capital. For further information on the estimated character of our distributions to common stockholders, including changes in estimates, as applicable, refer to Note 8 — Distributions to Common Stockholders.

(G)Calculated using the average balance of net assets at the end of each month of the reporting year.

(H)Represents the aggregate liquidation preference of our mandatorily redeemable preferred stock.

(I)Ratio of net expenses to average net assets is computed using total expenses, net of any non-contractual, unconditional, and irrevocable credits of fees from the Adviser. Had we not received any non-contractual, unconditional, and irrevocable credits of fees from the Adviser, the ratio of expenses to average net assets would have been 22.02%, 16.79%, 17.38%, 12.58%, 16.72%, 13.33%, 9.12%, 16.45%, 14.11%, and 13.46% for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2026, 2025, 2024, 2023, 2021, 2020, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively.

Had we included Virginia state taxes incurred on the deemed distributions of retained capital gains for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, the ratio of net expenses to average net assets would have been 6.89% and 14.07%, respectively.

(J)Had we not received any non-contractual, unconditional, and irrevocable credits of fees from the Adviser, the ratio of net investment (loss) income to average net assets would have been (3.85%), 2.79%, 1.53%, 5.66%, 0.31%, 2.16%, 6.20%, (1.22%), 3.66%, and 4.19% for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2026, 2025, 2024, 2023, 2022, 2020, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively.

Table of Contents

NOTE 12. UNCONSOLIDATED SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARIES

In accordance with the SEC’s Regulation S-X, we do not consolidate portfolio company investments. Further, in accordance with ASC 946, we are precluded from consolidating any entity other than another investment company, except that ASC 946 provides for the consolidation of a controlled operating company that provides substantially all of its services to the investment company or its consolidated subsidiaries.

We did not have any unconsolidated subsidiaries that met any of the significance conditions under Rule 1-02(w)(2) of the SEC’s Regulation S-X as of or during the years ended March 31, 2026, 2025 and 2024.

NOTE 13. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

Distributions and Dividends

In April 2026, our Board of Directors declared the following monthly cash distributions to common stockholders:

Record Date	Payment Date	Distribution per Common Share
April 24, 2026	April 30, 2026	$	0.08
May 20, 2026	May 29, 2026	0.08
June 23, 2026	June 30, 2026	0.08
	Total for the Quarter:	$	0.24

Notes Payable

On May 1, 2026, we repaid the 5.00% 2026 Notes with an aggregate principal amount outstanding of $127.9 million at maturity.

Table of Contents

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

a)Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of March 31, 2026 (the end of the period covered by this report), we, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness and design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based on that evaluation, our management, including the chief executive officer and chief financial officer, concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at a reasonable assurance level in timely alerting management, including the chief executive officer and chief financial officer, of material information about us required to be included in periodic SEC filings. However, in evaluation of the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

b)Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Refer to Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting located in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

c)Attestation Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Not Applicable.

d)Change in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in internal controls for the three months ended March 31, 2026 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.

During the three months ended March 31, 2026, none of our officers or directors adopted or terminated any contract, instruction or written plan for the purchase or sale of our securities that was intended to satisfy the affirmative defense conditions of Rule 10b5-1(c) ("Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement") or any “non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement.”

ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS.

Not applicable.

Table of Contents

PART III

We will file a definitive Proxy Statement for our 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “2026 Proxy Statement”) with the SEC, pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year. Accordingly, certain information required by Part III has been omitted under General Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K. Only those sections of the 2026 Proxy Statement that specifically address the items set forth herein are incorporated by reference.

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by Item 10 is hereby incorporated by reference from our 2026 Proxy Statement. We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code of Conduct”) that applies to all of our officers and directors and to the employees of our Adviser and our Administrator. The Code of Conduct is available in the Investors section of our website under “Governance – Governance Documents” at www.GladstoneInvestment.com.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by Item 11 is hereby incorporated by reference from our 2026 Proxy Statement.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by Item 12 is hereby incorporated by reference from our 2026 Proxy Statement.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by Item 13 is hereby incorporated by reference from our 2026 Proxy Statement.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by Item 14 is hereby incorporated by reference from our 2026 Proxy Statement.

Table of Contents

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

a.	DOCUMENTS FILED AS PART OF THIS REPORT
1.	The following financial statements are filed herewith:
	Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	74
	Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities as of March 31, 2026and 2025	76
	Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended March 31, 2026, 2025, and 2024	77
	Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the years ended March 31, 2026, 2025, and 2024	78
	Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2026, 2025, and 2024	79
	Consolidated Schedules of Investments as of March 31, 2026and 2025	81
	Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	91
2.	The following financial statement schedule is filed herewith:
	Schedule 12-14 Investments in and Advances to Affiliates	130
	No other financial statement schedules are filed herewith because (1) such schedules are not required or (2) the information has been presented in the aforementioned financial statements.
3.	Exhibits
	The following exhibits are filed as part of this report or hereby incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed with the SEC:
3.1	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, incorporated by reference to Exhibit A.2 to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-123699), filed May 13, 2005.
3.2	Second Amended and Restated Bylaws, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-00704), filed May 15, 2020.
4.1	Specimen Stock Certificate, incorporated by reference to Exhibit d to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-123699), filed June 21, 2005.
4.2	Indenture, dated as of May 22, 2020, between Gladstone Investment Corporation and UMB Bank, National Association, as trustee incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-00704), filed May 22, 2020.
4.3	Third Supplemental Indenture between Gladstone Investment Corporation and UMB Bank, National Association, dated as of August 18, 2021, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-00704), filed August 18, 2021.
4.4	Fifth Supplemental Indenture between Gladstone Investment Corporation and UMB Bank, National Association, dated as of December 17, 2024, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-00704), filed December 17, 2024.
4.5	Sixth Supplemental Indenture between Gladstone Investment Corporation and UMB Bank, National Association, dated as of November 10, 2025, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-00704), filed November 10, 2025.
4.6	Seventh Supplemental Indenture between Gladstone Investment Corporation and UMB Bank, National Association, dated as of February 18, 2026, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-00704), filed February 18, 2026.
4.7*	Description of Securities
10.1	Stock Transfer Agency Agreement between the Registrant and The Bank of New York, incorporated by reference to Exhibit k.1 to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-123699), filed May 13, 2005.
10.2	Custody Agreement between the Registrant and The Bank of New York, incorporated by reference to Exhibit j to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-123699), filed June 21, 2005.

Table of Contents

10.3	Investment Advisory and Management Agreement, dated January 24, 2025, between Gladstone Investment Corporation and Gladstone Management Corporation, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K (File No. 814-00704) filed on January 24, 2025.
10.4	Administration Agreement between the Registrant and Gladstone Administration, LLC, dated June 22, 2005, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 814-00704), filed June 14, 2006.
10.5	Custodial Agreement by and among Gladstone Business Investment, LLC, the Registrant, Gladstone Management Corporation, The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. and Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, dated October 19, 2006, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.j.2 to Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-181879), filed June 7, 2013.
10.6	Amendment No. 1 to Custodial Agreement by and among Gladstone Business Investment, LLC, the Registrant, Gladstone Management Corporation, The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. and Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, dated April 14, 2009, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.j.3 to Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-181879), filed June 7, 2013.
10.7	Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2013, by and among Gladstone Business Investment, LLC, Gladstone Management Corporation, the Financial Institutions as party thereto, and Key Equipment Finance, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-00704), filed May 2, 2013.
10.8	Joinder Agreement, dated as of June 12, 2013, by and among Gladstone Business Investment, LLC, Gladstone Management Corporation, Key Equipment Finance Inc. and EverBank Commercial Finance, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-00704), filed June 17, 2013.
10.9	Joinder Agreement, dated as of June 12, 2013, by and among Gladstone Business Investment, LLC, Gladstone Management Corporation, Key Equipment Finance Inc. and AloStar Bank of Commerce, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-00704), filed June 17, 2013.
10.10	Amendment No. 1 to Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 26, 2014, by and among Gladstone Business Investment, LLC, Gladstone Management Corporation, the Financial Institutions as party thereto, and Key Equipment Finance, a division of KeyBank National Association, by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-00704), filed June 30, 2014.
10.11	Joinder Agreement, dated as of September 19, 2014, by and among Gladstone Business Investment, LLC, Gladstone Management Corporation, Key Equipment Finance, a division of KeyBank National Association, and East West Bank, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-00704), filed September 22, 2014.
10.12	Joinder Agreement, dated as of September 19, 2014, by and among Gladstone Business Investment, LLC, Gladstone Management Corporation, Key Equipment Finance, a division of KeyBank National Association, and Manufacturers and Traders Trust, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-00704), filed September 22, 2014.
10.13	Joinder Agreement, dated as of September 19, 2014, by and among Gladstone Business Investment, LLC, Gladstone Management Corporation, Key Equipment Finance, a division of KeyBank National Association, and Customers Bank, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-00704), filed September 22, 2014.
10.14	Joinder Agreement, dated as of September 19, 2014, by and among Gladstone Business Investment, LLC, Gladstone Management Corporation, Key Equipment Finance, a division of KeyBank National Association, and Talmer Bank and Trust, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-00704), filed September 22, 2014.
10.15	Amendment No. 2 to Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated November 16, 2016, by and among Gladstone Business Investment, LLC, Gladstone Management Corporation, Keybank National Association, AloStar Bank of Commerce, Manufacturers and Traders Trust, East West Bank, Chemical Bank (as successor in interest to Talmer Bank and Trust) and Customers Bank, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 811-23191), filed November 17, 2016.
10.16	Amendment No. 3 to Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated January 20, 2017, by and among Gladstone Business Investment, LLC, Gladstone Management Corporation, Keybank National Association, AloStar Bank of Commerce, Manufacturers and Traders Trust, East West Bank, Chemical Bank (as successor in interest to Talmer Bank and Trust) and Customers Bank, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.k.12 to Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-204996), filed May 11, 2017.
10.17	Amendment No. 4 to Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2018 by and among Gladstone Business Investment, LLC, as Borrower, Gladstone Management Corporation, as Servicer, Keybank National Association, as administrative agent, swingline lender, managing agent and lead arranger and certain other lenders party thereto, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-00704), filed August 23, 2018.

Table of Contents

10.18	Amendment No. 5 to Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 10, 2020 by and among Gladstone Business Investment, LLC, as Borrower, Gladstone Management Corporation, as Servicer, KeyBank National Association, as administrative agent, swingline lender, managing agent and lead arranger and certain other lenders party thereto, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-00704), filed August 11, 2020.
10.19	Amendment No. 6 to Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 8, 2021 by and among Gladstone Business Investment, LLC, as Borrower, Gladstone Management Corporation, as Servicer, KeyBank National Association, as administrative agent, swingline lender, managing agent and lead arranger and certain other lenders party thereto, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-00704), filed March 8, 2021.
10.20	Amendment No. 7 to Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 10, 2023 by and among Gladstone Business Investment, LLC, as Borrower, Gladstone Management Corporation, as Servicer, KeyBank National Association, as administrative agent, swingline lender, managing agent and lead arranger and certain other lenders party thereto, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 814-00704), filed May 10, 2023.
10.21	Amendment No. 8 to Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 30, 2023 by and among Gladstone Business Investment, LLC, as Borrower, Gladstone Management Corporation, as Servicer, KeyBank National Association, as administrative agent, swingline lender, managing agent and lead arranger and certain other lenders party thereto, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-00704), filed October 31, 2023.
10.22	Amendment No. 9 to Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 5, 2024 by and among Gladstone Business Investment, LLC, as Borrower, Gladstone Management Corporation, as Servicer, KeyBank National Association, as administrative agent, swingline lender, managing agent and lead arranger and certain other lenders party thereto, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-00704), filed February 6, 2024.
10.23	Amendment No. 10 to Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 10, 2025 by and among Gladstone Business Investment, LLC, as Borrower, Gladstone Management Corporation, as Servicer, KeyBank National Association, as administrative agent, swingline lender, managing agent and lead arranger and certain other lenders party thereto, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 814-00704), filed February 12, 2025.
10.24	Amendment No. 11 to Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 24, 2025 by and among Gladstone Business Investment, LLC, as Borrower, Gladstone Management Corporation, as Servicer, KeyBank National Association, as administrative agent, swingline lender, managing agent and lead arranger and certain other lenders party thereto, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Current Report on Form 10-K (File No. 814-00704), filed May 13, 2025.
10.25	Amendment No. 12 to Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2025 by and among Gladstone Business Investment, LLC, as Borrower, Gladstone Management Corporation, as Servicer, KeyBank National Association, as administrative agent, swingline lender, managing agent and lead arranger and certain other lenders party thereto , incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 t o the C urrent Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 814-0 0704), filed February 3, 2026 .
14*	Code of Ethics
19	Insider Trading Policy for Gladstone Investment Corporation, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14 filed herewith.
21*	Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1*	Consent of Registered Public Accounting Firm
31.1*	Certification of Chief Executive Officer filed pursuant to section 302 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2*	Certification of Chief Financial Officer filed pursuant to section 302 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1**	Certification of Chief Executive Officer furnished pursuant to section 906 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2**	Certification of Chief Financial Officer furnished pursuant to section 906 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
97.1	Clawback Policy, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 97 .1 to the Current Report on Form 10-K (File No. 814-00704), filed May 13, 2025.
101.INS***	XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH***	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL***	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.LAB***	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE***	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
101.DEF***	XBRL Definition Linkbase
104	Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted in iXBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

Table of Contents

Filed herewith

Furnished herewith

***

Attached as Exhibit 101 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K are the following materials, formatted in Inline eXtensible Business Reporting Language (iXBRL): (i) the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities as of March 31, 2026 and 2025, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended March 31, 2026, 2025 and 2024, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the years ended March 31, 2026, 2025 and 2024, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2026, 2025 and 2024, (v) the Consolidated Schedules of Investments as of March 31, 2026 and 2025 and (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary.

None.

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

	GLADSTONE INVESTMENT CORPORATION
Date: May 12, 2026	By:	/s/ TAYLOR RITCHIE
		Taylor Ritchie
		Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Date: May 12, 2026	By:	/s/ DAVID DULLUM
		David Dullum
		Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer)
Date: May 12, 2026	By:	/s/ TAYLOR RITCHIE
		Taylor Ritchie
		Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (principal financial and accounting officer)
Date: May 12, 2026	By:	/s/ DAVID GLADSTONE
		David Gladstone
		Chairman of the Board of Directors
Date: May 12, 2026	By:	/s/ ANTHONY W. PARKER
		Anthony W. Parker
		Director
Date: May 12, 2026	By:	/s/ MICHELA A. ENGLISH
		Michela A. English
		Director
Date: May 12, 2026	By:	/s/ JOHN H. OUTLAND
		John H. Outland
		Director
Date: May 12, 2026	By:	/s/ WALTER H. WILKINSON, JR.
		Walter H. Wilkinson, Jr.
		Director
Date: May 12, 2026	By:	/s/ PAULA NOVARA
		Paula Novara
		Director
Date: May 12, 2026	By:	/s/ KATHARINE C. GORKA
		Katharine C. Gorka
		Director

Table of Contents

SCHEDULE 12-14

GLADSTONE INVESTMENT CORPORATION

INVESTMENTS IN AND ADVANCES TO AFFILIATES

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

Company and Investment(A)(B)(C)(D)(E)	Principal/<br><br>Shares/Units(F)(G)		Net<br><br>Realized<br><br>Gain<br><br>(Loss) for<br><br>Period(P)		Amount of<br><br>Investment<br><br>Income(H)		Value as of<br><br>March 31, 2025		Gross<br><br>Additions(I)		Gross<br><br>Reductions(J)		Net Unrealized <br>Appreciation <br>(Depreciation)		Value as of<br><br>March 31, 2026
AFFILIATE INVESTMENTS – 48.6%
Secured First Lien Debt – 29.4%
Diversified/Conglomerate Services – 10.6%
ImageWorks Display and Marketing Group, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR +11.0%, 14.7% Cash, Due 11/2028)	$	22,000	$	—	$	3,671	$	22,000	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	22,000
J.R. Hobbs Co. - Atlanta, LLC - Line of Credit (N)	—		(2,998)		—		3,036		—		(5,000)		1,964		—
J.R. Hobbs Co. - Atlanta, LLC - Term Debt (N)	—		(9,892)		—		10,019		—		(16,500)		6,481		—
J.R. Hobbs Co. - Atlanta, LLC – Term Debt (SOFR+6.0%, 10.0% Cash, Due 9/2030) (N)	20,000		(15,587)		1,353		15,788		—		(6,000)		10,212		20,000
J.R. Hobbs Co. - Atlanta, LLC – Term Debt (N)	—		(1,461)		—		1,480		—		(2,438)		958		—
The Maids International, LLC – Term Debt (SOFR+10.5%, 14.2% Cash, Due 3/2028)	28,560		—		4,223		28,560		—		—		—		28,560
			(29,938)		9,247		80,883		—		(29,938)		19,615		70,560
Electronics – 7.2%
Nielsen-Kellerman Acquisition Corp.– Line of Credit (M)	—		—		23		1,070		—		(1,070)		—		—
Nielsen-Kellerman Acquisition Corp. – Term Debt (SOFR+8.5%,13.5% Cash, Due 12/2029)	48,082		—		6,581		48,082		—		—		—		48,082
			—		6,604		49,152		—		(1,070)		—		48,082
Home and Office Furnishings, Housewares, and Durable Consumer Products – 5.7%
Old World Christmas, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+9.5%, 13.2% Cash, Due 12/2028)	38,000		—		5,618		38,000		—		—		—		38,000
Leisure, Amusement, Motion Pictures, and Entertainment – 3.0%
Pyrotek Special Effects, Inc.– Line of Credit (M)	—		—		68		2,500		—		(2,500)		—		—
Pyrotek Special Effects, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+8.0%, 13.0% Cash, Due 11/2029)	20,120		—		2,652		20,120		—		—		—		20,120
			—		2,720		22,620		—		(2,500)		—		20,120

Table of Contents

GLADSTONE INVESTMENT CORPORATION

INVESTMENTS IN AND ADVANCES TO AFFILIATES (Continued)

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

Company and Investment(A)(B)(C)(D)(E)	Principal/<br><br>Shares/Units(F)(G)		Net<br><br>Realized<br><br>Gain<br><br>(Loss) for<br><br>Period(P)		Amount of<br><br>Investment<br><br>Income(H)		Value as of<br><br>March 31, 2025		Gross<br><br>Additions(I)		Gross<br><br>Reductions(J)		Net Unrealized <br>Appreciation <br>(Depreciation)		Value as of<br><br>March 31, 2026
Mining, Steel, Iron and Non-Precious Metals Total – 1.6%
UPB Acquisition, Inc. (SOFR+10.0%, 13.7% Cash, Due 7/2028)	$	11,000	$	—	$	2,376	$	15,000	$	—	$	(4,000)	$	—	$	11,000
Telecommunications – 1.3%
B+T Group Acquisition, Inc. – Line of Credit, $0 available (SOFR+2.0%, 7.0% Cash, Due 12/2026) (K)	3,080		—		—		3,080		—		—		—		3,080
B+T Group Acquisition, Inc. – Line of Credit, $0 available (SOFR+2.0%, 7.0% Cash, Due 12/2026) (K)	1,050		—		—		930		120		—		—		1,050
B+T Group Acquisition, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+2.0%, 7.0% Cash, Due 12/2026) (K)	14,000		—		—		3,575		—		—		237		3,812
			—		—		7,585		120		—		237		7,942
Total Secured First Lien Debt			$	(29,938)	$	26,565	$	213,240	$	120	$	(37,508)	$	19,852	$	195,704
Secured Second Lien Debt – 0.3%
Chemicals, Plastics, and Rubber – 0.3%
PSI Molded Plastics, Inc. – Line of Credit, $600 available (SOFR+1.0%, 7.0% Cash, Due 2/2028)	$	1,400	$	—	$	10	$	—	$	1,400	$	—	$	—	$	1,400
PSI Molded Plastics, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+1.0%,7.0% Cash, Due 2/2028)	400		—		3		—		400		—		—		400
PSI Molded Plastics, Inc. – Term Debt (O)	—		—		—		10,616		—		(10,616)				—
			—		13		10,616		1,800		(10,616)		—		1,800
Total Secured Second Lien Debt			$	—	$	13	$	10,616	$	1,800	$	(10,616)	$	—	$	1,800
Preferred Equity – 18.2%
Chemicals, Plastics, and Rubber – 0.7%
PSI Molded Plastics, Inc. – Preferred Stock(O)	428,773		$	—	$	—	$	996	$	10,616	$	—	$	(6,684)	$	4,928
Diversified/Conglomerate Services – 6.6%
ImageWorks Display and Marketing Group, Inc. – Preferred Stock	67,490		—		1,386		12,921		—		—		17,532		30,453
J.R. Hobbs Co. – Atlanta, LLC – Preferred Stock	10,920		—		—		—		—		—		9,236		9,236
The Maids International, LLC - Preferred Stock	6,640		—		—		8,410		—		—		(3,779)		4,631
			—		1,386		21,331		—		—		22,989		44,320
Electronics – 2.2%
Nielsen-Kellerman Acquisition Corp.– Preferred Stock	22,169		—		—		22,421		—		—		(7,780)		14,641
Home and Office Furnishings, Housewares, and Durable Consumer Products – 4.4%
Old World Christmas, Inc. – Preferred Stock	6,180		3,481		917		23,539		—		—		6,191		29,730

Table of Contents

GLADSTONE INVESTMENT CORPORATION

INVESTMENTS IN AND ADVANCES TO AFFILIATES (Continued)

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

Company and Investment(A)(B)(C)(D)(E)	Principal/<br><br>Shares/Units(F)(G)			Net<br><br>Realized<br><br>Gain<br><br>(Loss) for<br><br>Period(P)		Amount of<br><br>Investment<br><br>Income(H)		Value as of<br><br>March 31, 2025		Gross<br><br>Additions(I)		Gross<br><br>Reductions(J)		Net Unrealized <br>Appreciation <br>(Depreciation)		Value as of<br><br>March 31, 2026
Leisure, Amusement, Motion Pictures, and Entertainment – 0.3%
Pyrotek Special Effects, Inc. – Preferred Stock	7,060			$	—	$	—	$	7,260	$	—	$	—	$	(5,425)	$	1,835
Mining, Steel, Iron and Non-Precious Metals - 4.0%
UPB Acquisition, Inc. - Preferred Stock	6,000			—		2,402		26,010		—		—		703		26,713
Telecommunications – 0.0%
B+T Group Acquisition, Inc. – Preferred Stock	14,304			—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Total Preferred Equity				$	3,481	$	4,705	$	101,557	$	10,616	$	—	$	9,994	$	122,167
Common Equity/Equivalents – 0.7%
Diversified/Conglomerate Services – 0.7%
Gladstone Alternative Income Fund – Common Equity	500,000			$	—	$	344	$	4,975	$	—	$	—	$	30	$	5,005
Telecommunications - 0.0%
B+T Group Acquisition, Inc. - Common Stock Warrants	3.5		%	—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Total Common Equity/Equivalents				$	—	$	344	$	4,975	$	—	$	—	$	30	$	5,005
TOTAL AFFILIATE INVESTMENTS				$	(26,457)	$	31,627	$	330,388	$	12,536	$	(48,124)	$	29,876	$	324,676
CONTROL INVESTMENTS – 0.1%
Secured First Lien Debt – 0.1%
Diversified/Conglomerate Manufacturing – 0.1%
Edge Adhesives Holdings, Inc. – Term Debt (SOFR+5.5%, 9.2% Cash, Due 8/2026)(K)	$	9,210		$	—	$	—	$	343	$	—	$	—	$	270	$	613
Total Secured First Lien Debt				$	—	$	—	$	343	$	—	$	—	$	270	$	613
Preferred Equity – 0.0%
Diversified/Conglomerate Manufacturing – 0.0%
Edge Adhesives Holdings, Inc. – Preferred Stock	8,199			$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Total Preferred Equity				$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
TOTAL CONTROL INVESTMENTS				$	—	$	—	$	343	$	—	$	—	$	270	$	613
TOTAL AFFILIATE AND CONTROL INVESTMENTS				$	(26,457)	$	31,627	$	330,731	$	12,536	$	(48,124)	$	30,146	$	325,289

Table of Contents

GLADSTONE INVESTMENT CORPORATION

INVESTMENTS IN AND ADVANCES TO AFFILIATES (Continued)

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

(A)Certain of the listed securities are issued by affiliate(s) of the indicated portfolio company. The majority of the securities listed, together with certain non-control and non-affiliate investments, totaling $1.2 billion at fair value, are pledged as collateral to our revolving line of credit, as described further in Note 5—Borrowings in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Additionally, under Section 55 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), we may not acquire any non-qualifying assets unless, at the time such acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of our total assets.

(B)Common stock, warrants, options and, in some cases, preferred stock are generally non-income-producing and restricted.

(C)Unless indicated otherwise, all cash interest rates are indexed to 30-day Secured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR"), which was 3.7% as of March 31, 2026. If applicable, paid-in-kind interest rates are noted separately from the cash interest rate. Certain securities are subject to an interest rate floor. The cash interest rate is the greater of the floor or reference rate plus a spread. Due dates represent the contractual maturity date.

(D)Category percentages represent the fair value of each category and subcategory as a percentage of net assets as of March 31, 2026.

(E)Unless indicated otherwise, all of our investments are valued using Level 3 inputs within the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standard Codification Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement” fair value hierarchy. Refer to Note 3 — Investments in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

(G)Represents the principal balance, presented in thousands, for debt investments and the number of shares/units held for equity investments as of March 31, 2026. Warrants are represented as a percentage of ownership, as applicable, as of March 31, 2026.

(H)Represents the total amount of interest, dividend, success fee, or other investment income credited to income for the portion of the year ended March 31, 2026 an investment was an affiliate investment or control investment and on accrual status, as appropriate.

(I)Gross additions include increases in investments resulting from new portfolio investments, the amortization of discounts and fees, and the exchange of one or more existing securities for one or more new securities during the year ended March 31, 2026.

(J)Gross reductions include decreases in investments resulting from principal collections related to investment repayments or sales, the amortization of premiums and acquisition costs, and the exchange of one or more existing securities for one or more new securities during the year ended March 31, 2026.

(K)Debt security is on non-accrual status as of March 31, 2026.

(L)Reserved.

(M)Investment was exited/paid off during the year ended March 31, 2026.

(N)During the year ended March 31, 2026, we recognized a realized loss of $29.9 million on J.R. Hobbs Co. - Atlanta, LLC by restructuring our previously outstanding first lien term loans and line of credit into new first lien loan.

(O)During the year ended March 31, 2026, we restructured our investments in PSI Molded Plastics, Inc., which resulted in $10.6 million being converted from second lien debt to preferred equity.

(P)Net realized gain (loss) excludes amounts related to portfolio companies no longer in the portfolio for the periods presented.

**Information related to the amount of equity in the net profit and loss for the period for the investments listed has not been included in this schedule. This information is not considered to be meaningful due to the complex capital structures of the portfolio companies, with different classes of equity securities outstanding with different preferences in liquidation. These investments are not consolidated, nor are they accounted for under the equity method of accounting.

133

Document

EXHIBIT 4.7

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

(a)	Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

All shares of our common stock have equal rights as to earnings, assets, dividends and voting and are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Shares of our common stock have no preemptive, exchange, conversion or redemption rights and are freely transferable, except where their transfer is restricted by federal and state securities laws or by contract.

Distributions may be paid to the holders of our common stock if, as and when declared by our Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, each share of our common stock would be entitled to share ratably in all of our assets that are legally available for distribution after we pay all debts and other liabilities and subject to any preferential rights of holders of our preferred stock, if any preferred stock is outstanding at such time.

Each share of our common stock is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors. Except as provided with respect to any other class or series of stock, the holders of our common stock will possess exclusive voting power. Except as otherwise provided by statute, by the rules of the Nasdaq Global Select Market (“Nasdaq”) or other applicable stock exchange, by our certificate of incorporation or by our bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present or represented by proxy at a meeting of our stockholders and entitled to vote will be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, by our certificate of incorporation or by our bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present or represented by proxy at a meeting of our stockholders and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Our common stock is listed on Nasdaq under the ticker symbol “GAIN.”

(b)		Debt Securities
	•		5.00% Notes due 2026 (the “5.00% 2026 Notes”)

The 5.00% 2026 Notes were issued under a base indenture, dated as of May 22, 2020, and a second supplemental indenture thereto, dated as of March 2, 2021, each entered into between us and UMB Bank, National Association, as trustee (collectively, the “indenture”). The 5.00% 2026 Notes will mature on May 1, 2026. The principal payable at maturity will be 100% of the aggregate principal amount. The interest rate of the 5.00% 2026 Notes is 5.00% per year and will be paid every February 1, May 1, August 1 and November 1, and the regular record dates for interest payments will be every January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15, as the case may be, next preceding the applicable interest payment date. The 5.00% 2026 Notes are listed on Nasdaq under the symbol “GAINN.”

The 5.00% 2026 Notes were issued in denominations of $25 and integral multiples of $25 in excess thereof. The 5.00% 2026 Notes are not subject to any sinking fund and holders of the 5.00% 2026 Notes do not have the option to have the 5.00% 2026 Notes repaid prior to the stated maturity date.

The following is a summary description of the material terms of the 5.00% 2026 Notes and the indenture. The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the indenture, the components of which are attached as exhibits to this Annual Report.

Covenants

In addition to standard covenants relating to payment of principal and interest, maintaining an office where payments may be made or securities can be surrendered for payment and related matters, the following covenants apply to the 5.00% 2026 Notes:

•	We agree that for the period of time during which 5.00% 2026 Notes are outstanding, we will not violate Section 18(a)(1)(A) as modified by Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act or any successor provisions, whether or not we continue to be subject to such provisions of the 1940 Act, whether or not we continue to be subject to such provisions of the 1940 Act, but giving effect, in either case, to any exemptive relief granted to us by the SEC.
•	We agree that for the period of time during which 5.00% 2026 Notes are outstanding, we will not declare any dividend (except a dividend payable in stock of the Company), or declare any other distribution, upon a class of our capital stock, or purchase any such capital stock, unless, in every such case, at the time of the declaration of any such dividend or distribution, or at the time of any such purchase, we have an asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) of at least the threshold specified under Section 18(a)(1)(B) as modified by Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act or any successor provisions thereto of the 1940 Act, after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price, as the case may be, and giving effect, in each case, to any no-action relief granted by the SEC to another BDC and upon which we may reasonably rely (or to us if we determine to seek such similar no-action or other relief) permitting the BDC to declare any cash dividend or distribution notwithstanding the prohibition contained in Section 18(a)(1)(B) as modified by Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act, to maintain such BDC’s status as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code.
---	---	•	If, at any time, we are not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, to file any periodic reports with the SEC, we agree to furnish to holders of the 5.00% 2026 Notes and the trustee, for the period of time during which the 5.00% 2026 Notes are outstanding, our audited annual consolidated financial statements, within 90 days of our fiscal year end, and unaudited interim consolidated financial statements, within 45 days of our fiscal quarter end (other than our fourth fiscal quarter). All such financial statements will be prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with applicable GAAP.
---	---

Optional Redemption

The 5.00% 2026 Notes may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at our option upon not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days written notice by mail prior to the date fixed for redemption thereof, at a redemption price of 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the 5.00% 2026 Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest payments otherwise payable thereon for the then-current quarterly interest period accrued to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption.

Conversion and Exchange

The 5.00% 2026 Notes are not convertible into or exchangeable for other securities.

Events of Default

The term “Event of Default” in respect of the 5.00% 2026 Notes means any of the following:

•	We do not pay the principal of any 5.00% 2026 Note when due and payable at maturity;
•	We do not pay interest on any 5.00% 2026 Note when due and payable, and such default is not cured within 30 days of its due date;
•	We remain in breach of any other covenant in respect of the 5.00% 2026 Notes for 60 days after we receive a written notice of default stating we are in breach (the notice must be sent by either the trustee or holders of at least 25% of the principal amount of the outstanding 5.00% 2026 Notes);
•	We file for bankruptcy or certain other events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization occur and remain undischarged or unstayed for a period of 90 days; or
•	On the last business day of each of twenty-four consecutive calendar months, the 5.00% 2026 Notes have an asset coverage (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of less than 100%.

An Event of Default for the 5.00% 2026 Notes may, but does not necessarily, constitute an Event of Default for any other series of debt securities issued under the same or any other indenture. The trustee may withhold notice to the holders of the 5.00% 2026 Notes of any default, except in the payment of principal or interest, if it in good faith considers the withholding of notice to be in the best interests of the holders.

Each year, we will furnish to the trustee a written statement of certain of our officers certifying that to their knowledge we are in compliance with the indenture and the 5.00% 2026 Notes, or else specifying any default.

Remedies if an Event of Default Occurs

If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the 5.00% 2026 Notes may declare the entire principal amount of all the 5.00% 2026 Notes to be due and immediately payable, but this does not entitle any holder of 5.00% 2026 Notes to any redemption payout or redemption premium. This is called a declaration of acceleration of maturity. Except in cases of default, where the trustee has some special duties, the trustee is not required to take any action under the indenture at the request of any holders unless the holders offer the trustee protection from expenses and liability reasonably satisfactory to it (called an “indemnity”).

Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

The 5.00% 2026 Notes are subject to defeasance by us. “Defeasance” means that, by depositing with a trustee an amount of cash and/or government securities sufficient to pay all principal and interest, if any, on the 5.00% 2026 Notes when due and satisfying any additional conditions required under the indenture relating to the 5.00% 2026 Notes, we will be deemed to have been discharged from our obligations under the 5.00% 2026 Notes.

The 5.00% 2026 Notes are subject to covenant defeasance by us. In the event of a “covenant defeasance,” upon depositing such funds and satisfying conditions similar to those for defeasance we would be released from certain covenants under the indenture relating to the 5.00% 2026 Notes. The consequences to the holders of the 5.00% 2026 Notes would be that, while they would no longer benefit from certain covenants under the indenture, and while the 5.00% 2026 Notes could not be accelerated for any reason, the holders of the 5.00% 2026 Notes nonetheless could look to the Company for repayment of the 5.00% 2026 Notes if there were a shortfall in the funds deposited with the trustee or the trustee is prevented from making a payment.

Ranking

The 5.00% 2026 Notes are our direct unsecured obligations and rank:

•	pari passu with our existing and future unsecured, unsubordinated indebtedness;
•	senior to any series of preferred stock that we may issue in the future;
•	senior to any of our future indebtedness that expressly provides it is subordinated to the 5.00% 2026 Notes;
•	effectively subordinated to all of our existing and future secured indebtedness (including indebtedness that is initially unsecured to which we subsequently grant security), to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and
•	structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other obligations of any of our subsidiaries and any other future subsidiaries of the Company, including, without limitation, borrowings under the Credit Facility.

Modification or Waiver

There are three types of changes we can make to the indenture and the 5.00% 2026 Notes issued thereunder.

Changes Requiring Your Approval

First, there are changes that we cannot make to your Notes without your specific approval. The following is a list of those types of changes:

•	change the stated maturity of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) or any installment of principal of or interest on the 5.00% 2026 Notes;
•	reduce any amounts due on the 5.00% 2026 Notes or reduce the rate of interest on the 5.00% 2026 Notes;
•	reduce the amount of principal payable upon acceleration of the maturity of a 5.00% 2026 Notes following a default;
•	change the place or currency of payment on a 5.00% 2026 Notes;
•	impair your right to sue for payment;
•	reduce the percentage of holders of 5.00% 2026 Notes whose consent is needed to modify or amend the indenture; and
•	reduce the percentage of holders of 5.00% 2026 Notes whose consent is needed to waive compliance with certain provisions of the indenture or to waive certain defaults or reduce the percentage of holders of 5.00% 2026 Notes required to satisfy quorum or voting requirements at a meeting of holders of the 5.00% 2026 Notes.

Changes Not Requiring Approval

The second type of change does not require any vote by the holders of the 5.00% 2026 Notes. This type is limited to clarifications and certain other changes that would not adversely affect holders of the 5.00% 2026 Notes in any material respect.

Changes Requiring Majority Approval

Any other change to the indenture and the 5.00% 2026 Notes would require the following approval:

•	if the change affects only the 5.00% 2026 Notes, it must be approved by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the 5.00% 2026 Notes; and
•	if the change affects more than one series of debt securities issued under the same indenture, it must be approved by the holders of a majority in principal amount of all of the series affected by the change, with all affected series voting together as one class for this purpose.

In each case, the required approval must be given by written consent. The holders of a majority in principal amount of all of the series of debt securities issued under the indenture, voting together as one class for this purpose, may waive our compliance with some of our covenants in that indenture. However, we cannot obtain a waiver of a payment default or of any of the matters covered by the bullet points included above under “— Changes Requiring Your Approval.”

•4.875% Notes due 2028 (the “4.875% 2028 Notes”)

The 4.875% 2028 Notes were issued under a base indenture, dated as of May 22, 2020, and a third supplemental indenture thereto, dated as of August 18, 2021, each entered into between us and UMB Bank, National Association, as trustee (collectively, the “indenture”). The 4.875% 2028 Notes will mature on November 1, 2028. The principal payable at maturity will be 100% of the aggregate principal amount. The interest rate of the 4.875% 2028 Notes is 4.875% per year and will be paid every February 1, May 1, August 1 and November 1, and the regular record dates for interest payments will be every January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15, as the case may be, next preceding the applicable interest payment date. The 4.875% 2028 Notes are listed on Nasdaq under the symbol “GAINZ.”

The 4.875% 2028 Notes were issued in denominations of $25 and integral multiples of $25 in excess thereof. The 4.875% 2028 Notes are not subject to any sinking fund and holders of the 4.875% 2028 Notes do not have the option to have the 4.875% 2028 Notes repaid prior to the stated maturity date.

The following is a summary description of the material terms of the 4.875% 2028 Notes and the indenture. The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the indenture, the components of which are attached as exhibits to this Annual Report.

Covenants

•

We agree that for the period of time during which 4.875% 2028 Notes are outstanding, we will not violate Section 18(a)(1)(A) as modified by Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act or any successor provisions, whether or not we continue to be subject to such provisions of the 1940 Act, whether or not we continue to be subject to such provisions of the 1940 Act, but giving effect, in either case, to any exemptive relief granted to us by the SEC.

•

We agree that for the period of time during which 4.875% 2028 Notes are outstanding, we will not declare any dividend (except a dividend payable in stock of the Company), or declare any other distribution, upon a class of our capital stock, or purchase any such capital stock, unless, in every such case, at the time of the declaration of any such dividend or distribution, or at the time of any such purchase, we have an asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) of at least the threshold specified under Section 18(a)(1)(B) as modified by Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act or any successor provisions thereto of the 1940 Act, after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price, as the case may be, and giving effect, in each case, to any no-action relief granted by the SEC to another BDC and upon which we may reasonably rely (or to us if we determine to seek such similar no-action or other relief) permitting the BDC to declare any cash dividend or distribution notwithstanding the prohibition contained in Section 18(a)(1)(B) as modified by Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act, to maintain such BDC’s status as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code.

•

If, at any time, we are not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, to file any periodic reports with the SEC, we agree to furnish to holders of the 4.875% 2028 Notes and the trustee, for the period of time during which the 4.875% 2028 Notes are outstanding, our audited annual consolidated financial statements, within 90 days of our fiscal year end, and unaudited interim consolidated financial statements, within 45 days of our fiscal quarter end (other than our fourth fiscal quarter). All such financial statements will be prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with applicable GAAP.

Optional Redemption

The 4.875% 2028 Notes may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at our option upon not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days written notice by mail prior to the date fixed for redemption thereof, at a redemption price of 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the 4.875% 2028 Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest payments otherwise payable thereon for the then-current quarterly interest period accrued to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption.

Conversion and Exchange

The 4.875% 2028 Notes are not convertible into or exchangeable for other securities.

Events of Default

The term “Event of Default” in respect of the 4.875% 2028 Notes means any of the following:

•	We do not pay the principal of any 4.875% 2028 Note when due and payable at maturity;
•	We do not pay interest on any 4.875% 2028 Note when due and payable, and such default is not cured within 30 days of its due date;
•	We remain in breach of any other covenant in respect of the 4.875% 2028 Notes for 60 days after we receive a written notice of default stating we are in breach (the notice must be sent by either the trustee or holders of at least 25% of the principal amount of the outstanding 4.875% 2028 Notes);
---	---
•	We file for bankruptcy or certain other events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization occur and remain undischarged or unstayed for a period of 90 days; or
•	On the last business day of each of twenty-four consecutive calendar months, the 4.875% 2028 Notes have an asset coverage (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of less than 100%.

An Event of Default for the 4.875% 2028 Notes may, but does not necessarily, constitute an Event of Default for any other series of debt securities issued under the same or any other indenture. The trustee may withhold notice to the holders of the 4.875% 2028 Notes of any default, except in the payment of principal or interest, if it in good faith considers the withholding of notice to be in the best interests of the holders.

Each year, we will furnish to the trustee a written statement of certain of our officers certifying that to their knowledge we are in compliance with the indenture and the 4.875% 2028 Notes, or else specifying any default.

Remedies if an Event of Default Occurs

If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the 4.875% 2028 Notes may declare the entire principal amount of all the 4.875% 2028 Notes to be due and immediately payable, but this does not entitle any holder of 4.875% 2028 Notes to any redemption payout or redemption premium. This is called a declaration of acceleration of maturity. Except in cases of default, where the trustee has some special duties, the trustee is not required to take any action under the indenture at the request of any holders unless the holders offer the trustee protection from expenses and liability reasonably satisfactory to it (called an “indemnity”).

Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

The 4.875% 2028 Notes are subject to defeasance by us. “Defeasance” means that, by depositing with a trustee an amount of cash and/or government securities sufficient to pay all principal and interest, if any, on the 4.875% 2028 Notes when due and satisfying any additional conditions required under the indenture relating to the 4.875% 2028 Notes, we will be deemed to have been discharged from our obligations under the 4.875% 2028 Notes.

The 4.875% 2028 Notes are subject to covenant defeasance by us. In the event of a “covenant defeasance,” upon depositing such funds and satisfying conditions similar to those for defeasance we would be released from certain covenants under the indenture relating to the 4.875% 2028 Notes. The consequences to the holders of the 4.875% 2028 Notes would be that, while they would no longer benefit from certain covenants under the indenture, and while the 4.875% 2028 Notes could not be accelerated for any reason, the holders of the 4.875% 2028 Notes nonetheless could look to the Company for repayment of the 4.875% 2028 Notes if there were a shortfall in the funds deposited with the trustee or the trustee is prevented from making a payment.

Ranking

The 4.875% 2028 Notes are our direct unsecured obligations and rank:

•	pari passu with our existing and future unsecured, unsubordinated indebtedness;
•	senior to any series of preferred stock that we may issue in the future;
•	senior to any of our future indebtedness that expressly provides it is subordinated to the 4.875% 2028 Notes;
•	effectively subordinated to all of our existing and future secured indebtedness (including indebtedness that is initially unsecured to which we subsequently grant security), to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and
•	structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other obligations of any of our subsidiaries and any other future subsidiaries of the Company, including, without limitation, borrowings under the Credit Facility.
---	---

Modification or Waiver

There are three types of changes we can make to the indenture and the 4.875% 2028 Notes issued thereunder.

Changes Requiring Your Approval

First, there are changes that we cannot make to your Notes without your specific approval. The following is a list of those types of changes:

•	change the stated maturity of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) or any installment of principal of or interest on the 4.875% 2028 Notes;
•	reduce any amounts due on the 4.875% 2028 Notes or reduce the rate of interest on the 4.875% 2028 Notes;
•	reduce the amount of principal payable upon acceleration of the maturity of a 4.875% 2028 Notes following a default;
•	change the place or currency of payment on a 4.875% 2028 Notes;
•	impair your right to sue for payment;
•	reduce the percentage of holders of 4.875% 2028 Notes whose consent is needed to modify or amend the indenture; and
•	reduce the percentage of holders of 4.875% 2028 Notes whose consent is needed to waive compliance with certain provisions of the indenture or to waive certain defaults or reduce the percentage of holders of 4.875% 2028 Notes required to satisfy quorum or voting requirements at a meeting of holders of the 4.875% 2028 Notes.

Changes Not Requiring Approval

The second type of change does not require any vote by the holders of the 4.875% 2028 Notes. This type is limited to clarifications and certain other changes that would not adversely affect holders of the 4.875% 2028 Notes in any material respect.

Changes Requiring Majority Approval

Any other change to the indenture and the 4.875% 2028 Notes would require the following approval:

•	if the change affects only the 4.875% 2028 Notes, it must be approved by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the 4.875% 2028 Notes; and
•	if the change affects more than one series of debt securities issued under the same indenture, it must be approved by the holders of a majority in principal amount of all of the series affected by the change, with all affected series voting together as one class for this purpose.

•7.875% Notes due 2030 (the “7.875% 2030 Notes”)

The 7.875% 2030 Notes were issued under a base indenture, dated as of May 22, 2020, and a fifth supplemental indenture thereto, dated as of December 17, 2024, each entered into between us and UMB Bank, National Association, as trustee (collectively, the “indenture”). The 7.875% 2030 Notes will mature on February 1, 2030. The principal payable at maturity will be 100% of the aggregate principal amount. The interest rate of the 7.875% 2030 Notes is 7.875% per year and will be paid every February 1, May 1, August 1 and November 1, and the regular record dates for interest payments

will be every January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15, as the case may be, next preceding the applicable interest payment date. The 7.875% 2030 Notes are listed on Nasdaq under the symbol “GAINI.”

The 7.875% 2030 Notes were issued in denominations of $25 and integral multiples of $25 in excess thereof. The 7.875% 2030 Notes are not subject to any sinking fund and holders of the 7.875% 2030 Notes do not have the option to have the 7.875% 2030 Notes repaid prior to the stated maturity date.

The following is a summary description of the material terms of the 7.875% 2030 Notes and the indenture. The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the indenture, the components of which are attached as exhibits to this Annual Report.

Covenants

•	We agree that for the period of time during which 7.875% 2030 Notes are outstanding, we will not violate Section 18(a)(1)(A) as modified by Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act or any successor provisions, whether or not we continue to be subject to such provisions of the 1940 Act, whether or not we continue to be subject to such provisions of the 1940 Act, but giving effect, in either case, to any exemptive relief granted to us by the SEC.

•	We agree that for the period of time during which 7.875% 2030 Notes are outstanding, we will not declare any dividend (except a dividend payable in stock of the Company), or declare any other distribution, upon a class of our capital stock, or purchase any such capital stock, unless, in every such case, at the time of the declaration of any such dividend or distribution, or at the time of any such purchase, we have an asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) of at least the threshold specified under Section 18(a)(1)(B) as modified by Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act or any successor provisions thereto of the 1940 Act, after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price, as the case may be, and giving effect, in each case, to any no-action relief granted by the SEC to another BDC and upon which we may reasonably rely (or to us if we determine to seek such similar no-action or other relief) permitting the BDC to declare any cash dividend or distribution notwithstanding the prohibition contained in Section 18(a)(1)(B) as modified by Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act, to maintain such BDC’s status as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code.

•		If, at any time, we are not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, to file any periodic reports with the SEC, we agree to furnish to holders of the 7.875% 2030 Notes and the trustee, for the period of time during which the 7.875% 2030 Notes are outstanding, our audited annual consolidated financial statements, within 90 days of our fiscal year end, and unaudited interim consolidated financial statements, within 45 days of our fiscal quarter end (other than our fourth fiscal quarter). All such financial statements will be prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with applicable GAAP.

Optional Redemption

The 7.875% 2030 Notes may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at our option on or after February 1, 2027, upon not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days written notice by mail prior to the date fixed for redemption thereof, at a redemption price of 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the 7.875% 2030 Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest payments otherwise payable thereon for the then-current quarterly interest period accrued to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption.

Conversion and Exchange

The 7.875% 2030 Notes are not convertible into or exchangeable for other securities.

Events of Default

The term “Event of Default” in respect of the 7.875% 2030 Notes means any of the following:

•	We do not pay the principal of any 7.875% 2030 Note when due and payable at maturity;
•	We do not pay interest on any 7.875% 2030 Note when due and payable, and such default is not cured within 30 days of its due date;
•	We remain in breach of any other covenant in respect of the 7.875% 2030 Notes for 60 days after we receive a written notice of default stating we are in breach (the notice must be sent by either the trustee or holders of at least 25% of the principal amount of the outstanding 7.875% 2030 Notes);
•	We file for bankruptcy or certain other events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization occur and remain undischarged or unstayed for a period of 90 days; or
•	On the last business day of each of 24 consecutive calendar months, the 7.875% 2030 Notes have an asset coverage (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of less than 100%.

An Event of Default for the 7.875% 2030 Notes may, but does not necessarily, constitute an Event of Default for any other series of debt securities issued under the same or any other indenture. The trustee may withhold notice to the holders of the 7.875% 2030 Notes of any default, except in the payment of principal or interest, if it in good faith considers the withholding of notice to be in the best interests of the holders.

Each year, we will furnish to the trustee a written statement of certain of our officers certifying that to their knowledge we are in compliance with the indenture and the 7.875% 2030 Notes, or else specifying any default.

Remedies if an Event of Default Occurs

If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the 7.875% 2030 Notes may declare the entire principal amount of all the 7.875% 2030 Notes to be due and immediately payable, but this does not entitle any holder of 7.875% 2030 Notes to any redemption payout or redemption premium. This is called a declaration of acceleration of maturity. Except in cases of default, where the trustee has some special duties, the trustee is not required to take any action under the indenture at the request of any holders unless the holders offer the trustee protection from expenses and liability reasonably satisfactory to it (called an “indemnity”).

Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

The 7.875% 2030 Notes are subject to defeasance by us. “Defeasance” means that, by depositing with a trustee an amount of cash and/or government securities sufficient to pay all principal and interest, if any, on the 7.875% 2030 Notes when due and satisfying any additional conditions required under the indenture relating to the 7.875% 2030 Notes, we will be deemed to have been discharged from our obligations under the 7.875% 2030 Notes.

The 7.875% 2030 Notes are subject to covenant defeasance by us. In the event of a “covenant defeasance,” upon depositing such funds and satisfying conditions similar to those for defeasance we would be released from certain covenants under the indenture relating to the 7.875% 2030 Notes. The consequences to the holders of the 7.875% 2030 Notes would be that, while they would no longer benefit from certain covenants under the indenture, and while the 7.875% 2030 Notes could not be accelerated for any reason, the holders of the 7.875% 2030 Notes nonetheless could look to the Company for repayment of the 7.875% 2030 Notes if there were a shortfall in the funds deposited with the trustee or the trustee is prevented from making a payment.

Ranking

The 7.875% 2030 Notes are our direct unsecured obligations and rank:

•	pari passu with our existing and future unsecured, unsubordinated indebtedness;
•	senior to any series of preferred stock that we may issue in the future;
•	senior to any of our future indebtedness that expressly provides it is subordinated to the 7.875% 2030 Notes;
•	effectively subordinated to all of our existing and future secured indebtedness (including indebtedness that is initially unsecured to which we subsequently grant security), to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and
•	structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other obligations of any of our subsidiaries and any other future subsidiaries of the Company, including, without limitation, borrowings under the Credit Facility.

Modification or Waiver

There are three types of changes we can make to the indenture and the 7.875% 2030 Notes issued thereunder.

Changes Requiring Your Approval

First, there are changes that we cannot make to your Notes without your specific approval. The following is a list of those types of changes:

•	change the stated maturity of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) or any installment of principal of or interest on the 7.875% 2030 Notes;
•	reduce any amounts due on the 7.875% 2030 Notes or reduce the rate of interest on the 7.875% 2030 Notes;
•	reduce the amount of principal payable upon acceleration of the maturity of a 7.875% 2030 Notes following a default;
•	change the place or currency of payment on a 7.875% 2030 Notes;
•	impair your right to sue for payment;
•	reduce the percentage of holders of 7.875% 2030 Notes whose consent is needed to modify or amend the indenture; and
•	reduce the percentage of holders of 7.875% 2030 Notes whose consent is needed to waive compliance with certain provisions of the indenture or to waive certain defaults or reduce the percentage of holders of 7.875% 2030 Notes required to satisfy quorum or voting requirements at a meeting of holders of the 7.875% 2030 Notes.

Changes Not Requiring Approval

The second type of change does not require any vote by the holders of the 7.875% 2030 Notes. This type is limited to clarifications and certain other changes that would not adversely affect holders of the 7.875% 2030 Notes in any material respect.

Changes Requiring Majority Approval

Any other change to the indenture and the 7.875% 2030 Notes would require the following approval:

•	if the change affects only the 7.875% 2030 Notes, it must be approved by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the 7.875% 2030 Notes; and
•	if the change affects more than one series of debt securities issued under the same indenture, it must be approved by the holders of a majority in principal amount of all of the series affected by the change, with all affected series voting together as one class for this purpose.

compliance with some of our covenants in that indenture. However, we cannot obtain a waiver of a payment default or of any of the matters covered by the bullet points included above under “— Changes Requiring Your Approval.”

•7.125% Notes due 2031 (the “7.125% 2031 Notes”)

The 7.125% 2031 Notes were issued under a base indenture, dated as of May 22, 2020, and a seventh supplemental indenture thereto, dated as of February 18, 2026, each entered into between us and UMB Bank, National Association, as trustee (collectively, the “indenture”). The 7.125% 2031 Notes will mature on May 1, 2031. The principal payable at maturity will be 100% of the aggregate principal amount. The interest rate of the 7.125% 2031 Notes is 7.125% per year and will be paid every February 1, May 1, August 1 and November 1, and the regular record dates for interest payments will be every January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15, as the case may be, next preceding the applicable interest payment date. The 7.125% 2031 Notes are listed on Nasdaq under the symbol “GAING.”

The 7.125% 2031 Notes were issued in denominations of $25 and integral multiples of $25 in excess thereof. The 7.125% 2031 Notes are not subject to any sinking fund and holders of the 7.125% 2031 Notes do not have the option to have the 7.125% 2031 Notes repaid prior to the stated maturity date.

The following is a summary description of the material terms of the 7.125% 2031 Notes and the indenture. The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the indenture, the components of which are attached as exhibits to this Annual Report.

Covenants

•	We agree that for the period of time during which 7.125% 2031 Notes are outstanding, we will not violate Section 18(a)(1)(A) as modified by Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act or any successor provisions, whether or not we continue to be subject to such provisions of the 1940 Act, whether or not we continue to be subject to such provisions of the 1940 Act, but giving effect, in either case, to any exemptive relief granted to us by the SEC.

•	We agree that for the period of time during which 7.125% 2031 Notes are outstanding, we will not declare any dividend (except a dividend payable in stock of the Company), or declare any other distribution, upon a class of our capital stock, or purchase any such capital stock, unless, in every such case, at the time of the declaration of any such dividend or distribution, or at the time of any such purchase, we have an asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) of at least the threshold specified under Section 18(a)(1)(B) as modified by Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act or any successor provisions thereto of the 1940 Act, after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price, as the case may be, and giving effect, in each case, to any no-action relief granted by the SEC to another BDC and upon which we may reasonably rely (or to us if we determine to seek such similar no-action or other relief) permitting the BDC to declare any cash dividend or distribution notwithstanding the prohibition contained in Section 18(a)(1)(B) as modified by Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act, to maintain such BDC’s status as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code.

•		If, at any time, we are not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, to file any periodic reports with the SEC, we agree to furnish to holders of the 7.125% 2031 Notes and the trustee, for the period of time during which the 7.125% 2031 Notes are outstanding, our audited annual consolidated financial statements, within 90 days of our fiscal year end, and unaudited interim consolidated financial statements, within 45 days of our fiscal quarter end (other than our fourth fiscal quarter). All such financial statements will be prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with applicable GAAP.

Optional Redemption

The 7.125% 2031 Notes may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at our option on or after May 1, 2028, upon not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days written notice by mail prior to the date fixed for redemption thereof, at a redemption price of 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the 7.125% 2031 Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest payments otherwise payable thereon for the then-current quarterly interest period accrued to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption.

Conversion and Exchange

The 7.125% 2031 Notes are not convertible into or exchangeable for other securities.

Events of Default

The term “Event of Default” in respect of the 7.125% 2031 Notes means any of the following:

•	We do not pay the principal of any 7.125% 2031 Note when due and payable at maturity;
•	We do not pay interest on any 7.125% 2031 Note when due and payable, and such default is not cured within 30 days of its due date;
•	We remain in breach of any other covenant in respect of the 7.125% 2031 Notes for 60 days after we receive a written notice of default stating we are in breach (the notice must be sent by either the trustee or holders of at least 25% of the principal amount of the outstanding 7.125% 2031 Notes);
•	We file for bankruptcy or certain other events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization occur and remain undischarged or unstayed for a period of 90 days; or
•	On the last business day of each of 24 consecutive calendar months, the 7.125% 2031 Notes have an asset coverage (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of less than 100%.

An Event of Default for the 7.125% 2031 Notes may, but does not necessarily, constitute an Event of Default for any other series of debt securities issued under the same or any other indenture. The trustee may withhold notice to the holders of the 7.125% 2031 Notes of any default, except in the payment of principal or interest, if it in good faith considers the withholding of notice to be in the best interests of the holders.

Each year, we will furnish to the trustee a written statement of certain of our officers certifying that to their knowledge we are in compliance with the indenture and the 7.125% 2031 Notes, or else specifying any default.

Remedies if an Event of Default Occurs

If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the 7.125% 2031 Notes may declare the entire principal amount of all the 7.125% 2031 Notes to be due and immediately payable, but this does not entitle any holder of 7.125% 2031 Notes to any redemption payout or redemption premium. This is called a declaration of acceleration of maturity. Except in cases of default, where the trustee has some special duties, the trustee is not required to take any action under the indenture at the request of any holders unless the holders offer the trustee protection from expenses and liability reasonably satisfactory to it (called an “indemnity”).

Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

The 7.125% 2031 Notes are subject to defeasance by us. “Defeasance” means that, by depositing with a trustee an amount of cash and/or government securities sufficient to pay all principal and interest, if any, on the 7.125% 2031 Notes when due and satisfying any additional conditions required under the indenture relating to the 7.125% 2031 Notes, we will be deemed to have been discharged from our obligations under the 7.125% 2031 Notes.

The 7.125% 2031 Notes are subject to covenant defeasance by us. In the event of a “covenant defeasance,” upon depositing such funds and satisfying conditions similar to those for defeasance we would be released from certain covenants under the indenture relating to the 7.125% 2031 Notes. The consequences to the holders of the 7.125% 2031 Notes would be that, while they would no longer benefit from certain covenants under the indenture, and while the 7.125% 2031 Notes could not be accelerated for any reason, the holders of the 7.125% 2031 Notes nonetheless could look to the Company for repayment of the 7.125% 2031 Notes if there were a shortfall in the funds deposited with the trustee or the trustee is prevented from making a payment.

Ranking

The 7.125% 2031 Notes are our direct unsecured obligations and rank:

•	pari passu with our existing and future unsecured, unsubordinated indebtedness;
•	senior to any series of preferred stock that we may issue in the future;
•	senior to any of our future indebtedness that expressly provides it is subordinated to the 7.125% 2031 Notes;
•	effectively subordinated to all of our existing and future secured indebtedness (including indebtedness that is initially unsecured to which we subsequently grant security), to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and
•	structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other obligations of any of our subsidiaries and any other future subsidiaries of the Company, including, without limitation, borrowings under the Credit Facility.

Modification or Waiver

There are three types of changes we can make to the indenture and the 7.125% 2031 Notes issued thereunder.

Changes Requiring Your Approval

First, there are changes that we cannot make to your Notes without your specific approval. The following is a list of those types of changes:

•	change the stated maturity of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) or any installment of principal of or interest on the 7.125% 2031 Notes;
•	reduce any amounts due on the 7.125% 2031 Notes or reduce the rate of interest on the 7.125% 2031 Notes;
•	reduce the amount of principal payable upon acceleration of the maturity of a 7.125% 2031 Notes following a default;
•	change the place or currency of payment on a 7.125% 2031 Notes;
•	impair your right to sue for payment;
•	reduce the percentage of holders of 7.125% 2031 Notes whose consent is needed to modify or amend the indenture; and
•	reduce the percentage of holders of 7.125% 2031 Notes whose consent is needed to waive compliance with certain provisions of the indenture or to waive certain defaults or reduce the percentage of holders of 7.125% 2031 Notes required to satisfy quorum or voting requirements at a meeting of holders of the 7.125% 2031 Notes.

Changes Not Requiring Approval

The second type of change does not require any vote by the holders of the 7.125% 2031 Notes. This type is limited to clarifications and certain other changes that would not adversely affect holders of the 7.125% 2031 Notes in any material respect.

Changes Requiring Majority Approval

Any other change to the indenture and the 7.125% 2031 Notes would require the following approval:

•	if the change affects only the 7.125% 2031 Notes, it must be approved by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the 7.125% 2031 Notes; and
•	if the change affects more than one series of debt securities issued under the same indenture, it must be approved by the holders of a majority in principal amount of all of the series affected by the change, with all affected series voting together as one class for this purpose.

(c)	Provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control

Classified Board of Directors

Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation, our Board of Directors is divided into three classes of directors. Each class consists, as nearly as possible, of one-third of the total number of directors, and each class has a three-year term. Any director elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the class in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualified. Holders of shares of our stock have no right to cumulative voting in the election of directors. Consequently, at each annual meeting of our stockholders, the holders of a plurality of the shares of common stock are able to elect all of the successors to the class of directors whose term expires at such meeting.

Our classified board could have the effect of making the replacement of incumbent directors more time consuming and difficult. Because our directors may only be removed for cause, at least two annual meetings of stockholders, instead of one, will generally be required to effect a change in a majority of our Board of Directors. Thus, our classified board could increase the likelihood that incumbent directors will retain their positions. The staggered terms of directors may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or an attempt to change control of us or another transaction that might involve a premium price for our common stock that might be in the best interest of our stockholders.

Removal of Directors

Any director may be removed only for cause by the stockholders upon the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast at a meeting called for the purpose of the proposed removal. The notice of the meeting shall indicate that the purpose, or one of the purposes, of the meeting is to determine if the director shall be removed.

Business Combinations

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law generally prohibits “business combinations” between us and an “interested stockholder” for three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder. In general, Delaware law defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling, or controlled by, the entity or person. These business combinations include:

•	Any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;
•	Any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;
•	Subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder; or
•	The receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

Section 203 permits certain exemptions from its provisions for transactions in which:

•	Prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
•	The interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding (a) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and (b) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or
•	On or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.
---	---

Merger; Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation

Under Delaware law, we will not be able to amend our certificate of incorporation or merge with another entity unless approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders holding at least a majority of the shares entitled to vote on the matter.

Advance Notice of Director Nominations and New Business

Our bylaws provide that, with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, nominations of persons for election to our Board of Directors and the proposal of business to be considered by stockholders at the annual meeting may be made only:

•	pursuant to our notice of the meeting;
•	by our Board of Directors; or
•	by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record both at the time of the provision of notice and at the time of the meeting who is entitled to vote at the meeting and has complied with the advance notice procedures set forth in our bylaws.

With respect to special meetings of stockholders, only the business specified in our notice of meeting may be brought before the meeting of stockholders and nominations of persons for election to our Board of Directors may be made only:

•	pursuant to our notice of the meeting;
•	by our Board of Directors; or
•	provided that our Board of Directors has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record both at the time of the provision of notice and at the time of the meeting who is entitled to vote at the meeting and has complied with the advance notice provisions set forth in our bylaws.

Preferred Stock

Our certificate of incorporation gives our Board of Directors the authority, without further action by stockholders, to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges, qualifications and restrictions granted to or imposed upon such preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption, and liquidation preference, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the common stock. Thus, our Board of Directors could authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock with terms and conditions which could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or otherwise be in their best interest. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and reduce the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation, and could also decrease the market price of our common stock.

Possible Anti-Takeover Effect of Certain Provisions of Delaware Law and of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

The business combination provisions of Delaware law, the provisions of our bylaws regarding the classification of our Board of Directors, the Board of Directors’ ability to issue preferred stock with terms and conditions that could have a priority as to distributions and amounts payable upon liquidation over the rights of the holders of our common stock, and the advance notice provisions of our bylaws could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in the control that might involve a premium price for holders of common stock or otherwise be in their best interest.

gain-20260331xexx14

1 Code of Ethics and Business Conduct For Gladstone Capital Corporation Gladstone Commercial Corporation Gladstone Investment Corporation Gladstone Land Corporation Gladstone Alternative Income Fund Gladstone Management Corporation Gladstone Administration LLC Gladstone Securities, LLC and their subsidiaries (UPDATED October 20, 2025) I. Introduction and Core Values One of the hallmarks of The Gladstone Companies is our deep commitment to the highest standards of ethical and professional conduct in all of our business operations, as well as in our interactions with customers, business partners and Gladstone Personnel (each employee, officer, or director). The following are the values we hold in highest esteem and guide us in our quest for excellence and success. Golden Rule and Respect: Following the Golden Rule means we will strive to always do the right thing and treat others the way we would like to be treated. Accordingly, we will strive to recognize each individual’s human dignity and respect the rights, opinions and beliefs of others (provided they are consistent with our other core values). Honesty, Openness, and Integrity: We will always strive for fairness, fulfilling the intent of our commitments and the law and will refuse to deceive, mislead, or misrepresent the truth in any way. We will refuse to be corrupted or unfaithful to our values. We will do what we say we will do, and we will strive to conduct ourselves in accordance with our values and the Code. Teamwork and Innovation: We will work together to achieve our goals and values as a group and encourage one another to seek new ways of doing business to improve our quality and efficiency. We will strive to practice solidarity by respecting and supporting team decisions. II. Our Valued Relationships We will deal fairly and honestly in all of our relationships, treating all our business associates as long-term valued partners. We will strive to be dependable and respectable in all our dealings with our business associates and our Gladstone Personnel, value each shareholder and

2 lender to our companies, and we will be faithful stewards of their funds. We are committed to providing a work environment where there is no conflict between work and moral or ethical values, or family responsibilities, and where everyone is treated justly and with respect. We have certain relationships that we hold dear and they are: • Customers and clients are the reason we are in business. We seek to help our customers and clients to achieve their goals, which will, in turn, help us reach our goals too. • We seek to provide each member of our Gladstone Personnel with the best organization to work with and strive to support their personal and professional growth. • We will seek to protect and grow the assets that have been entrusted to us by our shareholders. • We will treat each supplier as a valued partner in the growth of our business. • Our government is part of our operations. We seek to fulfill the regulatory aspects of our business operations in a timely and accurate manner. • Our relationship with God is one that is valued highest. We will do our best to perform in a way that will be pleasing to God. III. Code of Ethics Implementing Guidance and Procedures You will be asked to certify compliance with the Code annually. Additionally, we ask all Gladstone Personnel to be alert to possible violations of the Code by others and must report suspected violations without fear of any form of retaliation (please see additional information in Part III and Part IV, Section 15 of this Code). As with any written guidance, this Code of Ethics may not clearly address every situation you may encounter. If concerns or questions that you have about a course of action are not addressed specifically by this Code, you may ask yourself the following six questions to begin your evaluation process: Ethics “Quick Test” 1. Is it legal? 2. Would doing it make me feel bad or ashamed in any way? 3. Is it consistent with our Core Values? 4. Would I want my family or friends to read about it in the newspaper? 5. Would failing to act make the situation worse or allow a “wrong” to continue? 6. Does it follow the Golden Rule set out above?

3 If you still have questions or concerns, our employee handbook, your supervisor, our Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) and staff (the “Compliance Officers”) or the Ethics Committees of our funds are all available to help you. If you are aware of a suspected or actual violation of Code by others, you are expected to promptly notify a Compliance Officer. Additionally, if you are not comfortable addressing potential violations of this Code with any of these persons directly, you may also raise your concerns by anonymously contacting Global Compliance Services (See Part IV, Section 15 of this Code for additional information). Regardless of who you choose to notify, you should do so without fear of any form of retaliation. Supervisors must promptly report any complaints or observations of or suspected Code violations to the CCO. If you believe your supervisor has not taken appropriate action, you should contact one of our Compliance Officers directly. The Compliance Officers will investigate all reported possible Code violations promptly and with the highest degree of confidentiality that is possible under the specific circumstances. Neither you nor your supervisor may conduct any preliminary investigation, unless authorized to do so by the CCO. As needed, the CCO will consult with the Ethics Committee and the Audit Committees of our funds. With respect to any complaints or observations of Code violations that may involve accounting, internal accounting controls and auditing concerns, the CCO shall promptly inform the chair of the relevant fund’s Ethics Committee, who will then turn over such information to the Audit Committee or such other persons as the Audit Committee determines to be appropriate under the circumstance. If any investigation indicates that a potential violation of this Code has occurred, we will take such action as we believe to be appropriate under the circumstances. Any Gladstone Personnel member who violates this Code may be subject to disciplinary action, which, depending on the nature of the violation and the history of the person, may range from a warning or reprimand to and including termination of employment and, in appropriate cases, civil legal action or referral for regulatory enforcement action IV. Standards of Ethics and Business Conduct Underlying our Core Values, described in Part I above, is our commitment to maintain the highest standards of ethics and business conduct. 1. Honest and Ethical Conduct We aim to promote high standards of integrity by conducting our affairs in an honest and ethical manner. Unyielding personal integrity is the foundation of corporate integrity. 2. Legal Compliance Obeying the law, both in letter and in spirit, is the foundation of this Code. Our success depends upon your operating within legal guidelines and cooperating with local, national and international authorities. You must understand the legal and regulatory requirements applicable to their business units and areas of responsibility. We hold periodic training sessions to ensure that

4 all Gladstone Personnel comply with this Code, the compliance policies and procedures of our companies, and other relevant laws, rules and regulations associated with their employment. If you do have a question in the area of legal compliance, it is important that you not hesitate to seek answers from your supervisor or one of the Compliance Officers (see Part IV, Section 15 of this Code for additional information). 3. Insider Trading Gladstone Personnel who have access to confidential (or “inside”) information are not permitted to use or share that information for stock trading purposes or for any other purpose except to conduct our business. All non-public information about our companies or about companies with which we do business is considered confidential information. To use material non-public information in connection with buying or selling securities, including “tipping” others who might make an investment decision on the basis of this information, is not only unethical, it is illegal. You must exercise the utmost care when handling material inside information. The Company’s Insider Trading Policy (the “Trading Policy”), which is attached to this Code as Appendix A and is incorporated by reference into this Code, has been instituted to help you avoid prohibited insider trading, and to ensure that our companies comply with the separate requirements of Rules 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and 204A of the Investment Advisers’ Act of 1940. Gladstone Personnel are expected to understand and comply with all Trading Policy provisions applicable to them. The Trading Policy addresses detailed legal provisions of the Act and imposes requirements, and in some cases, restrictions, on certain securities trades that you may wish to make. The Trading Policy contains provisions that require you to obtain pre-clearance for all investments in any initial public offering, and for securities trades for which you may have insider information, especially our funds. To request pre-clearance of a securities transaction, you should complete Schedule A (for limited offering transactions) or schedule B (for transactions involving our funds) of the attached Appendix A and forward it to our CCO. The Trading Policy also requires certain Gladstone Personnel members to provide certain reports of their holdings or transactions in certain securities. If you have questions regarding the requirements or compliance procedures under the Trading Policy, or if you don’t know whether your situation requires pre-clearance or reporting, you should contact one of our Compliance Officers. 4. International Business Laws You are expected to comply with the applicable laws in the U.S. and any countries to which you travel, in which we operate and where we otherwise do business, including laws prohibiting bribery, corruption or the conduct of business with specified individuals, companies or countries. If you have a question as to whether an activity is illegal, restricted or prohibited, please seek assistance before taking any action, including giving any verbal assurances that might be regulated by international laws.

5 5. Environmental Compliance It is our policy to conduct our business in an environmentally responsible way that minimizes environmental impacts. We are committed to minimizing and, if practicable, eliminating the use of any substance or material that may cause environmental damage, reducing waste generation and disposing of all waste through safe and responsible methods, minimizing environmental risks by employing safe technologies and operating procedures, and being prepared to respond appropriately to accidents and emergencies. 6. Conflicts of Interest We respect the rights of Gladstone Personnel to manage their personal affairs and investments and do not wish to impinge on their personal lives. At the same time, you should avoid conflicts of interest that occur when your personal interests may interfere in any way with the performance of your duties or the best interests of our companies. A conflicting personal interest could result from an expectation of personal gain now or in the future or from a need to satisfy a prior or concurrent personal obligation. Even the appearance of a conflict of interest where none actually exists can be damaging and should be avoided. Whether or not a conflict of interest exists or will exist can be unclear. If you have any questions about a potential conflict or if you become aware of an actual or potential conflict, and you are not an officer or director of one of our companies, you should discuss the matter with your supervisor or with one of our Compliance Officers. Supervisors may not authorize conflict of interest matters or make determinations as to whether a problematic conflict of interest exists without first seeking the approval of the CCO and providing the CCO with a written description of the activity. If the supervisor is involved in the potential or actual conflict, you should discuss the matter directly with the CCO. Officers and directors may seek authorizations and determinations from the Ethics Committee of the relevant company. Factors that may be considered in evaluating a potential conflict of interest are, among others: • whether it may interfere with your job performance (or that of others), responsibilities or morale; • whether you have access to confidential information; • any potential adverse or beneficial impact on our business, relationships with our customers or suppliers or other service providers; • whether it would enhance or support a competitor’s position; • the extent to which it would result in financial or other benefit (direct or indirect) to you, our customers, suppliers or other service providers; and • the extent to which it would appear improper to an outside observer.

6 Although no list can include every possible situation in which a conflict of interest could arise, the following are examples of situations that may, depending on the facts and circumstances, involve problematic conflicts of interests: • Employment by (including consulting for) or service on the board of a competitor, customer or supplier or other service provider. Activity that enhances the position of a competitor to the detriment of one or more of our companies is prohibited, including employment by or service on the board of a competitor. Employment by or service on the board of a customer or supplier or other service provider is generally discouraged and you must seek CCO authorization in advance if you plan to take such a position. • Owning, directly or indirectly, a significant financial interest in any entity that does business, seeks to do business or competes with us. If you are evaluating ownership in other entities for conflicts of interest, you should consider the size and nature of the investment; the nature of the relationship between the other entity and us; your access to confidential information and ability to influence one of our companies’ decisions. If you would like to acquire a financial interest of any kind, you must seek written approval in advance from the CCO. • Soliciting or accepting gifts, favors, loans or preferential treatment from any person or entity that does business or seeks to do business with us. See Section 10 for further discussion. • Soliciting contributions to any charity or for any political candidate from any person or entity that does business or seeks to do business with us. • Taking personal advantage of corporate opportunities. See Section 7 for further discussion. • Working at a second job without permission. • Conducting business transactions between any one of our companies and your family member or a business in which you or a family member has a significant financial interest. Material related-party transactions must be approved by the Audit Committee and the Ethics Committee and, if that activity involves any executive officer or director, that activity will be required to be publicly disclosed as required by applicable laws and regulations. 7. Corporate Opportunities. You may not take personal advantage of the opportunities of our companies that are presented to you or discovered by you as a result of your position with us or through your use of corporate property or information, unless authorized by the board of directors of the relevant company. You may not use your position with us or corporate property or information for improper personal gain, nor should you compete with us in any way.

7 8. Maintenance of Corporate Books, Records, Documents and Accounts; Financial Integrity; Public Reporting The integrity of our records and public disclosure depends upon the validity, accuracy and completeness of the information supporting the entries to our books of account. Therefore, our corporate and business records should be completed accurately and honestly. The making of false or misleading entries, whether they relate to financial results or test results, is strictly prohibited. Our records serve as a basis for managing our business and are important in meeting our obligations to customers, suppliers, creditors, employees and others with whom we do business. As a result, it is important that our books, records and accounts accurately and fairly reflect, in reasonable detail, our assets, liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses, as well as all transactions and changes in assets and liabilities. We require that: • no entry be made in our books and records that intentionally hides or disguises the nature of any transaction or of any of our liabilities or misclassifies any transactions as to accounts or accounting periods; • transactions be supported by appropriate documentation; • the terms of sales and other commercial transactions be reflected accurately in the documentation for those transactions and all such documentation be reflected accurately in our books and records; • Gladstone Personnel comply with our system of internal controls; and • no cash or other assets be maintained for any purpose in any unrecorded or “off-the-books” fund. Our accounting records are also relied upon to produce reports for our management, stockholders and creditors, as well as for governmental agencies. In particular, we rely upon our accounting and other business and corporate records in preparing the periodic and current reports that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Securities laws require that these reports provide full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure and fairly present our financial condition and results of operations. Gladstone Personnel who collect, provide or analyze information for or otherwise contribute in any way in preparing or verifying these reports should strive to ensure that our financial disclosure is accurate and transparent and that our reports contain all of the information about our companies that would be important to enable stockholders and potential investors to assess the soundness and risks of our business and finances and the quality and integrity of our accounting and disclosures. In addition: • you may not take or authorize any action that would intentionally cause our financial records or financial disclosure to fail to comply with generally accepted accounting principles, the rules and regulations of the SEC or other applicable laws, rules and regulations;

8 • you must cooperate fully with our accounting departments and, when one is established, internal auditing departments, as well as our independent public accountants and counsel, respond to their questions with candor and provide them with complete and accurate information to help ensure that our books and records, as well as our reports filed with the SEC, are accurate and complete; and • you may not knowingly make (or cause or encourage any other person to make) any false or misleading statement in any of our reports filed with the SEC or knowingly omit (or cause or encourage any other person to omit) any information necessary to make the disclosure in any of our reports accurate in all material respects. If you become aware of any departure from these standards, you have a responsibility to report it to a supervisor, a Compliance Officer, the Audit Committee or one of the other compliance resources described in Section 15. 9. Fair Dealing We strive to outperform our competition fairly and honestly. Advantages over our competitors are to be obtained through superior performance of our products and services, not through unethical or illegal business practices. Acquiring proprietary information from others through improper means, possessing trade secret information that was improperly obtained, or inducing improper disclosure of confidential information from past or present employees of other companies is prohibited, even if motivated by an intention to advance our interests. If information is obtained by mistake that may constitute a trade secret or other confidential information of another business, or if you have any questions about the legality of proposed information gathering, you must consult your supervisor or one of our Compliance Officers, as further described in Section 15. Be aware that the Federal Trade Commission Act provides that “unfair methods of competition in commerce, and unfair or deceptive acts or practices in commerce, are declared unlawful.” It is a violation of this Act to engage in deceptive, unfair or unethical practices and to make misrepresentations in connection with sales activities. Gladstone Personnel involved in procurement have a special responsibility to adhere to principles of fair competition in the purchase of products and services by selecting suppliers based exclusively on normal commercial considerations, such as quality, cost, availability, service and reputation, and not on the receipt of special favors. 10. Gifts and Entertainment Business gifts and entertainment are meant to create goodwill and sound working relationships and not to gain improper advantage with customers or facilitate approvals from government officials. The exchange, as a normal business courtesy, of meals or entertainment (such as tickets to a game or the theatre or a round of golf) is a common and acceptable practice as long as it is not extravagant. Unless express written permission is received from a supervisor, the CCO or the Ethics Committee, gifts and entertainment cannot be offered, provided or accepted

9 by any Gladstone Personnel unless consistent with customary business practices and not (a) of more than token or nominal monetary value, (b) in cash, (c) susceptible of being construed as a bribe or kickback, (d) made or received on a regular or frequent basis or (e) in violation of any laws. 11. Protection and Proper Use of Company Assets You are expected to protect our assets and ensure their efficient use. Theft, carelessness and waste have a direct impact on our profitability. Our property, such as office supplies, computer equipment, buildings and products, are expected to be used only for legitimate business purposes, although incidental personal use may be permitted. You may not, however, use our corporate name, any brand name or trademark owned or associated with our companies or any letterhead stationery for any personal purpose. We each have personal responsibility to guard and ensure the security of our information systems and data and must exercise reasonable cyber security awareness by managing access to our equipment, systems and information/data assets with the utmost care, confidentiality and professionalism. Our assets include facilities, equipment, computers and information systems, smartphones, information and data assets. Be vigilant of potential attempts (ex., phishing/spam/fraudulent emails, unusual system activity, etc.) to breach our computer systems by notifying compliance, resource management, or our IT service when suspicion arises. You may not: • permit an external entity to access our computer systems without authorization from compliance or resource management; • access the internal computer system (also known as “hacking”) or other resource of another entity without express written authorization from the entity responsible for operating that resource; • exceed the scope of any authorization you receive to access another entity’s internal computer system or other resource; or • commit any unlawful or illegal act, including harassment, libel, fraud, sending of unsolicited bulk email (also known as “spam”) in violation of applicable law, trafficking in contraband of any kind or espionage. Unsolicited bulk email is regulated by law in a number of jurisdictions. If you intend to send unsolicited bulk email to persons outside of our companies, either while acting on our behalf or using our computing or communications equipment or facilities, you should contact your supervisor or the CCO for approval.

10 All data residing on or transmitted through our computing and communications facilities, including email and word processing documents, is the property of our companies and subject to inspection, retention and review by us, with or without your or third party’s knowledge, consent or approval, in accordance with applicable law. Any misuse or suspected misuse of our assets must be immediately reported to your supervisor or a Compliance Officer. 12. Confidentiality One of our most important assets is our confidential information. You may learn of information about our business that is confidential and proprietary and you may learn of such before we release it to the general public (if required under the securities laws). If you have access to confidential information, you must take care to keep this information confidential. In addition, because we interact with other companies and organizations, there may be times when you learn confidential information about other companies before that information has been made available to the public. You must treat this information in the same manner as you are required to treat our confidential and proprietary information. You are expected to keep confidential and proprietary information confidential unless and until that information is released to the public through approved channels (usually through a press release, an SEC filing or a formal communication from a member of senior management, as further described in Section 13). Unauthorized use or distribution of this information may also be illegal and result in civil liability or criminal penalties. 13. Media and Public Discussions It is our policy to disclose material information concerning our funds to the public only through specific limited channels to avoid inappropriate publicity and to ensure that all those with an interest in the company will have equal access to information. All inquiries or calls from the press and financial analysts should be referred to the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) or President of the relevant company or to our internal legal or compliance departments, or our Director of Investor Relations. 14. Waivers Any waiver of this Code for executive officers (including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller (or persons performing similar functions) or directors may be authorized only by the board of directors of the relevant company, and will be disclosed to stockholders as required by applicable laws, rules and regulations. 15. Compliance Standards and Procedures Compliance Resources; Compliance Officers We have designated our CCO and his/her staff to oversee this Code and oversight of this program. You may address any questions or concerns to the Compliance Officers. The CCO is responsible for:

11 • investigating possible violations of this Code; • training new Gladstone Personnel in Code policies and conducting annual training sessions to refresh familiarity with this Code; • reviewing all personal securities transactions and holdings reports required by Appendix A to this Code; • distributing this Code by hard copy or by email to Gladstone Personnel upon initial hire and annually thereafter, and upon any amendment of this Code, and requiring written acknowledgement of the receipt of this Code and any such amendments; • amending or updating this Code, as needed, and receive appropriate approval of the Ethics Committees; and • otherwise promoting an atmosphere of responsible and ethical conduct. Your most immediate resource for any matter related to this Code is your supervisor or a Compliance Officer. If you are uncomfortable speaking with a Compliance Officer because he or she works in your department or is one of your supervisors, please contact a member of the Ethics Committee of the relevant fund. You may also report violations directly to members of the Ethics Committee by either sending a letter to Global Compliance Services, 13950 Ballantyne Corporate Place, Suite 300, Charlotte, NC 28277 or by calling our companies’ toll-free hotline run by Global Compliance Services at 1-888-475-4914 and speaking with a representative who will transmit the information to the Ethics Committee, which will pass on to the Audit Committee all information related to complaints or observations that involve accounting, internal accounting controls and auditing concerns. You may call the toll-free number anonymously if you prefer, as it is not equipped with caller identification, although Global Compliance Services will be unable to obtain follow-up details from you that may be necessary to investigate the matter. Whether you identify yourself or remain anonymous, your telephonic contact with Global Compliance Services through the toll- free number (1-888-475-4914) will be kept strictly confidential to the extent reasonably possible within the objectives of this Code. 16. Amendments and Modifications This Code (originally adopted on January 28, 2013) may not be amended or modified except in a written form which is specifically approved by majority vote of the independent directors of the applicable entities. 17. Pay to Play Policy In light of recent scandals involving public pension plans and the practice of making campaign contributions to elected officials in order to influence the awarding of lucrative contracts for the management of public pension plan assets and similar government investment accounts,

12 so-called “pay to play,” the Securities and Exchange Commission adopted Rule 206(4)-5 amending the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (hereinafter “Rule 206(4)-5” or the “Rule”) prohibiting investment advisors from receiving compensation for advisory services rendered to a public pension plan or other government investment account if certain political contributions are made by the adviser, or certain of its executives and employees. The Rule covers, among other things, all direct contributions made to incumbent state or local officials, or candidates for state or local office, direct contributions to state or local political party committees, and indirect contributions such as in-kind contributions, and soliciting or coordinating contributions. Rule 206(4)-5 applies to the Adviser because it is a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and to Gladstone Securities because it is a registered broker dealer soliciting Government Entities on behalf of the Adviser.1 Although the Adviser may not currently be providing advisory services to a public pension plan or other government investment account, the Rule has a two year look back provision which could impact the ability of the Adviser to provide such services in the coming years. This policy is being adopted to avoid inadvertent violations of the Rule which would result in loss of business for the Adviser. Any questions regarding this policy or activities discussed herein should be directed to the CCO or his designee. Please refer to Appendix B for further information. 1 The Rule makes it unlawful for any investment adviser subject to the Rule or any of the adviser’s covered associates to make direct or indirect payment to any person to solicit government clients for investment advisory services on the investment adviser’s behalf unless the “solicitor” is subject to prohibitions against participating in pay to play practices and subject to oversight by the Securities and Exchange Commission or a registered national securities association such as FINRA. The SEC adopted this Rule to prevent a third party placement agent from being used as an indirect means of making political contributions on the investment’s advisers behalf. Under the Rule, FINRA’s rules must be at least as restrictive as Rule 206(4)-5 for a broker dealer to be able to solicit government clients on the investment adviser’s behalf. While Gladstone Securities is not a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, any contributions made by a Covered Associate of Gladstone Securities could be deemed to have been made by the Adviser, thus prohibiting the Adviser from providing investment advisory services to the applicable Government Entity. Likewise, contributions made by a newly hired employee prior to his or her employment at the Adviser or Gladstone Securities could be deemed to have been made by the Adviser, triggering the prohibitions on the Adviser providing advisory services to a Government Entity.

Appendix A-1 Appendix A Insider Trading Policy For Gladstone Capital Corporation Gladstone Commercial Corporation Gladstone Investment Corporation Gladstone Land Corporation Gldastone Alternative Income Fund Gladstone Management Corporation Gladstone Administration LLC Gladstone Securities, LLC and their subsidiaries This Insider Trading Policy (the “Policy”) has been adopted to comply with Rules 17j-l under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Investment Company Act”) and 204A under the Investment Advisers’ Act of 1940 (the “Advisers’ Act”) (the “Rules”). The Policy establishes standards and procedures designed to address conflicts of interest and detect and prevent abuse of fiduciary duty by persons with knowledge of the investments and investment intentions of Gladstone Management Corporation (the “Adviser”), Gladstone Administration LLC (the “Administrator”), Gladstone Securities, LLC, Gladstone Capital Corporation, Gladstone Commercial Corporation, Gladstone Investment Corporation, Gladstone Land Corporation, Gladstone Alternative Income Fund, their subsidiaries, and other funds managed and administered by the Adviser and the Administrator (collectively, the “Funds”). THIS POLICY WAS ORIGINALLY INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE INTO AND MADE A PART OF THE CODE OF ETHICS AND BUSINESS CONDUCT ADOPTED BY THE BOARDS OF DIRECTORS OF THE ADVISER AND THE FUNDS ON OCTOBER 11, 2005 (THE “CODE OF ETHICS”). ANY VIOLATION OF THIS POLICY IS SUBJECT TO SANCTIONS DESCRIBED IN THE CODE OF ETHICS. (a) General Policy (i) It is the policy of the Adviser, the Administrator and the Funds to oppose the unauthorized disclosure of any non-public information acquired in the workplace and the misuse of Material Non-public Information in securities trading. It is also the policy of the Adviser, the Administrator and the Funds to restrict trading of the Fund’s securities in a manner that minimizes the possibility of any unintentional violation of the securities laws. We have adopted several specific restrictions, outlined in this Policy, to effect the Company’s general policy.

Appendix A-2 (ii) This Policy acknowledges the general principles that officers, directors and employees of the Adviser, the Administrator, the Funds or any other company in a Control relationship to the Adviser, the Administrator or the Funds, referred to in this Policy as “Covered Persons,” (A) owe a fiduciary obligation to the Funds, the Administrator and the Adviser; (B) have the duty at all times to protect the interests of stockholders; (C) must conduct all personal securities transactions in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest or abuse of an individual’s position of trust and responsibility; and (D) should not take inappropriate advantage of their positions in relation to the Funds, the Administrator or the Adviser. In recognition of the relationship between Covered Persons and members of their immediate family sharing a household with the Covered Person and entities whose investment decisions are influenced or controlled by such individuals, this Policy also applies to such persons, who are referred to in this Policy as “Insiders.” (iii) The Rules make it unlawful for Covered Persons to engage in conduct which is deceitful, fraudulent or manipulative, or which involves false or misleading statements, in connection with the purchase or sale of securities by an investment company. Accordingly, under the Rules and this Policy no Covered Person shall use any information concerning the investments or investment intentions of the Funds, or his or her ability to influence such investment intentions, for personal gain or in a manner detrimental to the interests of the Funds. In addition, the Rules and this Policy also contain additional restrictions for Covered Persons who are involved in or have access to information regarding securities recommendations made to the Funds, referred to in this Policy as Access Persons. (iv) Generally speaking, the restrictions in this Policy are time-based, to take account of events we know will occur on a regular basis, such as quarterly earnings releases, and circumstance-based, to address situations where information such as anticipated significant investment transactions, securities offerings, or any other such information that would likely affect the price of the Funds’ securities, is not yet known to the general public. (b) Definitions. For purposes of this Policy, (i) “Access Person” means any officer, employee director or managing director of the Adviser, the Administrator or the Funds, or any other company in a Control relationship to the Adviser, the Administrator or the Funds who is involved in or has access to information regarding securities recommendations made to the Funds. (ii) “Administrative Officer” means the CCO of the Relevant Fund, or, if the CCO of the Relevant Fund is not available, then the General Counsel of the Relevant Fund, or if the CCO and General Counsel of the Relevant Fund are not available, then the Chief Financial Officer of the Relevant Fund. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of the pre-clearance of a Covered Transaction within the meaning of Section (b)(viii)(2) below, “Administrative Officer” means the CCO of the Adviser, or, if the CCO of the Adviser is not available, then the General Counsel of the Adviser, or if the CCO and General Counsel of the Adviser are not available, then the Chief Financial Officer of the Adviser.

Appendix A-3 (iii) “Beneficial Interest” means any interest by which a Covered Person or any member of his or her Immediate Family, can directly or indirectly derive a monetary benefit from the purchase, sale (or other acquisition or disposition) or ownership of a Security, except such interests as Clearing Officers (defined below) shall determine to be too remote for the purpose of this Policy. (A transaction in which a Covered Person acquires or disposes of a Security in which he or she has or thereby acquires a direct or indirect Beneficial Interest is sometimes referred to in this Code of Ethics as a “personal securities” transaction or as a transaction for the person’s “own account”). (iv) “CCO” means Chief Compliance Officer, as duly appointed. (v) “Control” means the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a company (unless such power is solely the result of an official position with such company). Any person who owns beneficially, directly or through one or more controlled companies, more than 25% of the voting securities of a company shall be presumed to control such company. For purposes of this Policy, natural persons and portfolio companies of the Funds shall be presumed not to be controlled persons. (vi) “Covered Person” means any officer, director or employee of the Adviser, the Administrator, the Funds or any other company in a Control relationship to the Adviser, the Administrator or the Funds, but does not include portfolio companies of the Funds. (vii) “Covered Security” includes any Fund Securities and all debt obligations, stock and other instruments comprising the investments of the Funds, including any warrant or option to acquire or sell a security and financial futures contracts, but excludes securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies, bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and shares of a mutual Company. References to a “Covered Security” in this Policy shall include any warrant for, option in, or security convertible into that “Covered Security.” (viii) “Covered Transaction” means any of the following transactions: (1) A transaction in which such Covered Person knows or should know at the time of entering into the transaction that: (i) any of the Funds has engaged in a transaction in the same Security within the last 180 days, or is engaging in a transaction or is going to engage in a transaction in the same Security in the next 180 days; or (ii) the Adviser has within the last 180 days considered a transaction in the same Security for any of the Funds or is considering such a transaction in the Security or within the next 180 days is going to consider such a transaction in the Security; (2) a transaction that involves the direct or indirect acquisition of Securities in an initial public offering or Limited Offering of any issuer; or (3) a transaction in any Fund Security.

Appendix A-4 (ix) “Fund Security” means any security issued by any of the Funds. References to a “Fund Security” in this Policy shall include any warrant for, option in, or security convertible into that “Fund Security.” (x) “Immediate Family” includes any children, stepchildren, grandchildren, parents, stepparents, grandparents, spouses, siblings, mothers-in-law, fathers-in-law, sons-in-law, daughters-in-law, brothers-in-law, or sisters-in-law, including adoptive relationships, who live in the same household. (xi) “Independent Officer” means an officer of the Relevant Fund other than the Administrative Officer who is not a party to the transaction or a relative of a party to the transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of the pre-clearance of a Covered Transaction within the meaning of Section (b)(viii)(2) below, “Independent Officer” means an officer of the Adviser other than the Administrative Officer who is not a party to the transaction or a relative of a party to the transaction. (xii) “Insiders” means Covered Persons, their Immediate Family and entities whose investment decisions are influenced or controlled by such individuals. (xiii) “Limited Offering” means an offering that is exempt from registration under Sections 4(2) or 4(6) of, or Regulation D under, the Securities Act of 1933. Limited Offerings may include, among other things, limited partnership or limited liability company interests, or other Securities purchased through private placements. (xiv) “Loan Officer” means an Access Person who is responsible for making decisions as to Securities to be bought or sold for the Funds’ portfolio. (xv) “Non-Access Person” means any employee of the Adviser, the Administrator, the Funds, or any other company in a Control relationship to the Adviser or the Funds, which employee is not an “Access Person.” (xvi) “Relevant Fund” means the Fund to which the relevant Covered Securities relate. (xvii) A “Security held or to be acquired” by the Funds means any Security which, within the most recent 180 days is or has been held by the Funds or is being or has been considered for purchase by the Funds. (xviii) A Security is “being considered for purchase or sale” from the time an amendment letter is signed by or on behalf of the Funds until the closing with respect to that Security is completed or aborted. (xix) “Security” means any note, stock, treasury stock, security future, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate, preorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional

Appendix A-5 undivided interest in oil, gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege on any security (including a certificate of deposit) or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency, or, in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a “security”, or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guarantee of, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase, any of the foregoing. (xx) “Trading Day” means a day on which the Nasdaq Global Market is open for trading. A Trading Day begins at the time trading begins on such day following the date of public disclosure of the financial results for that quarter. (c) Material Non-public Information. Material Non-public Information means any information that a reasonable investor would likely consider important in a decision to buy, hold or sell Covered Securities that has not already been disclosed generally to the public. Either positive or negative information may be material. (i) Materiality. While it may be difficult to determine whether particular information is material, there are various categories of information that are particularly sensitive and, as a general rule, should always be considered material. Examples of such information include, but are not limited to: (1) a Fund’s financial results, (2) known but unannounced large deviations in planned future earnings or losses, (3) execution or termination of significant investment transactions, (4) news of a pending or proposed merger or other acquisition, (5) changes in a Fund’s dividend rate or dividend policy, (6) news of the disposition, construction or acquisition of significant assets, (7) impending bankruptcy or financial liquidity problems, (8) significant developments involving corporate relationships, (9) new equity or debt offerings, (10) security buyback programs, (11) positive or negative developments in significant outstanding litigation, (12) significant litigation exposure due to actual or threatened litigation, (13) significant changes to existing debt facilities and (14) major changes in senior management. (ii) Non-public. Information about the Adviser, the Administrator and the Funds that is not yet in general circulation should be considered non-public. It is important to note that information is not necessarily public merely because it has been discussed in the press, which will sometimes report rumors. All information that a Covered Person learns about the Adviser, the Administrator or the Funds or their business plans in connection with his or her employment is non-public information unless you can point to its official release by the Adviser, the Administrator or the Funds in a press release, a filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) or a publicly available webcast or similar broadcast sponsored by the Adviser, the Administrator or the Funds. If you are considering engaging in a Covered Transaction and have any question as to whether information of which you are aware has been made public, contact the CCO of the Relevant Fund. (d) Specific Requirements for Trading in Fund Securities (i) Trading Window. Except as permitted in Section (e)(iii) of this Policy, Insiders may only conduct transactions involving the purchase or sale of a Fund Security during

Appendix A-6 the period commencing at the open of the market on the third Trading Day following the date of the Relevant Fund’s filing of its Form 10-Q or 10-K for the most recently completed fiscal period and continuing until the close of the market on the fifteenth (15th) calendar day prior to the last day of the fiscal quarter (the “Trading Window”), after which time the Trading Window will be closed until it re-opens on the third Trading Day following the date of filing of the Form 10-Q or 10-K for the subsequent period. Notwithstanding anything in this Policy to the contrary, in certain special circumstances involving a high level of market volatility, Insiders may conduct transactions involving the purchase or sale of a Fund Security outside the Trading Window, but not later than the last day of the fiscal quarter, provided that each such trade complies with the pre-clearance procedures outlined in Section (e)(i) of this Policy and is also approved in advance by the Relevant Fund’s Chief Executive Officer or President who is not placing the particular trade. In the event that the Insider and the Relevant Fund’s Chief Executive Officer and President are the same person, he or she must receive the approval of the Chief Operating Officer. In special circumstances, when insiders may have Material Non-public information, the CCO, General Counsel or the Chief Financial Officer of the Relevant Fund may, upon the concurrence of any two of such persons, close or open Trading Window or prevent a scheduled Trading Window from opening as originally scheduled. Upon determination that any such information no longer constitutes Material Non-public Information, the CCO, General Counsel or Chief Financial Officer of the Relevant Fund may, upon the concurrence of any two of such persons, re-open a Trading Window. (ii) Reserved. (iii) No Safe Harbor for Possession of Material Non-Public Information. Regardless of whether the Trading Window is open, the Funds and Insiders may not trade in Fund Securities while in possession of any Material Non-public Information (with the exception of trades pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plans established in accordance with this Policy). Trading in Fund Securities during the Trading Window should not be considered a “safe harbor” from liability, and all Insiders should use good judgment at all times. (iv) Limit Orders. The prohibition against trading during the closed Trading Windows encompasses the fulfillment of “limit orders” (often referred to as “good until canceled orders”) by any broker with whom any such limit order is placed. Any unfilled limit orders in Fund Securities must be immediately canceled whenever (A) a Trading Window closes, including upon the imposition of a special circumstances closed Trading Window, or (B) the Insider comes into possession of Material Non-public Information. (v) Short Sales and Derivative Securities. No Insiders shall engage in a short sale of any Fund Security. A short sale is a sale of securities not owned by the seller or, if owned, not delivered against such sale within 20 days thereafter. In addition, trading in options to buy or sell Fund Securities (including put or call options), warrants, convertible securities, stock appreciation rights, or other similar rights with an exercise or conversion privilege at a price related to an equity security or with a value derived from the value of an equity security relating to a Fund Security (collectively, “Derivative Securities”), whether or not issued by the Funds, such as

Appendix A-7 exchange-traded options, are prohibited. Short sales and Derivative Security trading are prohibited by this Policy even when the Trading Window is open. (vi) Other Prohibited Activities. In addition, no Covered Person shall, directly or indirectly in connection with the purchase or sale of a “security held or to be acquired” (as defined in Section (b)(xvii) of this Policy) by the Funds: (a) employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud the Funds; or (b) make to the Funds or the Adviser any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state to any of the foregoing a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; or (c) engage in any act, practice, or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon the Funds; or (d) engage in any manipulative practice with respect to the Funds. In addition, no Fund shall, directly or indirectly in connection with the purchase or sale of its securities: (a) employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud; or (b) make any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state to any of the foregoing a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; or (c) engage in any act, practice, or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon any person. (e) Pre-Clearance of Covered Transactions (i) Pre-Clearance of Transactions in Fund Securities. Except for transactions that are exempted under Section (e)(iii) below, all Covered Persons must obtain pre- clearance for any transactions in Fund Securities using the following procedures: (1) From Whom Obtained. Before any Insider engages in any transaction in Fund Securities, the relevant Covered Person must pre-clear the proposed transaction with the Administrative Officer (the CCO of the Relevant Fund, or, if the CCO of the Relevant Fund is not available, then the General Counsel of the Relevant Fund, or if the CCO and General Counsel of the Relevant Fund are not available, then the Chief Financial Officer of the Relevant Fund). Until the Administrative Officer provides pre-clearance for the proposed transaction, such Insider shall not execute the proposed transaction. The Administrative Officer may consult management and counsel in reviewing and pre-clearing transactions, although the primary responsibility to assess whether a proposed transaction complies with this Policy and applicable law will lie with the Covered Person. (2) Pre-clearance Period. The Covered Person will have until the end of fourteen (14) calendar days following the day pre-clearance is received, or until such earlier time that the Trading Window closes or the Insider comes into possession of Material Non-Public Information, to execute the transaction. If for any reason the transaction is not completed within this period of time, pre-clearance must be re-obtained from the Administrative Officer. Execution of a trade shall include the actual sale or purchase, rather than simply placing of an order to do so. (3) Form. To initiate pre-clearance, you must contact the Administrative Officer in person, by phone, or email. After discussing the proposed trade, pre- clearance can be obtained by (i) completing and signing Schedule B, and obtaining the approval

Appendix A-8 and signature of the Administrative Officer; or (ii) responding affirmatively to an email sent by the Administrative Officer containing all the required information of Schedule B and receiving a reply email from the Administrative Officer indicating such approval. Schedule B may be amended from time to time by the CCO of the Relevant Fund, with the permission of the Chairman of the Ethics Committee of the Relevant Fund. The Administrative Officer is the CCO of the Relevant Fund, or, if the CCO is not available, then the General Counsel of the Relevant Fund, or if the CCO and General Counsel are not available, then the CFO of the Relevant Fund. (4) Filing. A copy of all completed pre-clearance forms, with all required signatures (or, as applicable, email correspondence), shall be retained by the CCO of the Relevant Fund. (5) Insider’s Responsibility. Notwithstanding the foregoing, even if a proposed trade is pre-cleared, the Insider is prohibited from trading any Fund Securities while in possession of Material Non-public Information. (ii) Pre-Clearance of Non-Fund Securities Covered Transactions. With the exception of transactions in Fund Securities (covered in Section (e)(i) above) and transactions that are exempted under Section (e)(iii) below, Insiders proposing to engage in Covered Transactions must obtain pre-clearance of such Covered Transaction using the following procedures: (1) From Whom Obtained. Pre-clearance must be obtained from the Administrative Officer and one Independent Officer. (2) Pre-clearance Period. In the case of a proposed Covered Transaction, if the relevant Covered Person receives pre-clearance, the Insider will have until the end of fourteen (14) calendar days following the day pre-clearance is received to execute the transaction. If for any reason the transaction is not completed within this period of time, pre- clearance must be re-obtained before the transaction can be executed. (3) Form. Pre-clearance must be obtained in writing by completing and signing the “Request for Permission to Engage in a Non-Fund Securities Covered Transaction” form attached hereto as Schedule A, which form shall set forth the details of the proposed transaction, and obtaining the signatures of the Administrative Officer and one Independent Officer. Schedule A may be amended from time to time by the CCO of the Relevant Fund, with the permission of the Chairman of the Ethics Committee of the Relevant Fund. (4) Filing. A copy of all completed pre-clearance forms, with all required signatures, shall be retained by the CCO of the Relevant Fund. (5) Factors to be Considered in Pre-clearance of Non-Fund Securities Covered Transactions. The persons responsible for pre-clearance may refuse to grant pre-clearance of a Covered Transaction in their absolute discretion. Generally, such persons will consider the following factors in determining whether or not to clear a Covered Transaction: (1) whether the Insider is in possession of Material Non-Public Information, (2) whether the amount or nature of the transaction or person making it is likely to affect the price or market for the

Appendix A-9 Security; (3) whether the individual making the proposed purchase or sale is likely to benefit from purchases or sales being made or being considered by the Funds; (4) whether the Security proposed to be purchased or sold is one that would qualify for purchase or sale by the Funds; (5) whether the transaction is non-volitional on the part of the individual, such as receipt of a stock dividend, bequest or inheritance; (6) whether potential harm to the Funds from the transaction is remote; (7) whether the transaction would be likely to affect a highly institutional market; and (8) whether the transaction is related economically to Securities being considered for purchase or sale (as defined in Section (b)(xviii) of this Policy) by the Funds. (iii) Exemptions From Pre-Clearance Requirements The following transactions are exempt from the pre-clearance provisions of this Policy: (1) Not Controlled Securities. Purchases, sales or other acquisitions or dispositions of Securities for an account over which the Insider has no direct influence or Control and does not exercise indirect influence or Control; (2) Involuntary Transactions. Involuntary purchases or sales made by an Insider; (3) DRPs. Purchases which are part of an automatic dividend reinvestment plan; (4) Rights Offerings. Purchases or other acquisitions or dispositions resulting from the exercise of rights acquired from an issuer as part of a pro rata distribution to all holders of a class of Securities of such issuer and the sale of such rights; and (5) Rule 10b5-1 Plans. a. Trades Pursuant to Trading Plan Exempted from Compliance with Trading Windows and Pre-clearance Requirements. A transaction in Fund Securities in accordance with a trading plan adopted in accordance with the SEC’s Rule 10b5-1(c) and this Section (e)(iii)(5) (the “Trading Plan”) shall not be required to be effected during an open Trading Window nor shall it require pre-clearance, even though such transaction takes place during a closed Trading Window or while the Insider was aware of Material Non-public Information. b. Adoption and Approval of Trading Plan. The Trading Plan must be adopted during (i) an open Trading Window and (ii) at a time when such Insider is not in possession of Material Non-public Information. Each Trading Plan must be pre-approved by the Administrative Officer to confirm compliance with this Policy and applicable securities laws, and such approval is subject to the sole discretion of the Administrative Officer. Approval of a Trading Plan shall not be deemed a representation by the Adviser, Administrator or the applicable Fund that such plan complies with Rule 10b5-1, nor an assumption by the Adviser, Administrator or the applicable Fund of any liability or responsibility to the individual or any other party if the plan does not comply with Rule 10b5-1. The initial trades under such Trading Plan

Appendix A-10 shall not be permitted until at least thirty calendar days have passed following the establishment of the Trading Plan. c. Amendment of Trading Plan. An Insider may amend or replace his or her Trading Plan only during periods when trading is permitted in accordance with this Policy, and the relevant Covered Person must submit any proposed amendment or replacement of a Trading Plan to the Administrative Officer for approval prior to adoption. The relevant Covered Person must provide notice to the Administrative Officer prior to an Insider terminating a Trading Plan. d. Form. Pre-clearance of a Trading Plan must be obtained in writing by (i) completing and signing the “Request for Permission to Establish Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plan” form attached hereto as Schedule C, and (ii) obtaining the signature of the Administrative Officer. Schedule C may be amended from time to time by the CCO of the Relevant Fund, with the permission of the Chairman of the Ethics Committee of the Relevant Fund. e. Filing. A copy of all completed pre-clearance forms, with all required signatures, shall be retained by the CCO of the Relevant Fund. (f) Reporting Requirements. (i) Access Persons. (1) Holdings Reports. a. Initial Holdings Report. Within ten (10) days of becoming an Access Person, each Access Person shall make a written report to the CCO of the Relevant Fund of all Securities in which such Access Person holds a direct or indirect Beneficial Interest. Access Persons need not report any such Securities that are exempt under subsection (i)(1)(d) of this Section (f). The initial holdings report shall be made on the form provided for such purpose by the CCO of the Relevant Fund. Each initial holdings report must be current as of a date no more than forty-five (45) days prior to the date that the reporting person became an Access Person. b. Annual Holdings Reports. No later than February 13th of each year, each Access Person shall make a written report to the CCO of the Relevant Fund of all Securities in which such Access Person holds a direct or indirect Beneficial Interest. Access Persons need not report any such Securities that are exempt under subsection (i)(1)(d) of this Section (f). The annual holdings report shall be made on the form provided for such purpose by the CCO of the Relevant Fund. Each annual holdings report must be current as of a date no later than December 31st of the prior year. c. Contents of Holdings Reports. Holdings reports must contain, at a minimum, the following information with respect to each Security: (i) the title and type of each Security for which an Access Person holds a direct or indirect Beneficial Interest; (ii) for publicly traded Securities, the ticker symbol or CUSIP number for each such Security; (iii) the

Appendix A-11 principal amount of each Security; (iv) the name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom you, or any members of your Immediate Family, maintain an account in which any Securities are held for your direct or indirect benefit; and (v) the date of submission of the report. d. Exemptions from Holdings Reports. The following Securities are not required to be included in holdings reports made by Access Persons: i. Securities held in accounts over which an Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control; ii. Direct obligations of the Government of the United States; iii. Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements; and iv. Shares issued by open-end funds. (2) Transaction Reports. a. Quarterly Report. Within thirty (30) days of the end of each calendar quarter, each Access Person must submit a quarterly report to the CCO of the Relevant Fund, on the form provided for such purpose by the CCO of the Relevant Fund, of all transactions during the calendar quarter in any Securities in which such Access Person has any direct or indirect Beneficial Interest. b. Contents of Transaction Reports. Quarterly Transaction Reports must contain, at a minimum, the following information with respect to each transaction in a Security: (i) the title and type of each Security involved; (ii) for publicly traded Securities, the ticker symbol or CUSIP number for each such Security; (iii) the number of shares, interest rate, and maturity date and principal amount, as applicable, of each Security involved; (iv) the price of the Security at which the transaction was effected; (v) the name of any broker, dealer or bank through which the transaction was effected; and (vi) the date of submission of the report. c. Exemptions from Transaction Reports. The following transactions are not required to be included in Quarterly transactions reports of Access Persons: i. Transactions in Securities over which an Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control; ii. Transactions in Direct obligations of the Government of the United States; iii. Transactions in Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high

Appendix A-12 quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements; iv. Transactions in shares issued by open-end funds; and v. Transactions which are part of an automatic dividend reinvestment plan. (ii) Non-Access Persons. (1) Annual Transactions Report. Within 10 days of the end of each calendar year, each Non-Access Person shall make a written report to the CCO of the Relevant Fund of all transactions by which they acquired or disposed of a direct or indirect Beneficial Interest in any Covered Security. (2) Form. Each annual report shall be provided on the form “Annual Securities Transactions Confidential Report of Non-Access Persons” form attached hereto as Schedule D, which form shall set forth the information regarding each transaction requested in the form. Schedule D may be amended from time to time by the CCO of the Relevant Fund, who shall promptly provide any form so amended to all Non-Access Persons. (3) Filing. A copy of all reports submitted pursuant to this Section (f), with all required signatures, shall be retained by the CCO of the Relevant Fund. (iii) Disclaimer. Any report made by an Access Person or Non-Access Person under this Section (e) may contain a statement that the report is not to be construed as an admission that the person making it has or had any direct or indirect Beneficial Interest in any Security or Covered Security to which the report relates. (iv) Responsibility to Report. It is the responsibility of all Covered Persons to take the initiative to provide each report required to be made by them under this Policy. Any effort by the Adviser, the Administrator or the Funds to facilitate the reporting process does not change or alter that responsibility. (g) Confidentiality of Transactions Until disclosed in a public report to stockholders or to the SEC in the normal course, all information concerning Securities being considered for purchase or sale (as defined in Section (b)(xv) of this Policy) by the Funds shall be kept confidential by all Access Persons and disclosed by them only on a “need to know” basis. It shall be the responsibility of the CCO to report any inadequacy found by him or her to the Board of Directors of the Company or any committee appointed by the Board of Directors to deal with such information. (h) Sanctions

Appendix A-13 Any violation of this Policy shall be subject to the imposition of such sanctions by the Funds or the Adviser as may be deemed appropriate under the circumstances to achieve the purposes of the Rules and this Policy, which may include suspension or termination of employment, a letter of censure or restitution of an amount equal to the difference between the price paid or received by the Funds and the more advantageous price paid or received by the offending person. Sanctions for violation of this Policy by a director of the Funds will be determined by a majority vote of the independent directors of the applicable Fund. (i) Administration and Construction (i) Administration. The administration of this Policy shall be the responsibility of the CCO of the Adviser and the Funds. (ii) Duties. The duties of the CCO under this Policy include: (1) continuous maintenance of a current list of the names of all Access and Non-Access Persons, with an appropriate description of their title or employment; (2) providing each Covered Person a copy of this Policy and informing them of their duties and obligations hereunder, and assuring that Covered Persons are familiar with applicable requirements of this Appendix; (3) supervising the implementation of this Policy and its enforcement by the Adviser, the Administrator and the Funds; (4) maintaining or supervising the maintenance of all records and reports required by this Policy; (5) preparing listings of all transactions effected by any Access Person within thirty (30) days of the date on which the same security was held, purchased or sold by any of the Funds; (6) issuing either personally or with the assistance of counsel, as may be appropriate, any interpretation of this Policy which may appear consistent with the objectives of the Rules and this Policy; (7) conducting of such inspections or investigations, including scrutiny of the listings referred to in the preceding subparagraph, as shall reasonably be required to detect and report, with recommendations, any apparent violations of this Policy to the Board of Directors of the Funds or any Committee appointed by them to deal with such information; and (8) submitting a quarterly report to the directors of the Funds containing a description of any (i) violation and the sanction imposed; (ii) transactions which suggest the possibility of a violation of interpretations issued by the CCO of the Relevant Fund; and (iii) any other significant information concerning the appropriateness of this Policy. (j) Required Records. The CCO shall maintain and cause to be maintained in an easily accessible place, the following records: (i) Code of Ethics and Policies. Copies of the Code of Ethics into which this Policy has been incorporated, this Policy, and any other codes of ethics or insider trading policies adopted pursuant to the Rules (“Rule 17 and Rule 204A Codes”) which have been in effect during the past five (5) years; (ii) Violations. A record of any violation of any such Rule 17 and Rule 204A Codes and of any action taken as a result of such violation;

Appendix A-14 (iii) Reports. A copy of each report made by the CCO within two (2) years from the end of the fiscal year of the Funds in which such report or interpretation is made or issued, and for an additional three (3) years in a place which need not be easily accessible; and (iv) List. A list of all persons who are, or within the past five (5) years have been, required to make reports pursuant to the Rules and any Rule 17 Code. (k) Amendments and Modifications This Policy may not be amended or modified except in a written form which is specifically approved by majority vote of the independent directors of the applicable Funds. This Policy was adopted by the Funds’ Boards of Directors, including the independent directors, on January 28, 2013.

Request to Engage in a Non-Fund Securities Covered Transaction Appendix A - 14 Updated March 17, 2020 SCHEDULE A REQUEST FOR PERMISSION TO ENGAGE IN A NON-FUND SECURITIES COVERED TRANSACTION I hereby request permission to effect a transaction in securities as indicated below for my own account or other account in which I have a beneficial interest or legal title. I acknowledge that if I am granted pre-clearance for my Transaction Request, I will have until the end of fourteen (14) calendar days following the day pre-clearance is received to execute the transaction. I also acknowledge that, if for any reason the transaction is not completed within this period of time, pre-clearance must be re-obtained before the transaction can be executed. (Use approximate dates and amounts of proposed transactions.) PURCHASES AND ACQUISITIONS Date IPO or Limited Offering? No. of Shares or Principal Amount Name and Trading Symbol of Security Unit Price Total Price Brokerage Firm SALES AND OTHER DISPOSITIONS Name: Request Date: Signature: Permission Granted  Permission Denied  Signature: (Administrative Officer) Date: Signature: Date: (Independent Officer or President/CEO)

Request for Pre-Clearance and Certification in Connection with a Transaction in Fund Securities Appendix A – 15 SCHEDULE B REQUEST FOR PRE-CLEARANCE AND CERTIFICATION IN CONNECTION WITH A TRANSACTION IN FUND SECURITIES Instructions: To initiate pre-clearance, you must contact the Administrative Officer in person, by phone, or email. After discussing the proposed trade, pre-clearance can be obtained by (1) completing and signing this Schedule B, and obtaining the approval and signature of the Administrative Officer; or (2) responding affirmatively to an email sent by the Administrative Officer containing all the required information of this Schedule B and receiving a reply email from the Administrative Officer indicating such approval. The Administrative Officer is the CCO of the Relevant Fund, or, if the CCO is not available, then the General Counsel of the Relevant Fund, or if the CCO and General Counsel are not available, then the CFO of the Relevant Fund. Capitalized terms used in this Schedule B have the meanings given them in the Insider Trading Policy as adopted by the Boards of Directors of the Funds on January 28, 2013 (the “Policy”). REQUEST FOR PRE-CLEARANCE I hereby request permission to effect a transaction in Fund Securities as indicated below for my own account or other account in which I have a beneficial interest or legal title. Requestor’s name: _________________________________ Transaction type (Buy or Sell):______________ Proposed order date: ___________________ Approximate number of shares (if debt securities, principal dollar amount) of trade: __________ Name and trading symbol of Fund Security: ____________________________________ CERTIFICATION Pursuant to the Policy, and in connection with the above request for pre-clearance (the “Transaction Request”), I, __________________, hereby certify that I am not in possession of any Material Non-public Information, as defined in the Policy. I further certify I have read and understand the Insider Trading Policy as adopted by the Boards of Directors of the Funds and am personally responsible for abiding by all the policies and procedures contained within the Policy and aware of the consequences of failing to do so. Signature: __________________________ Date: ______________________

Request for Pre-Clearance and Certification in Connection with a Transaction in Fund Securities PRE-CLEARANCE CONSIDERATIONS AND DECISION 1) Is the Fund involved in a stock offering (overnight, ATM, etc.)? If yes, consider whether requestor is an Affiliated Purchaser under Regulation M and precluded from trading in securities of Fund during offering period. 2) Is the trader currently subject to any lockup agreements resulting from recent stock offerings for this fund? Confirm with legal and compliance. If yes, determine if proposed trade is not allowed during the proposed trade period. Pre-clearance Granted  Pre-clearance Denied  Administrative Officer Signature: _____________________ Pre-clearance Granted/Denied Date: ___________________

Certification/Request For Pre-Approval Of Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plan Appendix A – 16 SCHEDULE C CERTIFICATION/REQUEST FOR PRE-APPROVAL OF RULE 10B5-1 TRADING PLAN Instructions: Contact the Administrative Officer to discuss your eligibility for a Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plan. The Administrative Officer is the CCO of the Relevant Fund, or, if the CCO is not available, then the General Counsel of the Relevant Fund, or if the CCO and General Counsel are not available, then the CFO of the Relevant Fund. Capitalized terms used in this Schedule C have the meanings given them in the Insider Trading Policy as adopted by the Boards of Directors of the Funds on January 28, 2013 (the “Policy”). REQUEST FOR PRE-CLEARANCE Pursuant to the Policy, I hereby request permission to enter into a Trading Plan pursuant to Rule 10b5- 1 under the Exchange Act. In connection with this request, I, __________________, hereby certify that: 1. I have delivered herewith the form of Trading Plan to the Administrative Officer. 2. I am not in possession of any Material Non-public Information, as defined in the Policy. 3. I further certify I have read and understand the Insider Trading Policy as adopted by the Boards of Directors of the Funds and am personally responsible for abiding by all the policies and procedures contained within the Policy and aware of the consequences of failing to do so. Signature: Date: ____________________ PRE-CLEARANCE CONSIDERATION AND DECISION 1) Is the Fund involved in a stock offering (overnight, ATM, etc.)? If yes, consider whether requestor is an Affiliated Purchaser under Regulation M and precluded from trading in securities of Fund during offering period. 2) Is the trader currently subject to any lockup agreements resulting from recent stock offerings for this fund? Confirm with legal and compliance. If yes, determine if proposed trade is not allowed during the proposed trade period. Pre-approval Granted  Pre-approval Denied  Administrative Officer Signature: _____________________ Pre-approval Granted/Denied Date: ___________________

Annual Securities Transactions Confidential Report of Non-Access Persons Appendix A – 17 SCHEDULE D ANNUAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS CONFIDENTIAL REPORT OF NON-ACCESS PERSONS The following schedule lists all transactions during the year ending December 31, ____ in which I had any direct or indirect Beneficial Interest in any Covered Security. Capitalized terms used in this schedule have the meanings given them in the Insider Trading Policy as adopted by the Boards of Directors of the Funds on January 28, 2013. (If no transactions took place you may write “None”) PURCHASES AND ACQUISITIONS Date No. of Shares or Principal Amount Name of Security Unit Price Total Price Brokerage Firm SALES AND OTHER DISPOSITIONS If you wish to disclaim Beneficial Ownership of any of the Covered Securities listed above, please check the statement below and describe the Securities for which you disclaim Beneficial Ownership. __ This report is not to be construed as an admission that the person making it has or had any direct or indirect Beneficial Interest in the following Securities to which this report relates: For the year ending Name: Date: Signature:

Appendix B - 1 Pay to Play Policy For Gladstone Capital Corporation Gladstone Commercial Corporation Gladstone Investment Corporation Gladstone Land Corporation Gladstone Alternative Income Fund Gladstone Management Corporation Gladstone Securities, LLC Appendix B A. Prohibited Conduct 1. Covered Associates (as defined in Section C. and explained further in the accompanying footnote) may not make any Political Contribution (defined Section C.) to any Official of a Government Entity (defined in Section C.), unless such Political Contribution has first been approved in writing by the CCO or his designee. This prohibition includes “in-kind” contributions, e.g., contributions of GMC or Gladstone Securities property, services or other assets including employee work time spent on political activities and the solicitation of contributions by an employee. Failure to comply with this requirement may result in GMC's being barred from receiving compensation for supplying advisory services to such Government Entity or to a Covered Investment Pool (defined below) in which such Government Entity invests for a two-year period. This prohibition applies to fundraising activities, including soliciting or making Political Contributions, either monetary or in-kind. Please note, nothing in this Policy is meant to discourage Covered Associates from participating in the political process by expressing support for political candidates2 or voting. Covered Associates may support candidates in other ways, such as volunteering their time, so long as such volunteering occurs during non-work hours or on vacation time. Additionally, to avoid potentially problematic in-kind contributions, Covered Associates are prohibited from using GMC or Gladstone Securities resources, including telephones, copiers, personnel, or other facilities to conduct political activities. Individuals who are Covered Associates may make a de minimis Political Contribution to an Official of a Government Entity for whom the Covered Associate is entitled to vote at the time of the contribution, provided that the Political Contribution does not exceed $350 in the aggregate to any one Official, per election. Individuals who are Covered Associates may also make a de minimis Political Contribution to an Official of a Government Entity for whom the Covered Associate is not 2 Please note, not all political candidates or incumbent politicians are included within the definition of Official of a Government Entity. Incumbent federal officeholders and candidates for federal office who do not hold a state or local office while running for federal office are not Officials of a Government Entity.

Appendix B - 2 entitled to vote, provided that the Political Contribution does not exceed $150 in the aggregate to any one Official, per election. Under both exceptions, primary and general elections would be considered separate elections. All de minimis contributions must also be disclosed to the CCO. Please note that broker dealers and individuals who are municipal finance professionals are subject to a lower de minimis contribution limit of $250 under MSRB Rule G-37. 2. A Covered Associate may not, without the prior written consent of the CCO or his designee, solicit or co-ordinate: (i) Political Contributions to Officials of a Government Entity, or (ii) payments to a state or local political party. For purposes of this Policy, solicitation or coordination of a Political Contribution or payment includes communicating, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of obtaining or arranging a Political Contribution or payment and would include asking, directing, or suggesting that a Political Contribution be made. For example, use of an individual’s name on fundraising literature for a candidate would be soliciting Political Contributions for that candidate. Similarly, even forwarding a solicitation to friends or family on behalf of a candidate or political party would be coordinating Political Contributions for that candidate or political party. 3. A Covered Associate may not compensate a third party placement agent or “finder” to solicit advisory business3 from a Government Entity on behalf of the Covered Associate, unless the third party is a registered broker-dealer or SEC-registered investment adviser subject to Rule 206(4)- 5. 4. Covered Associates may not circumvent these prohibitions by requesting, directing or causing contributions or payments to be made through other parties, including, but not limited to, spouses, family members or friends, or in any other way. B. Quarterly Reports Within 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter, each Covered Associate must submit a Political Contribution Report to the CCO in such form as he shall prescribe. As part of the hiring process, each newly-hired Covered Associate will be required to report information on any Political Contribution or other activity covered by this Policy. C. Definitions A Covered Associate4 includes: (i) GMC, (ii) Gladstone Securities, (ii) GMC's or Gladstone Securities’ President; (iii) any Vice-President or similar executive officer of GMC or Gladstone Securities in charge of a business unit, division or function (such as sales, administration or finance); (iv) any other person who performs a policy-making function; (v) an employee who solicits a government entity for GMC; (vi) any person who directly or indirectly supervises an employee described in (v); or (vii) any political action committee controlled by GMC, Gladstone Securities or any of their covered associates. 3 “Soliciting advisory business” means engaging in a communication that is reasonably calculated to obtain or retain a Government Entity as an advisory client. 4 Although Gladstone Securities employees are not employees of the investment adviser GMC, for purposes of this policy and Rule 206(4)-5’s restrictions regarding third party placement agents discussed in footnote 1, Gladstone Securities and certain of its employees will be deemed to be Covered Associates.

Appendix B - 3 In addition to the positions listed above, as of the date of this Policy, the following shall be considered Covered Associates: • Individuals holding Series 7 or 79 License • Individuals designated or acting in the position of Managing Director or higher; • Individuals designated as the head of a department; • Individuals having marketing responsibilities/Individuals designated as part of the Marketing Department; and • Individuals who solicit business from government entities or who supervise those who do. For internal reference only, on a quarterly basis, the CCO or his designee shall update Exhibit A hereto (delineating each individual he believes to be included within the definition of Covered Associate). A Covered Investment Pool includes an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 that is an investment option of a plan or program of a Government Entity or any company that would be an investment company under section 3(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 but for the exclusion provided from that definition by 3(c)(1), 3(c)(7) or 3(c)(11) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.5 A Government Entity means any state or political subdivision thereof, including public pension funds and retirement systems. This includes such an entity's agency, authority or instrumentality; a pool of assets sponsored or established by the state or political subdivision, agency, authority or instrumentality thereof; a plan or program of a government entity; and officers, agents or employees of the government entity acting in their official capacity. An Official of a Government Entity is someone who can influence the hiring of an investment adviser for a government entity. This term includes someone who has the sole authority to select investment advisers for the government entity; someone who serves on a governing board that selects investment advisers; or someone who appoints those who select the investment advisers. It includes an incumbent, a candidate, or a successful candidate for state or local elective office. Note that it can also include a candidate for federal office, if that person is a covered state or local official at the time the Political Contribution is made. In certain circumstances, a national political party committee may be considered an Official of a Government Entity after the party’s nominating convention has concluded if at least one of the party’s nominees for president or vice president is a covered state or local official.6 5 Please note, at the time of writing this Policy, a Covered Investment Pool would include any private fund that GMC may wish to manage and raise capital from any state or political subdivision thereof, including public pension funds and retirement systems. It would also include a pooled investment vehicle sponsored or advised by an investment adviser as a funding vehicle or investment option in a government sponsored plan, such as a 529 plan (qualified tuition plan), 403(b) plan (tax-deferred employee benefit retirement plan), or a 457 plan ( tax-deferred employee benefit retirement plan) that typically allow participants to select among pre-established investment options or particular investment pools (often invested in registered investment companies or funds of funds, such as target date funds). 6 The national political party committees are the RNC, DNC, NRSC, DSCC, NRCC, and DCCC. Contributions or solicitations for contributions to a national political party committee may violate Rule 206(4)-5 if one or more of the party’s nominees for president or vice president is a covered state or local official. For example, in 2008, contributions

Appendix B - 4 A Political Contribution means a gift, subscription, loan, advance, deposit of money or anything of value made for the purpose of influencing an election. Political Contributions include not only monetary donations but also the provision of goods and services provided to a campaign, or on behalf of a campaign, without charge. This includes payments for debts incurred in such an election, as well as transition or inaugural expenses. to the RNC after the nominating convention which chose Sarah Palin, then incumbent Governor of Alaska, as vice presidential nominee were subject to then in effect pay to play restrictions of $250. Similarly, contributions to McCain-Palin were also subject to the $250 limit. On August 13, 2011, Governor Rick Perry of Texas announced his candidacy for president of the United States. As an Official of a Government Entity, individuals who are Covered Associates may only contribute $350 per election to Governor Perry’s campaign and may not solicit contributions on Perry’s behalf. Depending on the outcome of the republican nominating convention in 2012, if Governor Perry or another incumbent state or local official becomes the republican party nominee for president or vice president, contributions to the RNC after the convention would be subject to the de minimis limits, as would contributions to the campaign committee for the presidential/vice presidential nominees.

Appendix B - 5 Quarterly Political Contribution Report GMC, as a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, is required by law to maintain books and records regarding certain political contributions made by its Covered Associates. Pursuant to our Pay to Pay Policy, please provide information regarding your Political Contributions. If you are unsure whether to report a Political Contribution, please contact the CCO or General Counsel for assistance. All terms in bold/italics used on this report have the same definitions as they appear in the Pay to Pay Policy included as Appendix B to our Code of Ethics. For more guidance regarding this report specifically, or our Pay to Play Policy generally, please contact our CCO or General Counsel. Period Covered by the Report - 20  First Quarter  Second Quarter  Third Quarter  Fourth Quarter  Other Period Covered Activity Except as otherwise described below, during the period covered by this report, I have not, directly or indirectly (including, but not limited to, through a family member or political action committee): a. Made or caused to be made a Political Contribution to any Official of a Government Entity; b. Solicited or coordinated: (i) Political Contributions to any Official of a Government Entity, or (ii) payments to a state or local political party; or c. Compensated any third parties for “soliciting advisory business” from a Government Entity. Describe each Political Contribution, including those de minimis contributions made to candidates for whom you are eligible to vote. Include name, title and city/county/state or other political subdivision of each recipient and the amounts and dates of each Political Contribution: ______________________________ Name Date

Appendix B - 6 Initial Political Contribution Report GMC, as a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, is required by law to maintain books and records regarding certain political contributions made by its executives and employees. Please provide information regarding Political Contributions made after March 14, 2011 until now. If you are unsure whether to report a Political Contribution, please contact the CCO or General Counsel for assistance. All terms in bold/italics used on this report have the same definitions as they appear in the Pay to Pay Policy included as Appendix B to our Code of Ethics. For more guidance regarding this report specifically, or our Pay to Play Policy generally, please contact our CCO or General Counsel. Except as otherwise described below, during the period from March 14, 2011 until the date of this report, I have not, directly or indirectly (including through a family member or political action committee): a. Made a Political Contribution to any Official of a Government Entity; b. Solicited or coordinated: (i) Political Contributions to an Official of a Government Entity, or (ii) payments to a political party of a state or locality; or c. Compensated any third parties for “soliciting advisory business” from Government Entities. Describe any exceptions. Include name, title and city/county/state or other political subdivision of each recipient and the amounts and dates of each contribution or payment: ____________________________ Name Date

Appendix B - 7 Political Contribution Pre-Clearance Form Name and Title of Contributor: Recipient Information Name: Title: City/County/State/Other Political Subdivision: Amount of Contribution: Proposed Date of Contribution: Contribution is for:  Primary Election  General Election Is this Contributor able to vote for this Recipient?  Yes  No Has this Contributor made other contributions to this recipient during this election cycle?  Yes  No If yes, describe: Has this Contributor ever had a contribution returned because the Contributor was not eligible to vote for the recipient candidate and it was more than the $150 de minimis allowed?  Yes  No If yes, describe:  Contribution Approved  Contribution Denied ______________________ Name Date

Document

EXHIBIT 21

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

Gladstone Business Investment, LLC (organized in Delaware)

Edge Adhesives Holdings, Inc. (organized in Delaware)

Document

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form N-2 (No. 333-277452) of Gladstone Investment Corporation of our report dated May 12, 2026 relating to the consolidated financial statements, financial statement schedule and senior securities table, which appears in this Form 10-K. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Senior Securities” in this Form 10-K.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Washington, District Of Columbia

May 12, 2026

Document

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, David Dullum, certify that:

1.I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Gladstone Investment Corporation;

2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 12, 2026
/s/ David Dullum
David Dullum
Chief Executive Officer

Document

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Taylor Ritchie, certify that:

1.I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Gladstone Investment Corporation;

(b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 12, 2026
/s/ Taylor Ritchie
Taylor Ritchie
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Document

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

The undersigned, the Chief Executive Officer of Gladstone Investment Corporation (the “Company”), hereby certifies on the date hereof, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2026 (“Form 10-K”), filed concurrently herewith by the Company, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and that the information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: May 12, 2026
/s/ David Dullum
David Dullum
Chief Executive Officer

Document

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

The undersigned, the Chief Financial Officer of Gladstone Investment Corporation (the “Company”), hereby certifies on the date hereof, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2026 (“Form 10-K”), filed concurrently herewith by the Company, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and that the information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: May 12, 2026
/s/ Taylor Ritchie
Taylor Ritchie
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2026

For the transition period from to

Commission file number 814-00704

GLADSTONE INVESTMENT CORPORATION

(703) 287-5800

GLADSTONE INVESTMENT CORPORATION

FORM 10-K FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED

MARCH 31, 2026

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

In this Annual Report, the terms the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to Gladstone Investment Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries unless the context otherwise indicates. Dollar amounts in tables, except per share amounts, are in thousands unless otherwise indicated.

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Organization

Investment Adviser and Administrator

Investment Objectives and Strategy

Investment Policies

Investment Concentrations

Overview of Investment and Approval Process

Prospective Portfolio Company Characteristics

Extensive Due Diligence

Investment Structure

Competitive Advantages

Management Expertise

Increased Access to Investment Opportunities Developed Through Extensive Research Capability and Network of Contacts

Disciplined, Value- and Income-Oriented Investment Philosophy with a Focus on Preservation of Capital

Longer Investment Horizon

Flexible Transaction Structuring

Monitoring

Relationship Management

Managerial Assistance and Services

Valuation Process

Investment Advisory and Management Agreement

Base Management Fee

Incentive Fee

Quarterly Incentive Fee Based on Net Investment Income

Pre-incentive fee net investment income

Percentage of pre-incentive fee net investment income

allocated to income-related portion of incentive fee

Loan Servicing Fee Pursuant to Credit Facility

Administration Agreement

Other Transactions

RIC Status

Failure to Qualify as a RIC

Qualification as a RIC

Distributions

Sale of Our Shares

Backup Withholding and Other Required Withholding

Information Reporting

Qualifying Assets

Asset Coverage

Significant Managerial Assistance

•Market conditions could negatively impact our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

•Volatility in the capital markets may make it more difficult to raise capital and may adversely affect the valuations of our investments.

•We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly and annual results based on the impact of inflation in the U.S.

•Changes in interest rates may negatively impact our investments and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

•The lack of liquidity of our privately held investments may adversely affect our business.

•Our investments in Lower Middle Market companies are extremely risky and could cause you to lose all or a part of your investment.

•Our investments are typically long-term and will require several years to realize liquidation events.

•We typically invest in transactions involving acquisitions, buyouts and recapitalizations of companies, which will subject us to the risks associated with change in control transactions.

•Our portfolio is concentrated in a limited number of companies and industries, which subjects us to an increased risk of significant loss if any one of these companies does not repay us or if the industries experience downturns.

•Any inability to renew, extend or replace our Credit Facility on terms favorable to us, or at all, could adversely impact our liquidity and ability to fund new investments or maintain distributions to our stockholders.

•Changes in laws or regulations governing our operations, or changes in the interpretation thereof, and any failure by us to comply with laws or regulations governing our operations may adversely affect our business.

•There are significant potential conflicts of interest, including with the Adviser, which could impact our investment returns.

•Our success depends on the Adviser’s ability to attract and retain qualified personnel in a competitive environment.

•Our incentive fee may induce the Adviser to make certain investments, including speculative investments.

•We may be obligated to pay the Adviser incentive compensation even if we incur a loss.

•The Adviser is not obligated to provide a credit of the base management fee or incentive fee, which could negatively impact our earnings and our ability to maintain our current level of distributions to our stockholders.

•There is a risk that you may not receive distributions or that distributions may not grow over time.

•Investing in our securities may involve an above average degree of risk.

•Common shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount to the NAV per share.

•The indentures under which our unsecured notes were issued contain limited protection for holders of such notes.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Risks Related to the Economy

Market conditions could negatively impact our business, results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.